高中英语必修一同步学案教师用书全册全集（共235页）-人教版（2019）

Section Ⅰ　Listening and speaking & Listening and Talking

Step One: Speaking
As senior high school students, we all hope we will have a colorful school life. Look at the following pictures, imagine what activities you will take part in at school.

　

　

　
A．Give a speech
B．Do some cleaning
C．Listen to our teacher attentively
D．Take an active part in after­school activities
E．Ask our teacher for help
F．Have a heated discussion with classmates
Step Two: Listening
Ⅰ.Amy is getting her student ID card. Listen to Conversation 1 (P2) and complete the table.

1
REGISTRATION
2
Student No.
Name
Sex
Nationality
Grade
Email
3

Amy
Female



4






答案：Student No.：170143;
Name: Amy Jones;
Nationality: America;
Grade: In Grade 1;
Email: coolgirl21@friends.com
听力材料：
COVERSATION 1
A＝Amy　W＝Mr. Wang
[In the registration office.]
A：Good morning. My name is Amy Jones. I'm here for a student ID card.
W：Nice to meet you, Amy. I'm Mr. Wang. Sit down, please. Er... Sorry, what's your last name again?
A：Jones. J­O­N­E­S.
W：OK. Thank you. And where are you from?
A：I'm from the USA.
W：OK. What's your student number?
A：170143.
W：170143. Got it. You're in Grade 1, aren't you?
A：Yes, I am.
W：OK. Your email address?
A：Coolgirl21@friends.com.
W：Cool... girl... 21... at... friends dot com. Got it. Now, stand over here, please. Smile!
[Sound of flash as photo is taken.]
Ⅱ.Max meets Amy in the dining hall. Listen to Conversation 2 (P2) and tick Max's favorite subject and Amy's favourite subject.

Subject
Chinese
Maths
English
Chemistry
Physics
Max's favourite

√



Amy's favourite



√

听力材料：
COVERSATION 2
M＝Max　A＝Amy
[In the dining hall.]
M：Hi, Amy! How's it going?
A：Great. How about you?
M：I'm good. Let's go and sit down.
[They walk to a table.]
A：What do you think about senior high school?
M：So far, so good, Amy. I've had maths and English this morning. The maths class is getting more difficult but it's really interesting. It's my favourite class so far. How about you?
A：I think science is more fun. Chemistry's my favourite.
Ⅲ.Amy is talking to Ms Li, a school adviser, about which courses to choose. Listen to Conversation 3 (P2) and answer the questions.
1．What does Amy want to be in the future?
A．An engineer. B．A designer.
C．A writer.
答案：B
2．What course will Amy probably choose?
A．English B．IT
C．Art
答案：C
听力材料：
COVERSATION 3
A＝Amy　L＝Ms. Li
[In the adviser's room.]
A：Good morning, Ms. Li.
L：Morning, Amy. How are you doing?
A：Very well, thank you. Ms. Li, I want to be a designer in the future, so what courses do you think I should choose?
L：Oh, interesting! Well, first of all, I think an art course would be helpful to you. And there are some other courses...
[Fade out.]
Ⅳ.根据录音在空格处填入合适的内容
Listen to the following passage and then fill in the blanks.
My name is Li Kang, a student of Guang Ming Middle School. I live in a city 1.not_far_from Beijing. Today is my first day at Senior High School. Everything in the school 2.leaves_me_a_deep_impression. The classroom is big and abroad, which 3.has_a_computer with a special screen behind it. The teachers are not only 4.friendly but also enthusiastic. My English teacher's teaching method is 5.completely_different_from that of the teachers' at Junior High School. During his class, my classmates and I introduced ourselves to each other, and did some 6.spelling games. There are three times as many girls as boys in the class and we all work very hard.
话题积累：
(1)be completely different from 完全不同于
(2)introduce oneself 自我介绍
(3)There are three times as many girls as boys in the class...这个班女生的人数是男生的三倍……
Step Three: Discussion
Senior high school is a new start for us students and is of great importance. As a student, how would you plan to enjoy a colorful school life?
Suggestions：
(1)I will read widely to get more knowledge and broaden our view.
(2)As far as I'm concerned, I will place my study before the other things.
(3)I will take part in all kinds of after­class activities, which will broaden our view, enrich the school life and make me relaxed.
(4)I_will_get_along_well_with_my_classmates_and_learn_all_my_subjects_well_as_well.
Step Four：国际音标
毋庸置疑，音标是学习英语的基础，学好音标能够使英语发音更准确，这对词汇的背诵积累尤其重要。
一、语音知识
1．英语共有48个音素，分为元音和辅音两大类。元音有20个，分为单元音和双元音。辅音有28个，按声带振动情况分为浊辅音和清辅音。英语音素中半元音音素是/w/和/j/, 鼻音是/m/、/n/、//。
2．英语中元音字母有5个，它们分别是a, e, i, o, u, 一个半元音字母是y。元音字母在重读开音节中发字母的名称音，在重读闭音节中发短音。
二、国际音标

元音
单元音
短元音
/ɪ/、/e/、/æ/、/ʌ/、/ɒ/、/ʊ/、/ə/
长元音
/iː/、/ɔː/、/uː/、/ɑː/、/ɜː/
双元音
/eɪ/、/aɪ/、/ɔɪ/、/ɪə/、/eə/、/ʊə/、/əʊ/、/aʊ/
辅音
清辅音
/p/、/t/、/k/、/f/、/s/、/θ/、/ʃ/、/tʃ/、/tr/、/ts/
浊辅音
/b/、/d/、/ɡ/、/v/、/z/、/ð/、/ʒ/、/dʒ/、/dr/、/dz/
鼻音
/m/、/n/、//
似拼音
/h/(清辅音)、/r/、/l/
半元音
/w/、/j/
温馨提示：/h/、/r/、/l/, 由于它们三个的发音和拼音非常相似，所以称之为似拼音。
读下面的单词，注意加黑词的发音
一、元音(20)
1．/eɪ/：grade; cake; make; pay; stay
2．/æ/：bag; map; apple;
3．/iː/：meet; see; clean; tree
4．/e/：yes; get; head
5．/aɪ/：bike; write; like; high; night
6．/ɪ/：big; listen; it
7．/əʊ/：hope; alone; boat
8．/ɒ/：not; clock; dog
9．/uː/：rule; fool; food
10．/juː/：university; duty; use; student; excuse
11．/ʌ/：bus; cup; must; much; us
12．/ʊ/：put; book, foot
13．/ɑː/：half; ask; fast
14．/ə/：above; forget; worker;
15．/ɜː/：bird; her; heard; earn; burn; word
16．/əʊ/：boat; coat; go; grow; show
17．/aʊ/：how; cow; now; loud; hour
18．/ɪə/：ear; hear; clear; appear
19．/eə/：air; hair; care
20．/ʊə/：sure; tour
二、辅音(28)
1．/p/：play; please; polite;
/b/：banana; before; beat
2．/t/：water; taste; take
/d/：bed; add; different
3．/k/：ticket; pack; kitchen; task; copy
/ɡ/：green; blog; great
4．/f/：five; full; future; photo; phone
/v/：five; violin; visit
5．/s/：face; twice; six
/z/：size; surprise; exercise
6．/θ/：think; thing; path
/ð/：weather; this; further; neither
7．/ʃ/：English; shock; shall; share; wish
/ʒ/：pleasure; treasure
8．/tʃ/：teacher; choice; catch; search
/dʒ/：orange; large; geography; village
9．/tr/：trip; try; trust
/dr/：dream; drink; drop
10．/ts/：students; gets; starts
/dz/：beds; hundreds
11．/m/：moon; climb; mind
12．/n/：noon; turn; know; knee
13．//：think; thing; song; wing
14．/h/：heart; have; happen; who; whose
15．/r/：rich; write; rubbish
16．/l/：look; long; live
17．/w/：wide; when; what
18．/j/：yes; yet
Step Five: famous sayings
1．千里之行，始于足下。
A thousand mile journey begins with the first step.
2．条条道路通罗马。
All roads lead to Rome.
3．正如谚语所说：“患难见真情。”
Just as the saying goes，“A friend in need is a friend indeed.”
4．正如谚语所说：“不劳则无获。”
As the saying goes，“No pains，no gains.”
5．正如谚语所说：“有志者，事竟成。”
As the saying goes, “Where there's a will，there's a way.”
6．常言道，“熟能生巧。”
As the old saying goes, “Practice makes perfect.”
7．正如俗话所说，“入乡随俗。”
Just as the saying goes, “When in Rome，do as the Romans do.”
8．俗话说：“健康胜过财富。”
As the old saying goes, “Health is better than wealth.”



Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
My husband and I recently went to Disney World with our three children. We had a wonderful time. Besides, I experienced something that left a deep impression on me.
Our children were excited about the attraction where children could drive the cars. They were so delighted that I decided to stand beside the track to get pictures of everyone as they drove past on the track.
As I waited for them to drive by, I noticed a car with a father and his son who was about 7 years old. They rolled down the hill at the beginning, but suddenly the car stopped. The young driver looked nervous, “I can't do it.” His father quietly said, “Yes, you can.”
“No. I can't！”
“Yes, you can, son.”
The little guy was almost in tears, “I can't！” With deep patience, the father said, “Son, you can do this. I'm going to help you.” A moment later, with the father helping his son, the two went smoothly (顺利地) on their way down the track.
The scene brought tears to my eyes and it reminded (使想起) me of my dear father. Just like that little boy's dad, my father used to say the same words to me. Every time things got hard or when I experienced setbacks along the way, he would say, “Michelle, you can do this. I'm going to help you.”
Time and time again the words greatly encouraged me on the journey. I'm aware that I can't do things under my own power, but the words “Yes, you can” come beside me and give me wisdom and strength. As I benefited (受益) a lot from them, I often tell my children never to say “I can't” easily when they meet something difficult.
【语篇解读】　 本文是一篇记叙文。作者一家去迪士尼游玩，途中遇到了一对父子，那位父亲教育儿子的话使得作者想起了自己的父亲。
1．Why did the author stand beside the track?
A．She didn't dare to drive alone.
B．She wasn't interested in driving cars.
C．She wanted to take photos for her family.
D．She wanted to rest for a few minutes.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第二段的第二句“They were so delighted that I decided to stand beside the track to get pictures of everyone as they drove past on the track.”可知，作者站在跑道旁边是为了给家人拍照。
2．How did the author react to the father's helping his son?
A．She was greatly moved.
B．She was impressed by the boy's patience.
C．She decided to learn from the father.
D．She reminded the father not to be too strict.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据倒数第二段的“The scene brought tears to my eyes and it reminded me of my dear father.”可知，作者看到这个场景后感动得哭了，并想起了她的父亲。
3．What does the underlined word in the last but one paragraph mean?
A．Disasters.　　B．Frustration.
C．Fights. D．Pain.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。根据前文的“Every time things got hard or when I experienced...”可知，or前后要表达的意思相近，再根据后文父亲说的话可推测，此词意为“挫折”。
4．What can we infer from the passage?
A．The author enjoys traveling very much.
B．The author is patient with her children.
C．The author was greatly encouraged by the boy's father.
D．The author was greatly influenced by the words“Yes, you can”．
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据最后一段的前两句可知，“Yes, you can”这几个词对作者的影响很大。
B
I began smoking at 13, with a friend in the evenings when we were out. I never thought of the damage it brought me. But I had a bad cough after a cold, and my teeth weren't as white as my sister's, who never smoked. I no longer played any sports. Since all my friends smoked, I never felt different.
I met and married my husband Paul when we were 22，both smoking like chimneys (烟囱). I had two children by the time I was 26, and life went on as normal. We smoked around our children, never thinking it would be doing them any harm. They both begged us to stop when they learned about the hazards of smoking. We just rolled our eyes at each other.
My parents quit smoking, and my aunts quit smoking, but they were older. I had lots of time to quit in my life. Paul's mother died of a heart attack at only 55, after suffering two diseases caused by smoking. And still we smoked.
At the age of 36, I had a child with a breathing problem. We moved outside to smoke, as she had such trouble breathing, and we didn't want to add to that!
Then my father died a few years later of cancer throughout his body. Still I smoked, even as he asked me on his deathbed to try to stop. I did mean to, but I thought that I had too many worries to deal with. How would I face them without a smoke? Little did I know then that the smoking was only adding to my inability (无能) to deal with trouble, clouding my whole world in smoke.
Then Paul had an extremely serious problem in his heart because of a condition caused by smoking. Finally, I decided to quit smoking. I knew I'd suffer greatly too if I kept smoking. Paul decided to join me, of course. He had no choice if he didn't want to die.
Luckily, we made it. Now I have enough energy, a joy in living, and more confidence than ever before.
【语篇解读】　作者十三岁开始吸烟，一直认为没必要戒烟，后来她丈夫的心脏因为吸烟出了问题，她终于决定戒烟了。


5．What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 1?
A．She picked up the habit of smoking from her friends.
B．Her sister once persuaded her to stop smoking.
C．She knew smoking would damage her health.
D．She felt she was different from others.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第一段的“I began smoking at 13, with a friend in the evenings when we were out.”及后面的“Since all my friends smoked, I never felt different.”可知，作者吸烟的习惯是跟朋友们学来的。
6．What does the underlined word “hazards” in Paragraph 2 mean?
A．Causes. B．Dangers.
C．Steps. D．Rules.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。根据“They both begged us to stop...”可知，作者的孩子们知道了吸烟的“危害”，所以乞求父母停止吸烟。
7．Why didn't the author quit smoking when her parents and aunts did that?
A．Because they didn't ask her to do that.
B．Because Paul didn't want her to do that.
C．Because she was extremely healthy then.
D．Because she thought it was still early to do that.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第三段的“My parents quit smoking, and my aunts quit smoking, but they were older. I had lots of time to quit in my life.”可知，作者当时认为身边的亲戚戒烟是因为他们老了，而自己还有很多时间，戒烟还太早。
8．What does the author want to tell us?
A．It's really dangerous to smoke.
B．It's not easy to live a healthy life.
C．It's really difficult to quit smoking.
D．We should be confident about our life.
答案与解析：A　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，作者的很多亲人都因为吸烟而患病去世了，作者丈夫的心脏也因为吸烟出了问题，所以作者写本文想告诉我们，吸烟的危害很大。
Ⅱ.完形填空
The Great Depression started in 1929 and lasted until about 1939. During that time, many people lost their __1__. My parents were __2__ them. It was 1935 when I was 10 years old. We still __3__ on relief (救济)．
A few days before Christmas, I was washing the __4__ after dinner when I looked out of a kitchen window and saw my father sitting on the stoop (门廊), wearing a(n) __5__ face. A mailman saw him and asked him what was wrong.
I heard my father say that he had __6__ his food vouchers (票券) and that the __7__ had gone beyond the time limit. He had tried to work as a laborer through the Works Progress Administration, but he __8__ because he wasn't a very __9__ man.The work was too hard for him.I was __10__， having seen newspaper pictures of people being __11__ out of the apartments with all their belongings. “How much do you need？” the mailman asked __12__. My dad said he needed $33 for the rent. Without thinking twice, the mailman took out $50 from his wallet and __13__ it to my father. My dad said, “I don't know when I'll be able to pay you back.” The mailman put an arm around my father and __14__ him by saying, “Things will not be this way __15__.It doesn't matter __16__ you will pay me back.”
The mailman __17__ me looking through the window and said, “There will be times in the future when someone __18__ your help. I hope you and your son __19__ today. Help them in your own __20__ and tell them what happened today. This will be my payback. Merry Christmas！”
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。美国大萧条时期，作者一家靠救济生活。有一天，父亲正在发愁时，一位邮递员无私的资助使他们得以摆脱困境。
1．A.skills B．jobs
C．families D．houses
答案与解析：B　根据上文的“The Great Depression started in 1929 and lasted until about 1939. During that time, many people lost their...”可知，经济大萧条时期很多人失去“工作”。
2．A.for B．against
C．among D．between
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，作者的父母也在失业大军“当中”。
3．A.lived B．decided
C．researched D．worked
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，作者一家靠救济“生活”。
4．A.shoes B．dishes
C．socks D．feet
答案与解析：B　根据下文的“after dinner”以及“kitchen”可知，作者晚饭后正在厨房洗“碗碟”。
5．A.angry B．curious
C．confused D．anxious
答案与解析：D　根据下文的“A mailman saw him and asked him what was wrong.”可知，父亲脸色应该是“忧虑的”。
6．A.given out B．used up
C．carried away D．searched for
答案与解析：B　根据上下文对一家人生活状况的描述可知，父亲告诉邮递员他的食物票券已经“用完”了。
7．A.report B．homework
C．rent D．check
答案与解析：C　根据下文的“My dad said he needed $33 for the rent.”可知，这里指“房租”逾期。
8．A.agreed B．failed
C．promised D．regretted
答案与解析：B　根据上文的“He had tried to work as a laborer through the Works Progress Administration, but he...”可知，父亲尝试通过这个组织找苦力活，可是他“失败”了。
9．A.strong B．clever
C．helpful D．creative
答案与解析：A　根据上文的“as a laborer”以及下文的“The work was too hard for him.”可知，因为父亲不是一个非常“强壮的”人。
10．A.scared B．puzzled
C．lonely D．surprised
答案与解析：A　根据下文的“... having seen newspaper pictures of people being... out of the apartments with all their belongings.”可知，作者想象自己一家也会像报纸上描写的一样被赶出来，所以很“害怕”那种情况的发生。
11．A.taken B．figured
C．picked D．kicked
答案与解析：D　根据下文的“... out of the apartments with all their belongings.”可知，没钱付租金很可能就会被“赶”出住所。kick sb. out of a place意为“将某人赶出某地”。
12．A.softly B．impatiently
C．excitedly D．slyly
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，那位邮递员“温和地”问：“你需要多少钱？”
13．A.returned B．pointed
C．showed D．handed
答案与解析：D　根据语境可知，那位邮递员毫不犹豫地从钱包里拿出50美元并将钱“递”给父亲。
14．A.punished B．questioned
C．criticized D．encouraged
答案与解析：D　根据下文的邮递员所说的话可知，那位邮递员搂着父亲并“鼓励”他。
15．A.soon B．forever
C．completely D．finally
答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，眼前的艰难状况不会“永远”延续下去的。
16．A.how B．whether
C．unless D．until
答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，那位邮递员说：“你还不还钱都没关系。”这里是whether引导的主语从句。
17．A.stopped B．kept
C．noticed D．suggested
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，那位邮递员“注意到”我一直从窗口看着他们。
18．A.refuses B．supports
C．expects D．receives
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，将来会有一天别人也“期待”你的帮助。
19．A.remember B．miss
C．share D．record
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，我希望你和你儿子“记得”今天。
20．A.mind B．interest
C．time D．way
答案与解析：D　根据语境可知，用你们自己的“方式”帮助他们并告诉他们今天发生的一切，就相当于还了这笔钱了。
Section Ⅱ　Reading and Thinking

Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．exchange/ɪks'tʃeɪdʒ/n.交换；交流　vt.交换；交流；交易；兑换
2．lecture/'lektʃə(r)/n.讲座；讲课；教训　vi.(开)讲座；讲课　vt.训斥
3．nationality/ˌnæʃə'næləti/n.国籍；民族
4．campus/'kæmpəs/n.校园；校区
5．senior/'siːnɪə(r)/adj.级别(或地位)高的　n．较年长的人
6．outgoing/'aʊtɡəʊɪ/adj.爱交际的；外向的
7．experiment/ɪk'sperɪmənt/n.实验；试验
8．awkward/'ɔːkwəd/adj.令人尴尬的；难对付的
9．junior/'dʒuːnɪə(r)/adj.地位(或职位、级别)低下的　n．职位较低者；(体育运动中)青少年
10．explore/ɪk'splɔː(r)/vt.& vi.探索；勘探
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．register/'redʒɪstə(r)/vt.& vi.登记；注册→registration　n．登记；注册；挂号
2．nation n．民族；国家；国民→national adj.民族的，国家的
3．design/dɪ'zaɪn/n.设计；设计方案　vt.设计；筹划→designer n．设计者
4．formal/'fɔːml/adj.正式的；正规的→informal adj.非正式的
5．anxious/'ækʃəs/adj.焦虑的；不安的→anxiety n．担心；焦虑；渴望
6．annoy/ə'nɔɪ/vt.使恼怒；打扰→annoyed adj.恼怒的；生气的
7．frightened/'fraɪtnd/adj.惊吓的；害怕的→frightening adj.令人恐惧的→frighten vt.使惊吓；吓唬
8．impress/ɪm'pres/vt.使钦佩；给……留下深刻的印象　vi.留下印象；引人注目→impression n．印象；感想
9．concentrate/'kɒnsntreɪt/vi.& vt.集中(注意力)；聚精会神→concentration n．集中
10．confident/'kɒnfɪdənt/adj.自信的；有把握的→confidence n．信心；信任
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．senior high school (美国)高中
2．at last 终于；最终
3．make an impression 留下印象
4．concentrate on 集中精力于
5．leave... alone 不打扰；不惊动
6．junior high school (美国)初级中学
7．make friends 交朋友
8．tell a story 讲故事
9．not at all 一点也不
10．next to 靠近
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．what if 要是……会怎么样呢？
What_if_no_one_talks_to_me?
要是没人跟我说话怎么办？
2．find＋sb./sth.＋adj.(宾补)
I found most of my classmates and teachers friendly_and_helpful.
我发现我的大多数同学和老师都很友好，乐于助人。

Read the text (P4) and choose the best answers.
1．What does the text mainly tell us ?
A．Han Jing's feelings on her first school day.
B．Han Jing's math teacher made a deep impression on her.
C．Han Jing was anxious and awkward at the first school day.
D．Han Jing made new friends at Senior High School.
答案：A
2．How did Han Jing find his maths teacher?
A．Strict　　　　　　　　　B．Kind and friendly
C．Difficult D．Outgoing
答案：B
3．It can be inferred from the passage that Han Jing will ________.
A．feel awkward and frightened in senior high school
B．lose confidence about his future
C．get used to her new school life
D．not get along well with her classmates and teachers
答案：C


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．exchange n．交换；交流　vt.交换；交流；交易；兑换
(教材P2)I'm an exchange student from the UK.
我是来自英国的一名交换生。
(1)exchange sth.for sth. 用……来交换……
exchange sth.with sb. 与某人交换某物
(2)in exchange for 交换
exchange student 交换生
①We students should often exchange ideas with our parents, who are rich in experience.
我们学生应该经常和经验丰富的父母交换意见。
②He would like to work in the restaurant in exchange for a meal for free.
他想在餐馆干活换取免费的一顿饭。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)I'd like to exchange some pounds for dollars.
(2)Before making a decision, he likes to exchange ideas with his parents.
(3)I'm happy to learn that you will come to our school next term as_an_exchange_student.
得知你下学期将作为一名交换生来我们学校我非常高兴。,

发散思维： exchange vt.“兑换” 同义词change
I'd like to exchange/change this coat for a larger one.
我想换件大一点的外套。
2.design n．设计；设计方案 vt.设计；筹划
　　　

(1)by design 有意地；故意地
(2)designer n. 设计者
(3) 为某目的/用途而制造/计划
①In my opinion，he didn't hurt you by design.依我看，他不是故意伤害你的。
②The programme is designed to help people who have been out of work for a long time.
这项活动的目的是帮助下岗很长时间的人。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)As far as I know, the course is designed for beginners.
(2)This project was designed to_help (help) the students in need.
(3)It is said that the designer (design) of the high building is a woman engineer.
名师指津：
by design的同义词on purpose
by design的反义词：by chance
3.anxious adj.焦虑的；不安的
(教材P4)I'm not outgoing so I'm a little anxious right now.
我不外向，所以现在有点焦虑。
(1)be anxious about 为……担心/担忧
be anxious for 渴望……
be anxious to do sth. 渴望做某事
(2)anxiety n. 担心；焦虑；渴望
with anxiety 焦虑地
anxiously adv. 焦虑地
①I was really anxious about you. You shouldn't have left home without a word.
我非常担心你，你不应该不打招呼就离开家。
②We had an anxious week waiting for the test results.
我们焦急地等了一个星期考试结果。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)I was told the Learning Center provides help for students and I'm anxious to_get (get) help from you.
(2)He was anxious to leave and he could not hide his anxiety. (anxious)
(3)I am_so_anxious_about_the_coming_exam that I can hardly fall asleep at night.
我很担心即将到来的考试，以至于晚上很难入睡。
发散思维：anxiously＝with anxiety焦虑地
We waited with anxiety for the news of her safe arrival.
→We waited anxiously for the news of her safe arrival.
我们焦急地等待她平安到达的消息。
4.annoyed adj.颇为生气的
(经典佳句)The kids wouldn't stop talking，and I was beginning to be annoyed with them.
孩子们不停地说话，我对他们开始有点恼火了。
(1)be annoyed with sb. 对某人生气
be annoyed at/about sth. 因某事而生气
(2)annoy vt. 使不悦；惹恼
It annoys sb. that... ……使某人恼怒
(3)annoying adj. 令人恼怒的，令人烦恼的
①He was beginning to be very annoyed with me about my carelessness.
他开始对我的粗心大意非常生气。
②We should keep a cool head and put ourselves in others' shoes rather than get annoyed.
我们应该保持头脑冷静，换位思考，而不是恼羞成怒。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)What annoyed (annoy) her most was that he didn't keep his promise.
(2)What is really annoying (annoy) is that we made the same mistake last time.
巧学助记：
It annoyed me that my friend was speaking with his mouth full. Although I was annoyed with him about his annoying habit，he couldn't get rid of it.
我的朋友说话时满嘴食物，这使我很生气。虽然我对他令人讨厌的习惯很生气，但他却无法改变。
5.frightened adj.惊吓的；害怕的
(经典例句)The frightening news made all of them frightened to death.
那个令人恐惧的消息使他们都害怕得要命。
(1)be frightened to death 吓死
(2)frighten vt. 使惊吓；吓唬
frighten sb. into/out of (doing)sth. 恐吓某人做/不做某事
(3)frightening adj. 令人恐惧的
①She'll be frightened to death when she sees the way you drive.
看到你那样开车，她会吓死的。
②The man frightened the old lady into telling the truth.
那个人恐吓那位老太太，使她说出实话。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)I am frightened (frighten) of walking home alone at midnight.
(2)With no one to turn to in such a frightening (frighten) situation, she felt very helpless.
巧学助记：
After seeing the frightening film, the frightened boy was too frightened to walk home alone in the dark.
看完那部恐怖电影后，那个受惊的男孩吓得不敢在黑暗中独自走回家。
6.impression　n．印象；感想
(教材P4)I want to make a good first impression.
我想留下一个好的第一印象。
(1)have/leave a(n)．.. impression on sb. 给某人留下……的印象
(2)impress vt. 使铭记；铭刻；使印象深刻
使某人牢记某事
(3)be impressed by/at/with 对……印象深刻
①My new teacher's rich knowledge and humorous talk left a deep impression on us.
新老师渊博的知识、风趣的谈吐给我们留下了深刻的印象。
②My father impressed the value of hard work on/upon me.
＝My father impressed me with the value of hard work.
我父亲要我牢记努力工作的重要性。
③For some reason, she was impressed with my work and me.
由于某种原因，她对我和我的工作印象深刻。
[即学即练]　一句多译
那些漂亮的剪纸作品一定会给你留下印象。
(1)Those beautiful paper­cutting works will surely impress_you.
(2)You will surely be_impressed_with those beautiful paper­cutting works.
(3)Those beautiful paper­cutting works will surely leave/make_an_impression_on you.(impression)
名师指津：动词＋后缀ion 变名词小结：
impress vt.→impression n．印象；感想
express vt.→expression n．表达；表情
discuss vt.→discussion n．讨论
imagine→imagination n．设想
7.concentrate on 集中精力于
(教材P4)I couldn't concentrate on the experiment.
我无法集中精力做实验。
(1)concentrate on (doing) sth.　　　　　　　　　专心于(做)某事
concentrate one's mind/attention on 集中注意力于；致力于；专心于
(2)concentration n. 集中；专心
①Playing computer games can give us some relaxation after school, but as students we must concentrate on our studies.
放学后玩电脑游戏使我们放松，但是作为学生我们应该集中精力学习。
②With so many things to be worried about, he couldn't concentrate on his study.
他担心的事太多，无法专心学习。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/补全句子
(1)If you concentrate_(your_mind/attention/yourself)_on_English,_you will master the language.
你若集中精力学习英语，你会掌握这门语言的。
(2)Concentration (concentrate) on your studies will result in good grades.
发散思维：“集中注意力”聚焦
focus on集中注意力于
concentrate on集中精力于
pay attention to注意
8.leave... alone 不打扰；不惊动
(教材P4)I really wanted to tell him to please be quiet and leave me alone!
我真想告诉他请安静，别烦我！
leave aside 搁置一边
leave for... 动身到……
leave out 省略；遗漏
①I've told you before — leave my things alone!
我以前告诉过你，别动我的东西！
②When do you plan to leave for Canada?
你们打算什么时候动身去加拿大？
[即学即练]　leave短语填空
(1)The picture shows that in our society some old people are left_alone by their own children like the old man in the picture.
(2)We'll leave_aside the difficult problem until next week.
(3)I will wait for you at the airport and then leave_for Beijing at 11：30.
发散思维：
alone adj. 独自的，单独的； adv. 独自地； 单独地
lonely adj. 寂寞的； 孤独的
9.confident adj.自信的；有把握的
(教材P4)I feel much more confident than I felt this morning.
我觉得比今天早上自信多了。
(1)be confident
(2)confidence n. 信心
with confidence 肯定地，有把握地
①He is confident that nothing can change his plan.
他确信任何事情都不会改变他的计划。
②Compared with them, we're more confident of success.
和他们相比，我们更有信心取得成功。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)To be honest, I am confident (confidence) that I can overcome the present difficulty.
(2)Tom was highly thought of in the company. The manager had confidence (confident) of his ability.
巧学助记：
He gave her a confident smile and his confidence made her faced with challenge bravely.
他给她一个自信的微笑，他的自信让她勇敢地面对挑战。


►第二板块：重点句型解构
1．句型公式：what if...如果……将会怎么样？
(教材P4)What if no one talks to me ? 要是没人跟我说话怎么办？
What if...? 如果……将会怎样？
How/What about...? ……怎么样？
Why not do sth.? 为什么不……？
①What if this problem has to be solved in the next half hour?
在接下来的半小时里，如果这个问题必须被解决会怎样？
②What if she finds out that you've lost her book？如果她发现你把她的书丢了怎么办？
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)What if I have no money to buy a birthday gift for my little girl?
(2)Why not give (give) him a second chance?
(3)How about solving (solve) the problem in another way？
名师指津：牢记Why not后跟动词原形； How about/What about 后跟v.­ing形式哟！
2.句型公式：find ＋sb./sth.＋adj.(宾补)
I found most of my classmates and teachers friendly and helpful.
我发现我的大多数同学和老师都很友好，乐于助人。


find＋宾语＋adj.(宾补)结构 find＋宾语＋doing(宾补)结构
find＋宾语＋done(宾补)结构
①You won't find paper cutting hard if you keep practicing it.
如果你坚持练习，你就会发现剪纸其实并不难。
②I found him easy to get along with.我觉得他容易相处。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)When we see from the top of the hill，we can find the city more beautiful (beauty)．
(2)I hurried to the post office only to find it closed (close)．
(3)When I arrived home, I found my mother watching (watch) TV.
名师指津：分析主动还是被动是确定find＋宾语＋doing/done的关键。


Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．My dream is to be a scientist and explore (探索) the Moon and Mars.
2．The book, which is designed (设计) for children under 5 years old, must be simple and colourful.
3．To be honest, I am confident (自信的) that I can overcome the present difficulty.
4．Although she had only met the old man once, he had made/left a good impression (印象) on her.
5．Before making a decision, he likes to exchange (交换) ideas with his parents.
6．In the last twenty minutes of the lecture (演讲), you will have a chance to ask the professor questions.
7．All the people of the different nations (民族) live and work together peacefully in this country.
8．The news that our schoolmates had won the game soon spread over the whole campus (校园)．
9．As an outgoing (外向的) girl, I get along well with my classmates.
10．The two presidents had a formal (正式的) meeting last week.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．They set up a scientific organization to_explore (explore) the unknown world.
2．Your art skills are excellent, which leaves me a deep impression (impress)．
3．National (Nation) Day saw people singing and dancing happily in the street.
4．The party is not an important one, so you can just be dressed in informal (formal) clothes.
5．This project was designed to_help (help) the students in need.
6．Parents are usually anxious for the children when they don't come back home from school.
7．I find it hard to concentrate on my studies with some people having small talks around me.
8．I felt very annoyed (annoy)to find that they hadn't waited for me.
9．I have the confidence (confident) that you will have a good time here.
10．At last the firefighters put out the fire in the supermarket, which broke out at ten this morning.
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．得知你下学期将作为一名交换生来我们学校我非常高兴。
I'm very happy to learn that you will come to our school next term as_an_exchange_student.
2．我很担心即将到来的考试，以至于晚上很难入睡。
I'm_so_anxious_about the coming exam that I can hardly fall asleep at night.
3．因为越来越多的农民来到大城市挣钱，老人和孩子被留在了家里。
Since more and more peasants come to big cities to make money, the old people and young children are_left_alone at home.
4．今年夏天高中毕业后，我将观光旅游长城。
I will pay a visit to the Great Wall after I graduate from senior_high_school this summer.
5．人们在正式场合说话更有礼貌。
People speak in a more polite way in_formal_situations.
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
First Impression
I want to make friends with my new classmates and leave a good 1.impression (impress) with them. I'm not outgoing, so I feel a little 2.anxious (anxiety) right now. My first maths class in senior high school was difficult 3.but my maths teacher was kind and friendly. Besides, I found most of my classmates and teachers friendly and 4.helpful (help). This afternoon, I had my chemistry class in the new science lab. I couldn't concentrate 5.on the experiment because the guy 6.next to me tried to talk to me the whole time. I did hope he could keep quiet and 7.left (leave) me alone. What a fine day! At first, I was worried that no one would talk to me. In fact, I didn't feel awkward or 8.frightened (frighten) at all. Although I miss my friends from junior high school, I believe I will make new friends and there is a lot 9.to_explore (explore) in senior high school. I feel much 10.more_confident (confident) than I felt this morning. I think that tomorrow will be a great day.


课时作业 2

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
I had the meanest mother in the whole world. While other kids ate candy for breakfast，I had to have porridge，eggs or toast. When others had Coke and candy for lunch, I had to eat a sandwich. But at least I wasn't alone when I was sad. My sister and two brothers had the same mean mother as I did.
My mother preferred to know where we were at all times. She had to know who our friends were and where we were going. We had to clean clothes and take a bath every day. The other kids got to wear the same clothes for days. We could not lie in bed “sick” in order to miss school.
The worst is yet to come. We had to be in bed by nine each night and get up at eight the next morning. We couldn't sleep till noon like our friends. So while they slept，my mother was brave to break the Child Labour Laws. She made us work. We had to wash dishes，make beds，and learn to cook and all kinds of things at home. I believe she lay awake thinking up all things for us to do.
My mother was a complete failure as a mother. Two of her children received higher education. None of us have ever been taken away by the police or divorced (离婚). She forced us to grow up into educated and honest adults. I am now trying to raise my three children this way. I am filled with pride when my children call me “mean”. Why? Because now I thank God every day for giving me the meanest mother in the world.
【语篇解读】　本文主要讲了作者的妈妈对他们很严格，包括不让他们吃糖，要求他们按时睡觉，让他们刷碗等。虽然作者小时候很讨厌妈妈，但是当作者长大后才明白，妈妈这样做是为了让他们变得更优秀，作者因此很感激妈妈。
1．Why couldn't the author eat candy for breakfast?
A．Her mother couldn't afford (买得起) for candy.
B．She preferred porridge，eggs or toast to candy.
C．Her mother thought it not good to eat candy for breakfast.
D．Her mother had to give candy to the author's sister and two brothers.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。通读全文，根据对文章的整体理解可知，作者的妈妈对他们很严格，早上不准他们吃糖是因为她认为糖果对身体不好。故选C项。
2．The author's mother made her children work because ________.
A．she had trouble falling into sleep
B．she had no time to do the housework
C．she was teaching her children to live by themselves
D．she couldn't keep such a big family without her children's help
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。通读全文，根据对文章的整体理解可知，作者的妈妈让他们做家务是想让他们学会自理。故选C项。
3．What can we infer from the text?
A．The author is strict with her children.
B．The author is not happy to have such a mean mother.
C．The author's mother broke the Child Labour Laws to make money.
D．The author's mother failed to educate her children to be honest.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据最后一段“I am now trying to raise my three children this way.”可知，作者也是用妈妈教育他们的方法教育自己的孩子，所以她对自己的孩子很严格。故选A项。
4．From the text we learn that the author ________.
A．dislikes her mother
B．is very grateful to her mother
C．is polite to her mother
D．is tired of her mother
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据文中最后部分“I am filled with pride when my children call me ‘mean’. Why? Because now I thank God every day for giving me the meanest mother in the world.”可知，作者很感激她的妈妈。故选B项。
B
I had a lot of teachers that I loved. However，the teacher that I remember most was Mrs Green from Marianna，Florida. She was my 5th grade teacher. Since I was a new student，not only in her class，but at the school，she made my time there much more pleasant. I immediately began to like her. She was really funny and I knew that she liked me. She made learning fun. I remember one day for Christmas holidays，she taught us how to make ornaments (装饰物) from eggs. My parents still have some of the ornaments I made.
She made me leader for many group projects and that made me feel special. I think that would make any child feel special，especially when a child is in a new place with no friends. She made me want to be like that. Not to pick a “favourite” student，but to make every student feel that they are special. That year，I received the Presidential Academic Award (美国总统学术奖). I was really proud and so were my parents.
Looking back at it，I think the reason why I did so well was that I felt important. Students do better when they feel like they are important or loved. Mrs Green always gets to know her students and forms personal relationships with them，which I will try to do some day. I just hope that there will be a student who finds me to their favourite teacher as I found her to be mine.
【语篇解读】　本文主要讲述了作者对她五年级的一位老师Mrs Green的回忆和感激，并认为她的成就很大一部分都是因为有一位让她能感受到爱、感受到她很重要的老师，并希望将来有学生能喜欢她就像她喜欢Mrs Green一样。
5．The author's life in the new school was very________.
A．happy B．common
C．hard D．boring
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第一段的句子“Since I was a new student, not only in her class，but at the school，she made my time there much more pleasant.”可知，作者在新学校的生活很愉快，所以A项符合原文之意。故选A项。
6．What can we learn from the second paragraph?
A．The author was once received by the president.
B．The author was Mrs Green's favourite student.
C．The author was the pride of her parents.
D．The author always felt lonely in Mrs Green's class.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第二段的句子“I was really proud and so were my parents.”可以推断出作者是她父母的骄傲。C项是作者的言外之意，而A、B、D项的描述都不符合第二段原文的意思，更谈不上言外之意了。故选C项。
7．What will the author probably do in the future?
A．Become a leader. B．Become a teacher.
C．Become an artist. D．Become the President.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据最后一段的句子“Mrs Green always gets to know her students and forms personal relationships with them，which I will try to do some day. I just hope that there will be a student who finds me to their favourite teacher as I found her to be mine.”可知，作者将来有可能成为一个老师。B项符合原文之意。故选B项。
Ⅱ.七选五
Some are born with the ability to talk to people in any kind of situation and express their ideas. __1__ Having no confidence can be one of the reasons why these people are afraid to talk with others. So it's necessary for them to know some ways to talk to people.
__2__ In some situations where you are finding it awkward (难为情的) to talk to people, just carry a smile, and you'll find that people will actually start talking to you!
Using good body language during a conversation is also important. Before you start talking, make sure that you are in a good posture (姿势), and look into the eyes of the other person. __3__ It also shows you're interested to talk to the person.
For talking comfortably to people on the phone, you have to learn to listen actively. Here, body language is of no importance at all. __4__ And at the same time repeat to the person what he or she said from time to time. This shows your interest in the conversation.
It's difficult to talk with unhappy people. Such people are less likely to talk first because of their bad state of mind. Try asking close­ended questions. For example, you can ask like this：Have you been alright lately? Or was your day a good one? __5__ This will help calm the other person down.
A．And this can increase your confidence.
B．However, remember to use a gentle voice.
C．Start a lively conversation with the latest events.
D．A smile is a good way to start any conversation.
E．Talking to people is not a difficult task as it may seem to be.
F．You just need to listen carefully to the person at the other end.
G．For some people, it's difficult even to start a light conversation.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，主题是生活与学习。文章主要介绍了几个谈话技巧。
1．答案与解析：G　该空前一句提到有些人天生就有在任何情形下都能和别人交谈的能力，该空下一句提到“Having no confidence和why these people are afraid to talk with others，”故该空内容与没有这种交谈能力的人有关，故选G项。
2．答案与解析：D　该空为该段的主题句，根据下文“just carry a smile”可知，D项正确。
3．答案与解析：A　该空前说谈话前先保持良好的姿势并且直视对方的眼睛，再根据该空后的“It also shows you're interested to talk to the person”可知，A项“这能增加你的自信”符合语境。
4．答案与解析：F　该段主题是在电话上交谈时你需要积极倾听，该空前说肢体语言在这时候不重要，F项“你需要做的就是认真倾听电话另一端的人所说的话”与上一句承接。
5．答案与解析：B　该空前内容是问什么样的问题，该空后一句说“这会帮另一个人冷静下来”，由此可知，该空内容与如何问问题有关，故选B。

Section Ⅲ　Discovering Useful Structures
Grammar — 八种基本句式


[新知导引]
诵读下列例句并感知画线部分的共性
1．(教材P2)My name is Amy.
2．(教材P3)A boy meets a girl during a break.
3．(教材P6)My mum bought me a new dictionary.
4．(教材P6)We must act.
5．(教材P6)The teacher found the classroom empty.
6．There are 66 students in our class.
[共性呈现]
1．句1是“主语＋系动词＋表语”结构。
2．句2是“主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋状语”。
3．句3是“主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋间接宾语＋直接宾语”。
4．句4是“主语＋谓语(不及物动词)”。
5．句5是“主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾语补足语”。
6．句6是There be...句式。
[语法精释]
一、分清句子成分
根据英语词汇在英语句子中的地位和作用，英语句子的成分可分为主语、谓语、宾语、宾语补足语、表语、定语、状语、同位语及独立成分等。
1．主语：表示句子所要说明或描述的人或事物，一般由名词、代词或相当于名词的词组或句子充当，置于句首。
①The teacher is very kind to us.
老师对我们很好。
②I don't like pop music.
我不喜欢流行音乐。
2．谓语：说明或描述主语的动作、状态或特征，由动词或动词短语充当，位于主语之后。
①We have finished our work already.
我们已经完成了工作。
②I will wait for you at the school gate.
我要在校门口等你。
3．表语：表示主语的身份、性质、状态和特征，一般由名词、形容词或相当于名词、形容词的词、短语或句子充当，位于连系动词之后，与连系动词一起构成句子的谓语。
①He looks very angry.他看上去很生气。
②She is a clever girl.她是一位聪明的女孩。
4．宾语：指动作所涉及的人或事物，一般由名词、代词或相当于名词的词组或句子充当，位于动词之后。
He wrote many plays.他写了许多剧本。
She loves swimming.她喜欢游泳。
5．宾语补足语：用来对宾语进行补充和说明，一般由名词、非谓语动词、形容词等充当。
①I've never seen her dancing.
我从未看见过她跳舞。
②I wish you a happy weekend.
我祝愿你周末愉快。
6．定语：对名词或代词进行修饰、限制或说明，一般由形容词、名词、代词、数词、介词短语、非谓语动词及句子等充当，位置可在所修饰的词之前，也可在所修饰的词之后。
①It's an interesting story.
那是一个有趣的故事。
②Do you have time to help us?
你有时间帮助我们吗？
7．状语：用于修饰动词、形容词、副词、短语或整个句子等，一般由副词、介词短语、非谓语动词短语或句子充当。
①We like English very much.
我们非常喜欢英语。
②Her uncle lives in Canada.
她叔叔住在加拿大。
③She was lying in bed reading.
她躺在床上看书。
8．同位语：若两个语法单位指同一个人或事物，并且句法功能也一样，那么后一项称为前一项的同位语。
①We students should study hard.
我们学生应该努力学习。
②Li Hua, a middle school student, comes from the USA.
李华是一名来自美国的中学生。
二、八种基本句式
句子成分构成了英语中各种各样的句子，其实英语中最基本的句式只有八种，其他各种句式都是由这八种基本句式演变而来。八种基本句式如下：
①主语＋谓语(不及物动词)；
②主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语；
③主语＋系动词＋表语；
④主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋间接宾语＋直接宾语；
⑤主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾语补足语；
⑥主语＋谓语(不及物动词)＋状语；
⑦主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋状语；
⑧There be...
[句式一]　主语＋谓语(不及物动词)
该句式常用来表示主语的动作或状态。其特点为：句子的谓语动词能表达完整的意思，这类动词叫作不及物动词，后面可以跟副词、介词短语、状语从句等。
！
时间过得真快呀！
And outside too!
我也可以在外面玩耍。
[即学即练1]　单句写作
(1)为了保持健康，我们应该定期锻炼。
In order to keep healthy，we_should_exercise_every_day.
(2)火车已离开了。
The_train_has_left.
(3)你必须快点起床去赶早班车。
You_must_get_up quickly to catch the early bus.
[句式二]　主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语
在此句式中，谓语为及物动词。及物动词本身需要一个动作的承受者(即宾语)才可以表达完整的意思。作宾语的可以是名词、代词、动词不定式、动名词、从句等。
.
我们学校准备举行一场英语口语比赛。
.
我朋友和我已经种了许多棵树。
[即学即练2]　单句写作
(1)最后，我们应该经常参加运动和户外活动。
In the end, we_should_often_take_part_in_sports_and_outdoor_activities.
(2)最近几年，我们已经互相建立了良好的友谊。
Over the years，we_have_developed_a_good_friendship with each other.
(3)十二岁时，我得到了一辆漂亮的自行车作为生日礼物。
At the age of twelve, I_got_a_nice_bike_as_a_birthday_gift.
[句式三]　主语＋系动词＋表语
该句式中，谓语动词不能表达完整的意思，必须加上一个表明主语身份或状态的表语构成复合谓语才能表达完整的意思，这类动词叫系动词。
.
本次展出的主题是环境保护。
them.
这对更多的人来说当然是一次欣赏它们的好机会。
[即学即练3]　单句写作
(1)在我看来，一个没有朋友的人永远不会幸福。
In my opinion，a person without friends can_never_be_happy.
(2)总之，我的生活会越来越丰富多彩。
In a word, my_life_will_be_much_richer_and_more_colorful.
(3)总而言之，乡村生活对我们有利。
In a word, country_life_is_good to us.
[句式四]　主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋间接宾语＋直接宾语
该句式中的谓语动词必须跟两个宾语才能表达完整的意思。一个是表示人的间接宾语；一个是表示物的直接宾语。一般间接宾语在前面，直接宾语在后面。
At the same time, .
同时，父母给孩子的保护太多了。
.
他给他可爱的儿子买了一件生日礼物。
[即学即练4]　单句写作
(1)格林先生将就如何学好英语给我们作一场报告。
Mr_Green_will_give_us_a_speech on how to learn English well.
(2)幸运的是，她答应再给我一个机会。
Luckily，she_promised_me_another_chance.
(3)祝你生日快乐。
I_wish_you_a_happy_birthday.
[句式五]　主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾补(宾语补足语)
本句式中的谓语动词虽然是及物动词，但是只跟宾语还不能表达完整的意思，必须加上一个补充成分，如形容词、名词、介词短语、动词不定式、分词等。
for a visit to the nearby nursing home next Saturday.
我想邀请你下周六和我们一起去拜访附近的敬老院。
.
迈克已经请求这个年轻人不要在半夜弹钢琴。
[即学即练5]　单句写作
(1)作为一名中学生，我认为英语是一门非常重要的科目。
As a high school student, I_consider_English_a_very_important_subject.
(2)老实说，我认为他是我最好的朋友。
To be honest, I_consider_him_my_best_friend.
[句式六]　主语＋谓语(不及物动词)＋状语
本句式中的谓语动词是不及物动词，后可跟副词、介词短语、状语从句等作状语。
.
时间过得很快。
.
这个小男孩看不到他的妈妈就会哭。
[即学即练6]　
(1)He_arrived_late_yesterday.
昨天他来晚了。
(2)He_stood_up_quickly_and_ran_away.
他很快地站起来跑掉了。
[句式七]　主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋状语
.
他用一种很简单的方法解决了这个问题。

.
我有空会和我的父母进行一次面对面的交流。
[句式八]　There be...
本句式中的be单复数要与最近的主语一致。
There are many students in the playground.
操场上有许多学生。
There was a pen and two books on the desk.
桌子上有一支笔两本书。
[即学即练7]　完成句子
(1)There_is_a_young_man waiting for you at the school gate.
有一个年轻人在校门口等你。
(2)There_is_a_spelling_mistake in the sentence.
这个句子里有个拼写错误。

Ⅰ.按照要求，写出下列加黑句子的成分
1．The theatre tickets have sold out.(主语)
2．This kind of cloth washes well.(状语)
3．What you said just now made me very happy.(宾补)
4．Could you give me the letter？(宾语)
5．I will study hard to learn English well.(谓语)
6．Professor Smith, our math teacher, will return to his country tomorrow.(同位语)
7．As far as I know, Mary is a good student.(表语)
8．He is a very kind lady.(定语)
Ⅱ.写出下列句子所属的类型
1．In other words, we are the master of our own future.
答案：主语＋系动词＋表语
2．This morning our teacher told us something about the Hope Project in class.
答案：主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋间接宾语＋直接宾语
3．An old man was walking slowly and carefully.
答案：主语＋谓语(不及物动词)＋状语
4．Farmers in our area grow lots of vegetables.
答案：主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语
5．Friends made my life full of excitement.
答案：主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾语补足语
6．The sun was shining.
答案：主语＋谓语(及物动词)
7．The boss made him do the work day and night.
答案：主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾语补足语
8．There are ten boys in the classroom.
答案：There be...句型
Ⅲ.按要求完成句子
1．现在在中学里课外活动正变得越来越普及。(主语＋系动词＋表语)
Nowadays after­class activities are_becoming_more_and_more_popular in high schools.
2．我们尚未决定什么时候再讨论这个问题。(主语＋谓语＋宾语)
We haven't decided when_to_discuss_the_problem_again.
3．奶奶昨晚给我讲了一个非常有趣的故事。(主语＋谓语＋间接宾语＋直接宾语)
Granny told_me_a_very_interesting_story last night.
4．每天早上我们都能听到他大声朗读英语。(主语＋谓语＋宾语＋宾语补足语)
Every morning we can hear him read_English_aloud.
5．早睡早起是个好习惯。(主语＋系动词＋表语，动名词作主语)
Going_to_bed_early_and_getting_up_early is a good habit.
6．最近10年，我的家乡发生了巨大变化。(主语＋谓语)
Great_changes_have_taken_place in my hometown in the past ten years.
7．你会发现英语容易学。(主语＋谓语＋宾语＋宾语补足语)
You will find English_easy_to_learn.
8．我认为一切都会好起来。(主语＋系动词＋表语)
I believe everything_will_be_all_right.



Section Ⅳ　Listening and Talking & Reading for Writing


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．flash/flæʃ/n.光；信号　vi.闪耀；闪光；发出信号　vt. 使闪耀；发出(信号)
2．goal/ɡəʊl/n.目标；球门；射门
3．strategy/'strætədʒi/n.策略；策划
4．partner/'pɑːtnə(r)/n.同伴；配偶；合伙人
5．company/'kʌmpəni/n.公司；商行；陪伴
6．personality/ˌpɜːsə'næləti/n.性格；个性
7．style/staɪl/n.方式；作风
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．organise/'ɔːɡənaɪz/vt. 组织；筹备；安排；组建　vi. 组建；成立→organisation　n．组织；团体；机构
2．curious/'kjʊəriəs/adj.好奇的；求知欲强的→curiously (adv.)好奇地→curiosity(n.)好奇心
3．revise/rɪ'vaɪz/vt.& vi.修改；修订；复习→revision n．复习
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．look forward to 盼望；期待
2．take notes 记笔记
3．flash card 数字卡片；识字卡
4．keep a diary 写日记
5．be curious about 对……好奇
6．become an engineer 成为一名工程师
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．either... or... 或者……或者……
If I'm not in class, I'm either_in_the_library_or_in_the_computer_lab.
如果我不上课，我要么在图书馆要么在计算机实验室。
2．My dream is to do sth. 我的理想是……
My_dream_is_to_start my own IT company.
我的梦想是创办自己的IT公司。



Read the text on page 8 and then choose the best answer.
1．What does Ann love to do?
A．Dance B．Read short stories
C．Skate D．All of them.
答案：D
2．What does “You'll never see me without a book or a pen” mean?
A．He is a working student.
B．He can't live without a book or a pen.
C．He likes to take a pen and a book.
D．He wants to set a good example to his students.
答案：A
3．What is Ann's dream in the future?
A．Start her own IT company. B．Become an engineer.
C．Become a teacher. D．Become a writer.
答案：B


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．look forward to 盼望；期待
(教材P6)Tom is looking forward to meeting the new exchange student.
汤姆盼望着见到新来的交换生。
look into 往……里看；调查
look on...as... 把……看作……
look out 当心；小心
look down on/upon 轻视，看不起
①I have been looking forward to having a chance to pay a visit to Huangshan.
我一直盼望能有机会去黄山观光。
②They are looking into the cause of the accident.他们正在调查事故的原因。
③We shouldn't look down upon the disabled; we should help them.
我们不应该轻视残疾人；我们应该帮助他们。
[即学即练]　单句写作
我坚信我的建议对你会有很大的帮助。盼望着早日收到你的来信。
I do believe that my suggestions will be of great help to you. I'm_looking_forward_to_hearing_from you as soon as possible.
名师指津：to 为介词后跟v.­ing形式的短语：
look forward to
lead to
pay attention to
2.take notes 记笔记
(教材P7)I take notes while listening and reading.我边听边读边作笔记。
make a note 作笔记
take note of 注意；记笔记
①It is a good habit to take notes when you have a class.上课记笔记是个好习惯。
②You should take note of what she tells you.你应该注意她告诉你的话。
[即学即练]　单句写作
你最好在课堂上做个笔记以便课下复习功课。
You'd better make_a_note/take_notes in class so that you can revise your lessons.
发散思维：note down “记下，记录”，note v.
The policeman noted down what I had said.
警察记下了我说的话。
3.organise vt. 组织；筹备；安排；组建　vi. 组建；成立
(教材P7)How does Li Ming organise his thoughts？李明是怎样整理他的思绪的？
(1)organise the meeting 组织会议
organise one's thought 整理思绪
(2)organisation n. [U]组织工作；[C]组织；机构
(3)organiser n. [C]组织者；发起人
①They have made up their minds to organise a second visit there.
他们决定再组织去那里参观一次。
②Organise your thoughts before you begin to speak.把思绪理清楚再说话。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The evening party was well organised (organise) and everyone had a good time at it.
(2)International organisations (organise) such as UN should play a more important role in international affairs.
发散思维：加词缀­ation动词变名词荟萃：
(1)organise→organisation n.
组织；团体；机构
(2)explore→exploration n．探索
(3)produce →production n．生产

4.goal n．目标；球门；射门
(教材P7)I have learning goals and make plans for my English studies.
我有学习目标，为我的英语学习制订计划。
achieve one's goal 实现目标
learning goals 学习目标
①His goal is to get a good job and support his family.
他的目标是找到一份好工作，养家糊口。
②The footballer scored three goals and his team finally won the match.
那个足球运动员进了三个球，他的球队最终赢得了比赛。
[即学即练]　单句写作
我决心不管有多难都要实现我的目标。
I'm determined to achieve_my_goal no matter how hard it is.
熟词生义：
goal n．射门，进球得分
make/score a goal进球
5.curious adj.好奇的；求知欲强的
(教材P8)I'm curious about everything.我对一切都很好奇。
(1)be curious about sth. 对某事感到好奇
be curious to do sth. 极想做某事
(2)curiosity n. 好奇心
out of curiosity 出于好奇
meet one's curiosity 满足某人的好奇心
(3)curiously adv. 好奇地
①Chinese students are curious about the school life of American students.
中国学生对美国学生的校园生活感到好奇。
②I am curious to know how many satellites have been sent to space up to now.
我很想知道到目前为止有多少颗卫星被发射升空了。
[即学即练]　补全句子/单句语法填空
(1)Out_of_curiosity (出于好奇), the man followed the guide into the hall.
出于好奇，这个人跟着导游进了大厅。
(2)The people looked at the strange boy curiously (curious)．
(3)Mr. White thinks that one of the teacher's tasks is to raise the students' curiosity (curious)．
(4)American students are curious about Chinese traditional culture.

巧学助记：
Children are always curious about everything they see and hear. They will ask all kinds of questions curiously. To meet their curiosity, we'd better answer them.
孩子们对所见所闻总是很好奇。他们会好奇地问各种各样的问题。为满足他们的好奇心，我们最好是回答这些问题。

►第二板块|重点句型解构
句型公式：either... or... 或者……或者……
If I'm not in class, I'm either in the library or in the computer lab.
如果我不在教室，我或者在图书馆或者在电脑室。
either... or... 或者……或者……
neither...nor... 既不……也不……
连接句中两个相同的句子成分；连接主语时，谓语动词遵循就近一致原则。
①Sightseeing is best done either by tour bus or by bicycles.
观光最好要么乘游览巴士，要么骑自行车。
②KunMing is a beautiful city, where it's neither too hot nor too cold all the year around.
昆明是个美丽的地方，一年四季既不太冷也不太热。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Either you or one of your students is (be) to attend the meeting.
(2)In my opinion, neither my friend nor my classmates are (be) as positive as Tom.
发散思维：就近一致原则如下：
either... or... 或者……或者……
neither... nor... 既不……也不……
not... but... 不是……而是……
not only... but also... 不但……而且……


Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．I have always enjoyed all the events you organised (组织) and I hope to attend many more in the coming years.
2．The company (公司) has given him a chance to work abroad recently.
3．English is easy to learn if you practise and revise (复习) every day.
4．Most of the furniture in the house is in the style (风格) of Europe.
5．What parents do in their daily life will have a great effect on their children's personality (性格；个性)．
6．He worked with one of his business partners (合作者) to finish a great project.
7．As a junior (年少者；地位较低者), we should respect the old.
8．Young children are always curious (好奇的) about how things work.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．The kids looked curiously (curious) at her and asked where she had come from.
2．All teenagers look forward to having (have) happy holidays from school.
3．Either you or your little sister is (be) wrong.
4．Both of us are more than partners (partner). We are close friends.
5．I wonder what learning strategies (strategy) you will share with your partner.
6．I'm wondering if you could give me some practical advice as I know you've organised (organise) such activities.
7．I feel much more_confident (confident) now than I felt last week.
8．The boy was too frightened (frighten) to walk home alone in the dark.
9．With the final exam drawing near, some students are getting more and more anxious (anxiety)．
10．Britain is a developed country and its national (nation) flower is rose.
Ⅲ.选词填空
look forward to； concentrate on； make an impression； at last； what if； leave... alone
1．As we know, if we often stay up late, we will feel tired and sleepy and cannot concentrate_on our study in class.
2．Being abroad for so many years, I always look_forward_to hearing from my family.
3．At_last,_my parents agreed to my plan.
4．Especially the famous West Lake always makes_an_impression on the visitors.
5．He is very angry right now. We'd better leave him alone.
6．What_if I make a serious mistake!
Ⅳ.单句写作
1．玛丽很会在课堂做笔记。
Mary is really good_at_taking/making_notes in class.
2．他很想知道她会如何处理这个问题。
He was_curious_about how she would deal with the problem.
3．不管有多难，我决定实现我的目标。
No matter how hard it is, I decide to achieve_my_goal.
4．他周游世界的梦想实现了。
His dream of travelling around the world has_come_true.
5．我期待着与你们一起学习，并与你们成为好朋友。
I'm looking_forward_to_studying_with_you and becoming friends with you.




课时作业 3

阅读理解
A
In early November of 1942, my geology (地质学)class was supposed to go on a field trip to see the mica mine (云母矿). Although it rained, everyone showed up on time. I was the only girl in the class. We all fit into two cars.
Near Deary, Mr. Tier, our teacher, went into a store to ask about the direction, while townsmen looked at us with curiosity. On the store owner's advice, we drove out into the hills for a few miles. Then we left the cars. We were afraid they would get stuck in the mud.
Eventually, we located the mine near the top of the mountain. There was a very small hole, running about two or three hundred feet into the mountainside. The passage (通道) was so narrow that we could touch both sides with our hands, and not tall enough to allow us to stand up straight. The first boy held the torch; we took hold of the backs of each other's coats, in a line, and followed him in, ducking our heads. After getting in, we were disappointed because it was not the mine our teacher was looking for.
The rain was coming down hard as we started back to the cars to go home. Back at Deary, we went into a drugstore and stood around its big heating stove to dry out. The clerk was a middle­aged lady. Seeing our entirely wet hair and clothes, she handed each of us a cup of hot water immediately and asked if there was anything wrong with any of us.
Hiking eight miles in the rain had not reduced our interest at all. We all felt we had had a wonderful time, even if we didn't find the mine.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了作者的老师带领全班同学进行了一次户外寻矿活动。
1．Why did the class leave the cars halfway?
A．Because their cars broke down in Deary.
B．Because it was not easy to drive in the mud.
C．Because townsmen were curious about their cars.
D．Because the store owner gave them a wrong direction.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段的“We were afraid they would get stuck in the mud.”可知，下雨天路上全是泥，开车很困难，他们担心车陷在泥里。
2．What does the underlined word “ducking” in Paragraph 3 mean?
A．Turning. B．Touching.
C．Lowering. D．Hitting.
答案与解析：C　词义猜测题。根据第三段的“The passage was... not tall enough to allow us to stand up straight.”可知，通道不够高，他们不能抬头，只能猫着腰，“低”头前进。
3．Which of the following can best describe the clerk of the drugstore?
A．Impatient. B．Careless.
C．Hard­working. D．Warm­hearted.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第四段中的“Seeing our entirely wet hair and clothes, she handed each of us a cup of hot water immediately and asked if there was anything wrong with any of us.”可知，药店的店员很热心。
4．What can we know from the passage?
A．The class failed to see the mica mine.
B．The weather terribly influenced the trip.
C．The teacher was not professional enough.
D．The author was not liked by her classmates.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据末段的“We all felt we had had a wonderful time, even if we didn't find the mine.”可知，作者所在班级并没有找到云母矿。
B
Charles Darwin lived an unusually quiet life. In 1842, Darwin and his wife Emma moved from London to Kent in southern England to have as little disturbance (烦扰) as possible. They already had two children then, and would go on to have eight more in the country.
Darwin had very regular (有规律的) habits. He rose early and went for a walk. After breakfast he worked in his study until 9：30 am, his most productive time of the day, and then read his letters lying on the sofa before returning to work.
At midday he would go for another walk with his dog, stopping at his greenhouse to inspect (查看) his experiments. Then he would go for another walk around an area of woodland. While walking on his “thinking path”， Darwin would consider his unsolved scientific problems.
After lunch he read the newspaper and wrote letters. His network of friends provided information from all corners of the world.
The Darwins were not very strict parents and the children were always seen running wild. Their father worked patiently to a background of playful shouts and little footsteps walking past his study door.
After dinner Darwin played backgammon (a game for two people to play) with his wife. He once wrote，“Now the result with my wife in backgammon stands like this：she... has won only 2,490 games, while I have won, hurrah (a cheer of joy or victory), hurrah, 2,795 games！”
Although he had poor health, Darwin continued to publish (出版)a lot of creative works until his final book in 1881. He died the following year, aged 73.
Rather than a quiet space in the local churchyard, which he called “the sweetest place on Earth”， Darwin was given a state funeral (国葬) in London's Westminster Abbey.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章描写了英国著名科学家达尔文宁静的个人生活。
5．Why did the Darwins move to Kent?
A．To do more experiments.
B．To cut their cost of living.
C．To enjoy more peacefulness.
D．To be together with their children.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第一段中的“moved from London to Kent in southern England to have as little disturbance as possible”可知，达尔文夫妇搬家是为了免受外界的打扰，以享受更多的宁静。
6．What did Darwin do every day?
A．He studied in the woods.
B．He started to work at 9：30 am.
C．He wrote letters in the morning.
D．He examined his experiments.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第三段中的“At midday he would go for another walk with his dog, stopping at his greenhouse to inspect his experiments”可知，达尔文每天会去查看实验的进展情况。
7．What did Darwin's children probably think of him?
A．Strict. B．Sweet.
C．Cold. D．Brave.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。由第五段中的“Their father worked patiently to a background of playful shouts and little footsteps walking past his study door”可推知，在孩子们眼里，父亲达尔文应该很温和。
8．What is this text mainly about?
A．Darwin's scientific achievements.
B．Darwin's unusual state funeral.
C．Darwin's personal life.
D．Darwin's large family.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。首段第一句即文章主旨句“Charles Darwin lived an unusually quiet life.”本文描写了英国著名科学家达尔文宁静的个人生活。
C
While you might not realize it, the environment where you sleep can make a great difference in the actual quality of sleep that you get every night. With a few simple lifestyle changes, you can create a healthy sleep environment that helps improve your sleep quality.
Go to bed and get up at the same time every day, even on weekends, holidays and days off. Studies show that people who do so are more rested than those who sleep irregularly (不规律地)．
Go to sleep only when you start to feel sleepy. If you don't fall asleep within about 15 minutes, get up and do something relaxing. Go back to bed when you are tired.
Pay attention to what you eat and drink. Don't go to bed either hungry or stuffed. Your discomfort might keep you up. Avoid caffeine (咖啡因) 6 hours before you sleep. Having a cup of coffee within a few hours of bed time can keep you awake for hours when you are trying to sleep. Coffee isn't the only product containing caffeine. Avoid chocolate and tea, too. Also limit (限制) how much you drink before bed to prevent trips to the toilet at night.
Many people turn on the TV before they go to bed. TV influences your natural sleep habits by making you stay up longer than you usually would, especially if you are watching something exciting. Instead of turning on the TV, read a book. Light reading before bed can help you fall into a deep sleep quickly.
If you suffer from serious sleep problems, go to your doctor. Your doctor will help treat the problem or may advise you to see a sleep specialist.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，主题语境是健康的生活方式。如果你想过健康幸福的生活，睡个好觉是必不可少的。相比睡眠时间长短，睡眠质量有时更为重要。
9．What should you do to make sure you have a good sleep at weekends according to the text?
A．Get up a bit later than usual.
B．Go to bed at a regular time.
C．Watch some relaxing TV programs.
D．Avoid drinking coffee or tea in the day.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段“Go to bed and get up at the same time every day, even on weekends, holidays and days off”可知，作者建议睡眠要有规律，每天在同一时间睡觉和起床的人休息得会更好，即便是周末也应该这样。
10．What does the author advise you to do if you can't fall asleep after lying in bed for 15 minutes?
A．To drink some water.
B．To do some light reading.

C．To listen to light music.
D．To get up and relax.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第三段“If you don't fall asleep within about 15 minutes, get up and do something relaxing”可知，作者认为：如果你在床上15分钟内睡不着，干脆起床做些放松的事，等自己累了再回到床上睡觉。
11．What does the underlined word “stuffed” in Paragraph 4 mean?
A．Having slept too much.
B．Having eaten too much.
C．Feeling too sad.
D．Feeling too tired.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。第四段主题句是“Pay attention to what you eat and drink”，后面分别讲述睡觉前该如何吃、喝。“Don't go to bed either hungry or stuffed. Your discomfort might keep you up”这两句是讲睡觉前该怎样吃：睡觉时既不要饿着，也不要吃得太饱。饿着或者吃得太饱，身体不舒服，都会让你睡不着。由此可知，画线单词stuffed的意思是“吃饱的”。
12．What does the text mainly talk about?
A．What to do before going to bed.
B．The importance of sleeping well.
C．How to improve your sleep quality.
D．The relationship between sleep and lifestyle.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。本文就如何改善睡眠提供了一些方法。

Section Ⅴ　Writing — 写一份个人简介

技法指导
个人简介就是对个人学历、经历、特长、爱好及其他有关情况所作的简明扼要的书面介绍，是有针对性的自我介绍的一种规范化、逻辑化的书面表达。个人简介属于应用文的范畴，通常是针对介绍个人情况、招聘、申请等。写个人简介要讲究遣词用句，措辞要直接，不拐弯抹角；语言要礼貌，但不要过分谦卑。
[增分佳句]
1．My name is Li Ming. I am a Senior 3 student of Xinhua Middle School.
我是李明，新华中学高三年级的一名学生。
2．I'm Li Hua, an 18­year­old girl student in Class One, Grade Three. I'm open­minded, easy­going and enthusiastic. I think my English is good enough to communicate with foreigners and I like to make friends.
我是李华，18岁，是高三一班的一位女学生。我心胸开阔，性格随和，热情好客。我认为我能够与外国人用英语交流，而且我喜欢交朋友。
3．First of all, I am among the most diligent students in our school.
首先，我是我们学校最勤奋的学生之一。
4．He/She was one of the greatest scientists in the 20th century.
他/她是20世纪最伟大的科学家之一。
5．He/She studied at a local high school and graduated from Beijing University.
他/她曾就读于当地一所高中，毕业于北京大学。
6．He/She is such a learned/strong­willed person that we all admire/respect him/her.
他/她是如此一个博学/意志坚强的人，我们都很钦佩/尊敬他/她。
7．He/She devoted all his/her life to the work.
他/她把毕生都致力于工作。
8．He/She made great contributions to our country.
他/她对我们国家作出了巨大贡献。
9．Last but not least, he is warm­hearted and willing to help others in need.
最后但同等重要的是，他热心肠，愿意帮助别人。
10．I have been learning English for nearly six years, so I have a good knowledge of English.
我已经学习英语近六年了，因此我精通英语。

精品展示　　
请根据下面的提示写一篇题为“My New English Teacher”的短文。
1．李老师年轻，漂亮，热情，有活力；
2．讲课清楚，有耐心，总是鼓励我们；
3．她教我们刚刚两个星期，但已经成为最受我们欢迎的老师。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
[审题谋篇]
第一步：明确要求
该写作属于应用文中的个人简介，人称应该用第三人称，时态为一般现在时。
第二步： 确定段落
第一段：指明要介绍的人是谁——我的新英语老师：李老师
第二段：详细描述李老师的性格特征、优点
第三段：介绍李老师对我们的影响及我们对她的喜爱
第三步：提炼要点
1．impression 印象
2.enthusiastic 热心的
3．full_of_energy 精力充沛
4．be_very_patient_with 对……非常耐心
5．encourage 鼓励
6．avoid 避免
7．embarrassed 尴尬的
8．make_mistakes 犯错误
9．active 活跃的
10．popular 受欢迎的
第四步：句式升级
1．李老师是一位年轻漂亮的女士。她热情、精力充沛。
(一般表达)Mrs. Li is a beautiful young lady. She is enthusiastic and full of energy.
(高级表达)Mrs. Li is a beautiful young lady, enthusiastic_and_full_of_energy. (用形容词作状语)
2．她总是鼓励我们，并且在我们犯错误时避免让我们感到尴尬。在她的课上每个同学都很积极。
(一般表达)She always encourages us and avoids making us feel embarrassed even when we make mistakes. Every student is very active in her class.
(高级表达)She_always_encourages_us_and_avoids_making_us_feel_embarrassed_even_when_we_make_mistakes,_so_every_student_is_very_active_in_her_class. (用so合并升级)
3．到目前为止，李老师教我们仅两个星期。她已经是我们班最受学生欢迎的老师。
(一般表达)So far, Mrs. Li has been teaching us for only two weeks. She has already become the most popular teacher with all of the students in our class!
(高级表达)So_far,_Mrs._Li_has_been_teaching_us_for_only_two_weeks,_but_she_has_already_become_the_most_popular_teacher_with_all_of_the_students_in_our_class！(合并升级为but 引导的并列句)
[连句成篇]
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
My New English Teacher
Mrs. Li is my new English teacher. She has left a very deep impression on me.
Mrs. Li is a beautiful young lady, enthusiastic and full of energy. Now I know that she is a really wonderful teacher. She explains everything clearly and is very patient with us. She always encourages us and avoids making us feel embarrassed even when we make mistakes, so every student is very active in her class.
So far, Mrs. Li has been teaching us for only two weeks, but she has already become the most popular teacher with all of the students in our class! I am sure that we are going to learn a lot with Mrs. Li teaching us.



单元检测卷(一)
选择题部分
第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What is the woman's plan for tonight?
A．To visit a friend. B．To see a movie.
C．To go swimming.
2．What will the weather be like this afternoon?
A．Rainy. B．Snowy.
C．Sunny.
3．What will the man probably change?
A．His jacket. B．His shirt.
C．His tie.
4．How will the woman go to the town center?
A．By bus. B．By train.
C．By taxi.
5．What are the speakers talking about?
A．A student. B．A book.
C．A language.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6．What will the woman buy?
A．A hat. B．A postcard.
C．A toy.
7．How much will the woman pay?
A．$80. B．$65.
C．$45.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8．What does the woman plan to do today?
A．Go camping. B．Visit Linda.
C．Finish her report.
9．When will the man go into town?
A．On Friday. B．On Saturday.
C．On Sunday.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．What is the man?
A．A doctor. B．An engineer.
C．An actor.
11．What does the man do for the city?
A．He builds roads and bridges.
B．He designs buildings.
C．He designs roads and bridges.
12．What's the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Old friends. B．New friends.
C．Relatives.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．How old is Mary now?
A．18. B．20.
C．21.
14．What is Mary's brother?
A．A fashion designer. B．A model.
C．A photographer.
15．From whom did Mary receive the earrings?
A．Jenny. B．Her boyfriend.
C．Her brother.
16．What will the man most probably do tomorrow?
A．Choose a gift himself.
B．Ask for advice on picking a dress.
C．Celebrate his girlfriend's birthday.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．What day is it today?
A．Monday. B．Tuesday.
C．Wednesday.
18．Which season is the weather report about?
A．Spring. B．Summer.
C．Winter.
19．What does the weather reporter suggest people do?
A．Wear warm clothes. B．Drink more water.
C．Sleep outside.
20．What is the next program about?
A．The international news. B．The local news.
C．The traffic report.
答案：
1～5　CACBB　6～10　ACABB　11～15　CBBCB
16～20　BBBCC
听力材料
(Text 1)
M：Would you like to go to the cinema tonight?
W：I'd like to, but I've already planned to go swimming with my friend Tina.
(Text 2)
W：It was such a lovely bright morning. I almost wish I didn't have to work.
M：Well, there is snow to come later tonight, but there'll be some heavy rain first in the afternoon.
(Text 3)
M：OK, how do I look?
W：Well, the jacket is very nice, and the shirt is all right. But don't you think that tie's rather thick and heavy? Perhaps a thin one would be better.
M：Oh... I suppose you're right.
(Text 4)
W：Should I take a taxi or a bus to the town center?
M：You can take either, but the train goes there directly. It's cheaper, too.
W：Thanks. I'll do that instead.
(Text 5)
W：Why do you use this book to learn French?
M：Why? Is there a problem?
W：Well, the texts in it are too old. They are no longer suitable for today's students.
M：Well, actually I quite agree.
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
(Text 6)
W：Excuse me. I am a tourist here and I am looking for something local and special here as gifts. Could you give me some suggestions?
M：Well, we have quite a few choices here：postcards with our old buildings, handmade cotton hats and over there some special toys.
W：These hats look very beautiful! How much are they?
M：Forty­five dollars each or eighty dollars for the pair. The more you buy, the lower price I can offer.
W：OK, but I'll buy one for my mother right now.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
(Text 7)
W：Where are you going today, Mark?
M：I'm going to the library. What about you?
W：I'll go camping with Linda. Why do you want to go to the library today? It's Friday. We should have some fun.
M：Well, I have to hand in my report tomorrow morning.
W：Tomorrow morning? Didn't Mr. Smith ask us to hand it in next Monday morning?
M：I'm going into town tomorrow afternoon. I won't return until Sunday night. So I want to hand it in before I go.
W：Now I see.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W：So, tell me a little about yourself.
M：Gee­uh...I don't know where to begin. What do you want to know?
W：Well, let's see...What do you do?
M：I'm an engineer.
W：An engineer? Hmm, that's interesting. Do you enjoy your work?
M：Yes. I like it a lot.
W：Tell me, what exactly do you do as an engineer?
M：Well, I design roads and bridges for the city.
W：Oh. That sounds like a very exciting job.
M：It is.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
M：What a nice dress! Mary, you look really good in it! Are you going to a party tonight?
W：Yes. Jenny is throwing a party tonight. It's her eighteenth birthday. She has invited many people. I'm sure I'm going to have a great time there. Weren't you invited?
M：No. I'm not a friend of hers. So did you buy the dress especially for the party?
W：Actually, I didn't buy it. It was a gift from my brother. He gave it to me on my twentieth birthday two weeks ago. He's good at picking dresses, isn't he?
M：Certainly he is! What is your brother? A fashion designer?
W：No. He works for a magazine. He takes photos of models for the magazine. My friends like going shopping with my brother because he gives them very good advice. But he has a very busy work schedule.
M：Oh, I like your earrings, too. Are they also a gift from your brother, too?
W：No. They're a gift from my boyfriend James. I'm sure he asked my brother for help. You know, he isn't good at picking gifts. But I love this pair of earrings.
M：I'm considering buying a dress for Lucy. Her birthday is just three weeks away. Do you think your brother could help me?
W：Well, I have planned to go shopping with my brother tomorrow afternoon. Why not join us?
M：OK. That'd be great! Thanks, Mary.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
M：Good morning, this is Jesse Williams with your Tuesday weather report. We had a hot and sunny day yesterday. The temperature was 36 ℃. It is expected that today's temperature could climb to as high as 38 ℃ by the late afternoon. Right now, only an hour after sunrise, the temperature in our city is already 29 ℃. Unfortunately, there is also no rain for the next five days. This is bad news for the thirsty forest in our city. Wednesday is forecast to be hotter, reaching 40 degrees with a surprising 28 ℃ overnight. It is the hottest August day since 30 ℃ in 2015. The good news is that it will be windy tonight. So it seems that setting up a tent in the backyard may be the only way to catch some sleep tonight if you don't have an air­conditioner. When you go out, please wear your hat and sunglasses. That's all for today's weather report. The traffic report in the morning is as follows. Thank you for listening.


第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)
第一节(共10小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
It was my first full­time job as a teacher in a high school in Riverside, California, The Department Chair told me that I would teach a class Introduction to Writing, a freshman course. I felt very confident.
It was my first class. When I entered the classroom, I was surprised. Freshmen? These kids looked too tall and mature (成熟的) to be freshmen! I still didn't have a class list of names, so I started by talking with them and asking questions. They took notes and everything was fine until I noticed a tall boy eating a piece of cake. Rule 1, clearly written on the board was “NO FOOD OR DRINK IN CLASS”. I got a little mad and asked him to read the rule out aloud. He did so and he got mad too!
I asked him, “Did you understand what you read？” This made him even madder.
“Yes, I did.”
“Well, then, what were you doing just now？”
We were both getting madder and madder.
“I was eating a piece of cake.”He took another bite (咬) and looked at me angrily.
“Well, get up, go outside and throw the cake away.”
And then both of us made a mistake. He said, “Here, I don't even want it.”Then he handed it to me. He put the piece of cake on my hand. The icing of the cake went between my fingers, making a real mess. He was very tall, but he was sitting in a chair and I was standing next to him, mad and angry. I hit the cake on his hair!
The class started laughing and clapping. Somebody got up, went to the board and wrote “Teacher — 1; Mark — 0”. I didn't know whether I was supposed to laugh or not, but I couldn't help it. And then, Mark got up and left.
The story was all over the school by the next period. Some students came to me and said, “I heard that terrible things will happen if somebody tries to eat cake in your class！” Oh, how embarrassing!
Now I still teach, but I'm much better at dealing with students.
【语篇解读】　作者第一次上课就跟学生发生了冲突，使得自己非常尴尬。
21．What did the author mean by saying “I couldn't help it” in the last­but­two paragraph?
A．She became angry.
B．She started laughing.
C．She started crying.
D．She couldn't help the student.
答案与解析：B　句意理解题。根据倒数第三段的“I didn't know whether I was supposed to laugh or not, but I couldn't help it.”可知，这里是指作者情不自禁地笑了。
22．What did the author most probably realize after that experience?
A．Students can eat cake in class.
B．Her students were really kind to her.
C．She wasn't good at teaching freshmen.
D．She should do better in dealing with students.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据文章最后一段内容可知，作者初为人师时，并不懂得如何应对捣乱的学生，所以使自己和学生都陷入了尴尬的局面，后来作者改变了自己，现在已经能更好地应付了。
23．What might be the best title of the passage?
A．My Embarrassing Experience of Being a Teacher
B．Sharing a Piece of Cake with My Student
C．It's Important to Have Class Rules
D．How to Control Your Emotion
答案与解析：A　主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了作者初为人师时与学生发生冲突的尴尬经历。
B
Since 2013, Awesome Con has brought together tens of thousands of comic book fans (漫画书迷)for a special weekend in Washington, D．C. This year's event was held from March 30 through April 1 at the Walter E. Washington Convention Center.
At the yearly event, artists sell comic books, artwork, and other things. There are also performances, discussions, and famous guests. Awesome Con also has game rooms, where visitors can play many popular games like Donkey Kong.
Of all the activities at Awesome Con, cosplay is surely the most attractive one. Many people see Awesome Con as a way to express themselves and show off their hobbies. Cosplay is a very good way to achieve this purpose.
Cosplay is dressing up as a character (角色) from movies, games, or comics. People dress as superheroes, time travelers, robots, etc. Many build their own clothes and some of them are very skillfully made.
“It's a huge part of the whole event, and it's really nice to see everyone having fun and putting so much time and energy (精力) into their cosplay clothes，”said John Hutson, who dressed up as superhero Captain America.
“I dressed up as Deadpool，”said another comic book fan Sandy Millin. “I really enjoy this character, and I came out here because it allows me to express myself freely.”
For those who attend Awesome Con, talking about hobbies with people you don't know is fun.
There are other advantages too. For example, in Artist Alley, where comic­book creators talk to fans and sign books and drawings, you can find many different kinds of art and people who like that kind of work. “It's nice to see not very well­known artists finally getting recognized for their wonderful artwork by people who really enjoy cartoons, comics, and video games，”said a student from Takoma Park Middle School in Maryland.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了于华盛顿举办的漫展Awesome Con。
24．What is the most eye­catching activity at Awesome Con?
A．Game playing. B．Book selling.
C．Discussion. D．Cosplay.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第三段中的“Of all the activities at Awesome Con, cosplay is surely the most attractive one”可知，角色扮演是该漫展上最引人注目的活动。
25．How did John Hutson feel about dressing up?
A．Very tiring. B．A bit regretful.
C．A bit doubtful. D．Very enjoyable.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。由第五段中的John Hutson所说的话“it's really nice to see... their cosplay clothes”可推断，John Hutson认为化妆打扮进行角色扮演是赏心悦目的。
26．Why did Sandy Millin come to Awesome Con?
A．To do cosplay. B．To meet Deadpool.
C．To buy comic books. D．To get his comic books signed.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由第三段中的“Many people see Awesome Con as a way to express themselves and show off their hobbies”和倒数第二段中Sandy Millin所说的话可知，他喜欢Deadpool这个角色，而在Awesome Con上，他可以通过角色扮演来自由展示自己的爱好，这也是他参加该漫展的原因。
27．What is the last paragraph mainly about?
A．How artists get recognized.
B．The activities in Artist Alley.
C．The advantages of Awesome Con.
D．Fun things to do at Awesome Con.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。本段主要阐述了参加Awesome Con的好处，除了能享受跟陌生人谈论自己的兴趣爱好之外，还有许多其他好处，如人们能在Artist Alley欣赏到不同类型的艺术品，还能碰到这些艺术品的爱好者；此外，不甚出名的艺术家也能凭借自己精湛的作品获得卡通漫画爱好者的认可。
C
“I wish I grew up back in your childhood, ”my 14­year­old son said to me. He has an iPhone that is newer than mine. He has many kind friends. There are many forms of entertainment today and he can find nearly all of human knowledge through the Internet. However, he wishes he grew up in the 1970s and 1980s. “Why？”I asked. My son's answer involves freedom, risk and over­involvement (参与) of adults in kids' lives.
My son has heard his dad tell stories of summer days at the river with his friends. They would jump off the wooden bridge into the water below. My son lives just a few blocks from the same river and the same bridge. The town hasn't changed, but times have changed. My son knows that if he and his friends tried to jump off the bridge and swim as his dad did many times, the most likely outcome is that some kind adults would call the police.
At 14, an age at which, in generations past, most boys were contributing to the well­being of their families by working, and my son is ready, able and willing to put his skills and strength to the test in the real world. However, he, like so many other American boys and girls, is prevented by a culture that seems to have raised safety to the highest regard, without considering how a lack of risk might negatively affect kids' development.
Let kids try some risky things — cutting the lawn; using tools and sharp knives; starting a fire; cooking — under the supervision (监管) of an adult who tells them safety rules. Allow your kids to gradually take more responsibility. A kid who helps prepare and cook meals will be better prepared to cook independently.
Above all, encourage and praise your kids' determination. Their desire to deal with challenges and take risks will serve them well in the years to come.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇议论文。作者认为孩子应该在成人的监护下适当地去做一些冒险的事情，家长不应该一味地保护孩子。
28．Why does the author mention her son?
A．To praise her son for his creativity.
B．To encourage kids to live a simple life.
C．To introduce the topic of kids' lacking chance to risk.
D．To show kids' love for their parents' childhood life.
答案与解析：C　写作意图题。根据前两段的内容可知，作者通过描述儿子对父亲的童年生活的羡慕，引出文章的主题：现在的孩子缺少冒险的机会。
29．If trying to jump into the river, the author's son would be ________.
A．warned of danger
B．stopped by the police
C．praised for his courage
D．punished seriously by his parents
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段的“... the most likely outcome is that some kind adults would call the police.”可知，一些好心人会报警来阻止儿子随意跳下河游泳。
30．What does the author advise parents to do?
A．Try risky things before their kids.
B．Help their kids complete risky things.
C．Let their kids know the safety rules first.
D．Supervise their kids when they are doing risky things.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第四段的“... under the supervision of an adult who tells them safety rules.”可知，在父母的监管下孩子可以做些冒险的事情。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
No one likes lies. But unfortunately, most of us ever lied to people around us. __31__ Learning to be honest can help to clean up your relationships. Here are some ways to be honest with others.
Stop comparing yourself with others. __32__ As we're always comparing ourselves with others, we tend to hide our weaknesses with a quick and creative lie. If you stop feeling competitive with others and give yourself the value you deserve, you won't feel the need to lie to bring yourself up.
Forget what you think other people want to hear from you. Speak from your heart and tell the truth. You don't have to worry about whether or not it will make you look “bad.”__33__
Avoid situations in which you'll have to lie to others. Be careful when someone begins a sentence with “Don't tell so­and­so about this, okay？”__34__ For example, you can say “If it is something that doesn't concern me, please don't tell me. I don't want to be responsible for anyone's secrets but my own.”
__35__ You don't have to lie if you feel good about yourself! Do things that give you pleasure and that make you feel proud of yourself. Start with some little things. Don't do things that make you embarrassed.
A．Know your weaknesses.
B．Do things that make you proud.
C．That's why we tell lies so often!
D．It is not a good manner, though.
E．You should be prepared for this situation.
F．People respect honesty even when the truth is uncomfortable.
G．Sometimes we lie to make ourselves seem better than we really are.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了对他人诚实的几种方法。
31．答案与解析：D　此空设于段中，是一个过渡句，与前一句存在逻辑上的指代关系，并引出下句中“Learning to be honest...”的观点。本句中的It指代的是上文中的“lied to people around us”。
32．答案与解析：G　此空设于段中，是一个过渡句。下句中的“we tend to hide our weaknesses with a quick and creative lie”与“we lie to make ourselves seem better than we really are”相呼应，都是想表达由于喜欢攀比，我们会用谎言来使自己看起来比真实的自己好。
33．答案与解析：F　此空设于段尾，是一个总结句。本句意为“即使事实不尽如人意，人们还是尊重诚实”。
34．答案与解析：E　此空设于段中，与前一句存在逻辑上的指代关系。this situation指代的是上文中的“when someone begins a sentence...”。
35．答案与解析：B　此空设于段首，是本段主题句。下文都是围绕“做一些让你自豪的事”而展开论述的。
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
You may have heard the saying “One good turn deserves another.” It means that when someone __36__ you in a much needed situation, you should also give back when you get the right __37__.
Lanre and his wife had two children. Lanre was educated but __38__. He went for many __39__ but ended up getting unsatisfying results. He was always told to __40__ his contact number and wait for the future spare position.
One day, Lanre's children were sent home for not __41__ school fees (费用). On the way to their house, the two kids saw a man __42__ on the ground in pain. “He might be a drunk，” they thought. They were too __43__ to get close to the man, so they went home __44__ and told their parents about that. Lanre and his wife were led to the man and seeing the man in such pain, they __45__ to help him.
Being given first aid, the man felt much better and then __46__ the sudden heart disease. He only told Lanre and his wife he was living in the city and went on a trip alone. __47__， the man was the CEO of Badmus Group of Companies!
Later, the man wanted to __48__ Lanre's home but failed to find his house. One day, he was reading the information of those who had been interviewed when he saw the __49__ of Lanre. He recognized him at once.
The man __50__ Lanre so much that he gave Lanre a __51__ as the General Manager of his company. Lanre became well off __52__ his children rejoined the school.
Although Lanre helped the stranger, he didn't know he would be __53__ so well. It was his __54__ that led him to a better situation. So one good turn __55__ another.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。Lanre多次找工作未果，他的孩子也因交不起学费而被退学。一天，他救了一个倒在地上的突发心脏病的陌生人，此举使他得到了意想不到的回报。
36．A.greets B．helps
C．ignores D．recognizes
答案与解析：B　作者是在解释“One good turn deserves another.”这个谚语。别人在你有需要的情况下帮助(helps) 了你，你要在合适的机会予以回报。
37．A.advice B．direction
C．guidance D．opportunity
答案与解析：D　作者是在解释“One good turn deserves another.”这个谚语。别人在你有需要的情况下帮助了你，你要在合适的机会(opportunity)予以回报。
38．A.jobless B．lonely
C．impolite D．stubborn
答案与解析：A　根据后文Lanre找工作多次未果的语境可知，Lanre虽然受到良好教育，但是依然没有工作(jobless)。
39．A.activities B．meetings
C．competitions D．interviews
答案与解析：D　根据语境可知，Lanre为了找工作进行了多次面试(interviews)，但结果都不尽人意。
40．A.notice B．change
C．leave D．remember
答案与解析：C　根据后文的“wait for the future spare position”可知，Lanre总是被告诉留下(leave)联系方式，等待以后有空余的岗位。
41．A.paying B．recording
C．calculating D．collecting
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，Lanre的孩子被打发回家是因为他们没有付(paying)学费。
42．A.standing B．jumping
C．lying D．singing
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，两个孩子在回家的路上看到有一个人躺(lying)在地上。
43．A.scared B．tired
C．bored D．interested
答案与解析：A　Lanre的孩子认为那人也许是个喝醉酒的人，害怕(scared)走近他。
44．A.secretly B．strangely
C．suddenly D．immediately
答案与解析：D　孩子们不敢走近，所以立即(immediately)回家告诉了父母。
45．A.refused B．decided
C．feared D．pretended
答案与解析：B　孩子们带Lanre夫妇找到了那个人，看到那个人很痛苦，Lanre夫妇应该是决定(decided)帮助他。
46．A.suffered from B．recovered from
C．got used to D．became tired of
答案与解析：B　根据“the man felt much better”可知，在急救之后，那个人渐渐好转，从突发的心脏病中恢复(recovered from)过来。
47．A.Actually B．Naturally
C．Unavoidably D．Unsurprisingly
答案与解析：A　那个人只是告诉Lanre夫妇他住在这个城市，这次是独自出来旅行，没有透露其他信息。实际上(Actually)，他是一个公司的CEO。
48．A.design B．drop by
C．decorate D．arrive at
答案与解析：B　根据“but failed to find his house”可知，那个人想来Lanre家拜访(drop by)，但没找到位置。
49．A.name B．letter
C．photo D．story
答案与解析：C　根据后文的“He recognized him at once.”可知，那个人应该在看他公司求职人员的材料时，看到了Lanre的照片(photo)，一眼就认出了他。
50．A.missed B．hated
C．admired D．thanked
答案与解析：D　根据语境可知，Lanre之前帮助过他，他应该是很感谢(thanked) Lanre。
51．A.prize B．goal
C．choice D．position
答案与解析：D　那个人非常感谢Lanre，所以给了他一个公司总经理的职位(position)。
52．A.but B．and
C．or D．as
答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，Lanre变得富裕起来，他的孩子也重新回到了学校。前后是并列关系，因此用and连接。
53．A.cared B．praised
C．rewarded D．described
答案与解析：C　Lanre帮助那个陌生人的时候，并没想到他会得到回报(rewarded)。
54．A.kindness B．confidence
C．honesty D．intelligence
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，是Lanre的善良(kindness)改变了他自己的境况。
55．A.causes B．requires
C．deserves D．exchanges
答案与解析：C　Lanre的事例再次印证了文章开头提到的谚语One good turn deserves another.即：善有善报。
非选择题部分
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last week I 56.________ (take) on a difficult task of showing kindness. The idea came from a few posts on a website. I decided 57.________ (reach) out to a few people I hadn't talked to for the past few years.
One was a cousin, 58.________I had lost touch with for 25 years. She was very happy when we got 59.________ touch. The other two were friends I hadn't talked to in nearly 10 years. It was really good to talk to 60.________ (they) both.
With one of them, I reached out at a great time for him. He had forgotten my name 61.________ (entire) but remembered I disliked 62.________ (run) when young because I had asthma. He was grateful that I called him and said some very kind 63.________ (thing) to me about our past. I am glad our friendship mattered to him.
I think 64.________is good to be the one to take the initiative (主动性) to be kind and reach out. Even if it seems difficult at the time, in the end it offers 65.________ (wonder) rewards!
56．答案与解析：took　考查一般过去时。由前面的Last week可知，此处是对过去事实的描述，应用一般过去时，故填took。
57．答案与解析：to reach　考查不定式作宾语的用法。decide to do sth.意为“决定做某事”。
58．答案与解析：who/whom　考查关系代词。设空处引导非限制性定语从句，补充说明a cousin，且在从句中作宾语，故填who/whom。
59．答案与解析：in　考查介词。get in touch意为“取得联系”。
60．答案与解析：them　考查代词。设空处作宾语，故填them。
61．答案与解析：entirely　考查副词。设空处修饰forgotten，表示“完全地”，故填entirely。
62．答案与解析：running　考查动词­ing形式作宾语的用法。dislike doing sth.意为“不喜欢做某事”。
63．答案与解析：things　考查名词复数。由前面的some可知，应用名词复数，故填things。
64．答案与解析：it　考查it的用法。设空处在从句中作形式主语，真正的主语是后面的不定式短语，故填it。
65．答案与解析：wonderful　考查形容词。设空处修饰rewards，意为“极好的”，故填wonderful。
第四部分　写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节　应用文写作(满分15分)
假设你是李华，你的美国朋友Henry转入一所新学校后，因为语言和生活习惯不同经常引起其他同学的误解，心情烦闷，写信求助于你。请你给他写一封电子邮件，提出一些自我调整的建议。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案：
Dear Henry,
I'm sorry to hear that you are upset because of the misunderstandings between you and your classmates. Don't worry and you may consider taking the following advice. First, be willing to accept new changes as they are usually good for you in the long run. Besides, learn to communicate with others in case you are misunderstood.
As an old Chinese saying goes, “When in Rome, do as the Romans do.” I sincerely hope my suggestions will be of some help for you.
Yours，
Li Hua
第二节　读后续写(满分25分)
阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。
“Mom, I'm going outside！” Mickey shouted up the stairs. His mother replied, “OK, but you have to bring Alex.”Mickey didn't want to bring his little_brother. He sighed and then begged, “But Mom, I'm going to the woods with Tom.” His mother replied, “You will bring Alex with you or you will not go.”Mickey was upset and then took Alex out.
Walking down the empty street, Alex held out his hand to Mickey but Mickey refused. When they got to Tom's_house,_the three boys ran immediately to the woods. Tom carried a thin stick and hit the tops of weeds. Mickey held a stick as though it were a gun, and he shot. Alex held his hand in his mouth and struggled to keep_up_with the other boys. Alex shouted,_“Wait up”， but Mickey did not wait. Mickey and Tom were fighting a battle to save the universe.
Mickey was having so much fun playing that he had forgotten about Alex. The two boys played until Tom defeated Mickey. Mickey called for his brother, who he thought could help him in fight. But there was no response to his call. Mickey's heart sank as he realized that Alex was missing.
注意：
1．所续写短文的词数应不少于80词；
2．至少使用5个短文中标有下划线的关键词语；
3．续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；
4．续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。
Paragraph 1：
Mickey shared the problem with Tom.________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Paragraph 2：
The boys searched the forest around them, but there was no sign of Alex.________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
答案：
Paragraph 1：
Mickey shared the problem with Tom. Tom said, “My dad says that there are wolves in these woods”. And the two boys began to search through the forest worriedly, shouting for Alex. Mickey remembered all of the good times that he had spent with his little_brother. He realized that he loved him and didn't want to lose him.
Paragraph 2：
The boys searched the forest around them, but there was no sign of Alex. So Mickey and Tom decided to turn to an adult. They made their way to Tom's_house. As the boys approached the back door, they heard a run coming from behind the hut. Much to their surprise, Alex turned out and beat Mickey with a stick. Mickey didn't mind and was just pleased to see his brother.

Section Ⅰ　Listening and speaking & Listening and Talking

Step One: Speaking
1．What clubs have you ever joined?
Ballet_club;_Nature_Club;_Volunteer_Club;_Debate_Club
2．We have different hobbies in our daily life. What do you think students do in these clubs? Match the pictures with the names of the clubs.
Ballet club: 2
Nature Club: 4
Volunteer Club: 3
Debate Club: 1

Step Two: Listening
Ⅰ.Listen to the first two conversations and choose the correct answers.(课文P12)
1．What are they learning about in Conversation 1?
A．Hearing B．Sounds
C．Dogs
答案：A
2．The students are discussing ________ in Conversation 2.
A．schoolwork B．relationships
C．dating
答案：C
3．Circle the two clubs where these two conversation happened.
A．Science Club B．Ballet Club
C．Nature Club D．Debate Club
答案：AD

听力材料：
COVERSATION 1
T＝Teacher　S＝Student
T：Shh! Listen carefully!
[3­second beep at about 40 kHz, i．e. ultrasonic, dog­whistle range.]
T：Did you hear that? No? How about this?
[3­second beep at 17.4 kHz.]
T：If you couldn't hear the first one, it means you're not a dog! [laugh]. Dogs can hear very high frequency sounds, but people can't. And if you could hear the second one, you're younger than 25.
S：Wow! Why is that?
T：Our ears change when we get older. Children and young people can hear the second one, but most people older than 25 can't.
COVERSATION 2
T＝Teacher　A＝Team A　B＝Team B
T：Today's topic is “Should teenagers date？” Team A, please begin.
A：We say no, they shouldn't. One reason is that teenagers are too young. They should think about schoolwork and spend more time studying.
B：We don't agree with Team A. Our answer is “Yes”. Teenagers can date if they want. It is quite natural for a teenager at that age to feel he or she likes somebody. We think it's possible for teenagers to date and study at the same time.
T：Team A? ...
Ⅱ.Listen to Conversation 3. Then help Adam choose a club.
1．Tick the activities that happen in each club.(课文P12)


　　　Ballet Club 　　Nature Club
①learn new movements ①listen to lectures
②watch dance programmes ②grow plants
③make ballet clothes ③work in a greenhouse
Cartoon Club 　　Volunteer Club
①watch cartoons ①help old people
②write stories ②clean up the parks
③draw cartoons ③give directions
答案：Ballet Club: ①　Nature Club: ②③　Cartoon Club: ②③
Volunteer Club: ②③
2．Adam says that he likes ________ but is not so interested in ________.
A．stories, cartoons B．animals, plants
C．making friends, cleaning up
答案：B
3．Which club do you think is suitable for Adam? Why?
I think Adam should join the ________ Club because he says that he ________.
答案：Volunteer; likes to do something outdoors
听力材料：
COVERSATION 3
J＝Julie　A＝Adam
J：Hi, Adam! Are you going to join a club?
A：Hi, Julie! I'd like to, but I'm not sure which one.
J：I think I will join the Ballet Club. It's always been my dream to be a dancer, and ballet has such beautiful movements.
A：Oh, wow, dancing's not for me — I've got two left feet! Mr. Brown told me about the Nature Club. They watch biology lectures and grow plants in a greenhouse. I like animals, but I'm not so interested in plants.
J：Did you hear about the Cartoon Club?
A：Yes, I love cartoons! But what do they do in the club? Watch cartoons?
J：No, they write stories and draw cartoons.
A：Oh, no. I'm not good at drawing. Besides, I'd like to do something outdoors.
J：Max is in the Volunteer Club. He says that they mostly help clean up parks and give directions to visitors. Why not talk to him？...
Listening Tips
1．预测内容
Before you listen, you can read the questions and the choices. It will help you to predict what you will hear. For example, from Question 1's choices, we can find A and B are similar, which is important. During you listening, when you hear “Did you hear that？” “If you couldn't hear the first one…if you could hear the second one” “Our ear changes when...”， you may know the answer is A.
2．巧听爆破音
(1)爆破音＋爆破音：6个爆破音【t、d、k、g、p、b】中的任意2个相邻时，前一个爆破音会失去爆破，即由相关的发音器官做好这个发音的姿势，稍做停顿后即发后面的爆破音。例如：You've stoo(d) by me, girl.
(2)爆破音＋摩擦音：如果前面是爆破音，其后紧跟着某些摩擦音(如/f/，/s/，/w/等)，那么前面那个爆破音仅有十分轻微的爆破，而后面那个摩擦音则要完全爆破。例如：You're the bes(t) friend.
[即学即练]　听下面3段对话回答问题，并辨别对话中的爆破音。
1．What are the speakers talking about?
A．Going out. B．Ordering drinks.
C．Preparing for a party.
答案：C
2．Where are the speakers?
A．In a classroom. B．In a library.
C．In a bookstore.
答案：B
3．What is the man going to do?
A．Go on the Internet. B．Make a phone call.
C．Take a train trip.
答案：A
听力材料：
Text 1
M：Let's see what drinks you've got for the party tonight.
W：Everything! Beer, wine, soft drinks like Coke, 7­Up... you name it, I've got it! Have you ordered the cake?
M：Of course.
Text 2
M：I don't have a library card. Do I need one?
W：You have to have one only to take books out. You're okay if you just sit in one of the rooms reading.
M：Well then, I'll just read here. Thank you.
Text 3
W：I wish I knew the times of the trains to London. But our phone's out of order.
M：Don't worry, Grandma. I'll find out for you on the Internet.
W：Thank you!
Step Three: Discussing
Ⅰ.根据录音在空格处填入合适的内容
Tom：Hello, Mary! I wonder if you can 1.spare me a few minutes to have a talk with me?
Mary：Sure, what's up?
Tom：I don't know whether I should 2._join_the_reading_club or football club.
Mary：Oh, joining the club is good for us. But the decision is difficult for you to make. But do you like reading books 3._better_ than playing football with your friends?
Tom：As a matter of fact, I like playing football better, but my parents wish me to join the reading club and I don't want to 4.make_them_worried.
Mary：Hmm... If I were you, I think you should choose what you like best. Your parents will 5.understand_ you and respect your choice if you 6.have_a_face_to_face_talk with them.
话题积累：what's up 怎么啦？

Ⅱ.根据上述内容及下列提示，代表读书俱乐部负责人向同学发起加入俱乐部的倡议。
Work in group and discuss the following questions：
1．What's your purpose to join the club?
2．Who will take part in the club?
3．What will they do?
4．What will they learn?
Present your ideas for a book club to the class.
EXAMPLE
Volunteer Club
Do you want to help people in trouble? Then come to our Volunteer Club. We welcome anyone who loves volunteers to give others a hand. When you come, you can ________. If you ________， you can ________. Finally, you also can ________. What we offer you is what you are eager for. Please come to our Volunteer Club.


课时作业 4

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
A year back I received a full scholarship (奖学金) to attend the University of San Francisco. All of my hard work paid off. My mom had spent a lot on my attending a private high school, so I made sure to push myself: I volunteered, took part in various clubs, and graduated with honors. I was so excited to start a new part of my life.
Soon enough, the big day came, but it wasn't like what I had thought. The first two weeks were the most difficult days of my entire life. Every night I would cry myself to sleep. I was missing my family, my home and everything in my hometown so much and I didn't know how to deal with my broken heart.
To_distract_myself,_I threw myself into my studies. I also found a ton of jobs. In any free time, I started forcing myself to go to the gym. I wanted to keep every part of my day busy so I wouldn't think about how lonely I felt. Soon after, I began to control my eating, considering it another solution to my homesickness(想家). But soon there was something wrong with me.
Finally, I went to see a doctor. When the doctor told me I had no choice but to take time away from school, I started to fear. How could I stop? School was what I was best at. “I'm not so bad，” I thought in my head. But the result was that I was taken to hospital again a month later and my mother came heartbrokenly. I had to take a semester off from school, and go to the treatment center near my home.
If there are girls who are suffering similarly, I hope you know that there is hope and that you should have a positive attitude towards life. Though you may feel alone, there are so many people who can understand your struggle. That's why I want to share my story.
【语篇解读】　导语：本文是一篇记叙文。作者进入大学后非常想家，努力克服但效果甚微，最后导致身体不好不得不退学休养。
1．What can we know about the author in high school?
A．She studied very hard.
B．She disliked volunteering.
C．Her parents controlled much of her life.
D．Her family made her feel under pressure.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第一段的“A year back I received a full scholarship to attend the University of San Francisco. All of my hard work paid off.”可知，作者在高中时期学习很努力。
2．What does the underlined part in Paragraph 3 most probably mean?
A．To prove my ability.
B．To improve my studies.
C．To earn money by myself.
D．To draw my attention away from homesickness.
答案与解析：D　句意理解题。根据画线部分后的“I threw myself into my studies. I also found a ton of jobs...”可知，作者投入学习，并且找了很多工作，空闲时间还去健身，这些都是为了使自己忙起来，从而转移自己想家的注意力。
3．What is the author's purpose in writing this passage?
A．To look back on her past life.
B．To increase her own confidence.
C．To express appreciation to her mother.
D．To encourage other girls like her to be positive.
答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。根据文章最后一段内容尤其是“If there are girls who are suffering similarly, I hope you know that there is hope and that you should have a positive attitude towards life.”可知，作者写这篇文章主要是为了鼓励跟她有着相似经历的女孩子积极面对生活。
B
“I feel unlikable, lonely and hopeless，” said Lisa, a bright teenager from a loving home. “It seems that nobody wants to become my friend. What's wrong with me？”
Like Lisa, many of us experience loneliness. The truth is that all people, no matter what their age or character — even the most outgoing, wealthy and popular — experience loneliness at least sometimes. It's healthy and natural to want to be around people who care. After all, we've all heard “No man is an island.” That's true. We all need others in our lives.
Solomon, the wisest man who ever lived, explains that if we want friends, we must be friendly and reach out to others. But it has risk. Because we are often afraid of rejection (拒绝), many of us are unwilling to reach out to others. We take a safer way and wait for others to make friends with us. But if we want friends, we've got to get beyond this.
If making friends is your goal as well, you need to consider taking some measures (措施)．
Be willing to take the initiative (主动权). If you see someone whom you would like to know, don't wait for her to make the first move. Get close to her and begin a conversation. Let her know in a non­aggressive (无攻击性的) way that you are interested in being friends with her.
Reach out to those who are lonely. When you see someone at school sitting alone, go over and talk to her. And don't let popularity decide whom you reach out to. You'll often be surprised at the beautiful qualities behind a shy appearance.
Ask questions. Start your first conversation by asking this possible friend what she likes to do or asking about her family. Be sure to ask questions that cannot be replied with “yes” or “no”. For example, don't ask “Do you have a dog？” Instead, say “So, tell me about your pets.” Avoiding asking “yes” or “no” questions makes your possible friend not end your communication with a one­word answer.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文，主要讲述了朋友的重要性以及如何结交朋友。


4．Why does the author begin the text with Lisa's worry?
A．To set a sad tone.
B．To share Lisa's pain.
C．To introduce the topic.
D．To teach readers a lesson.
答案与解析：C　写作意图题。根据文章内容可知，作者用Lisa缺少朋友的忧虑开篇是为了引出本文的话题：友谊。
5．What can be a risk caused by reaching out to others according to the passage?
A．Being refused by others.
B．Putting ourselves in danger.
C．Being treated in a rude way.
D．Losing interest in communicating.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第三段的“Because we are often afraid of rejection, many of us are unwilling to reach out to others.”可知，主动出击的风险是可能被他人拒绝。
6．What can we know from Paragraph 5?
A．Shy people are hard to talk to.
B．Popular people are often easy­going.
C．Just waiting for chances will waste our time.
D．A proper manner is important in making friends.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第五段的“Let her know in a non­aggressive manner that you are interested in being friends with her.”可知，交朋友时方式方法很重要。
7．Why does the author suggest not asking “yes” or “no” questions?
A．It is considered unfriendly.
B．It will leave a bad first impression.
C．It shows the poor quality of the speaker.
D．It isn't good for keeping a conversation going.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据最后一段的“Avoiding asking ‘yes’ or ‘no’ questions makes your possible friend not end your communication with a one­word answer.”可知，问对方能用yes或no回答的问题不利于展开对话。
Ⅱ.完形填空
It was the last day of school. The teacher walked around the class and __1__ each student a piece of paper except me. It was everybody's __2__ for the year. I knew that I __3__ the class because I couldn't read. I was __4__ of being asked to come up in front of the class and read.
Suddenly the __5__ bell rang. My seat was next to the door so I just ran out of class across the playground until the fence (栅栏) of our school. I sat on the grass with my head in my knees and burst out __6__. A couple of minutes later I heard the crinkle (沙沙声) of a lunch bag and then __7__. I saw a girl in my class __8__ out my lunch. She set it down next to me then and didn't say a word. She __9__ sat with me till the bell rang. On the way back she put her arm around me. “You might not __10__ so well but I think you are a(n) __11__ painter in the class，” she said __12__. “My mom always tells me if I do the best I can, I will be better，” she added.
The rest of the day I was lost in thought __13__ I had drawn a picture of a black horse __14__ to reach some grass on the other side of a fence. When the last bell rang, I went to her __15__ where she was talking with her __16__ and put the picture down. I could hear the girls talking about the __17__ as I walked away. That __18__ a lot to me because it reminded (提醒) me that I was __19__ something. At the same time, I also __20__ that I wasn't doing the best I could.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是学习。考试没有通过，作者感到非常难过，在同学的安慰和启发下，作者认识到自己的问题，决心尽自己最大的努力把事情做好。
1．A.chose B．returned
C．gave D．made
答案与解析：C　根据上文“It was the last day of school，walked around the class”及下文内容可知，老师给了除了作者以外的每人一张纸。
2．A.grades B．wishes
C．promises D．schedules
答案与解析：A　根据上文“It was the last day of school”和下文“for the year”可知，这张纸上是每个学生的成绩。
3．A.liked B．took
C．failed D．organized
答案与解析：C　由下文“because I couldn't read”可知，作者考试不及格。
4．A.certain B．afraid
C．free D．careful
答案与解析：B　由上文“because I couldn't read”可知，作者害怕被叫到前面去在全班同学面前阅读。
5．A.warning B．door
C．bicycle D．lunch
答案与解析：D　由下文“a lunch bag”可知，午餐的铃声响了。
6．A.crying B．laughing
C．shouting D．singing
答案与解析：A　根据上文“I sat on the grass with my head in my knees”及作者没有通过考试可知，作者突然伤心地大哭起来。
7．A.gave up B．set out
C．went on D．looked up
答案与解析：D　由上文“I sat on the grass with my head in my knees”及下文的“I saw a girl”可知，作者抬起头看到一个女孩。
8．A.pushing B．moving
C．throwing D．holding
答案与解析：D　由上文作者没有吃午餐就跑出教室及下文女孩对作者的鼓励可知，女孩拿出作者的午餐。
9．A.ever B．just
C．also D．still
答案与解析：B　根据上文“She set it down next to me then and didn't say a word”可知，女孩放下午餐，没有说任何话，只是和作者一直待到上课铃声响起。
10．A.run B．speak
C．read D．dance
答案与解析：C　由上文“because I couldn't read”可知，作者阅读不好。
11．A.lucky B．excellent
C．quiet D．active
答案与解析：B　根据下文“I had drawn a picture of a black horse”可知，女孩认为作者是一位非常优秀的画家。
12．A.fluently B．nervously
C．sincerely D．quickly
答案与解析：C　由下文女孩的话对作者的影响可知，女孩安慰作者时的态度是非常诚恳的。
13．A.but B．and
C．so D．or
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，此处表转折，作者陷入深思，然而却画了一幅画。
14．A.refusing B．fearing
C．learning D．trying
答案与解析：D　上文中提到作者跑向栅栏，再结合女孩提到的她妈妈常对她说的话可知，画中的马竭尽全力到栅栏那边寻找绿草。
15．A.shop B．home
C．office D．desk
答案与解析：D　由上文“When the last bell rang”可知，作者走到女孩的座位旁。
16．A.teachers B．parents
C．friends D．students
答案与解析：C　由下文“I could hear the girls talking about”可知，女孩在和好朋友们交谈。
17．A.homework B．picture
C．problem D．accident
答案与解析：B　根据上文的“put the picture down”可知，女孩们在谈论作者放下的那幅画。
18．A.showed B．meant
C．taught D．offered
答案与解析：B　由下文可知，这幅画让作者感悟颇多，所以对作者来说意义深远。
19．A.good at B．mad at
C．ready for D．grateful for
答案与解析：A　根据上文女孩认为作者画画很棒及reminded可知，作者也有擅长的东西。
20．A.realized B．explained
C．agreed D．forgot
答案与解析：A　根据上文女孩妈妈告诉女孩的话和下文“I wasn't doing the best I could”可知，作者意识到自己还没有做到最好。

Section Ⅱ　Reading and Thinking



Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．debate/dI'beIt/n.辩论；争论　vt.&vi.辩论；争论
2．content/'kɒntent/n.内容；[pl.]目录；(书、讲话、节目等的)主题
3．title/'taItl/n.(书、诗歌等的)名称；标题；职称；头衔
4．topic/'tɒpIk/n.话题；标题
5．freshman/'freʃmən/n.(中学)九年级学生；(大学)一年级新生
6．literature/'lItrətʃə(r)/n.文学；文学作品
7．extra_/'ekstrə/adj.额外的；附加的
8．quit/kwIt/vi.&vt.(quit，quit)停止；戒掉；离开(工作职位、学校等)
9．schedule/'ʃedjuːl; NAmE 'skedʒuːl/n.工作计划；日程安排　vt.安排；预定
10．editor/'edItə(r)/n.主编；编辑；编者

Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．teenage_/'tiːneIdʒ/adj.十几岁的(指13至19岁)；青少年的→teenager n．(13至19岁之间的)青少年
2．volunteer/ˌvɒlən'tIə(r)/n.志愿者→voluntary adj.志愿的；自愿的
3．prefer_/prI'fɜː(r)/vt.较喜欢→preference n．喜爱；偏爱
4．movement/'muːvmənt/n.运作；运动；活动→move vi.移动；搬家；迁移；离开　vt.移动；感动
5．suitable/'suːtəbl/adj.合适的；适用的→suit vt.适合；使适宜
6._actually_/'æktʃʊəli/adv.事实上；的确→actual adj.真实的；实际的
7．challenge/'tʃælIndʒ/n.挑战；艰巨任务　vt.怀疑；向……挑战→challenging adj.具有挑战性的
8．confuse/kən'fjuːz/vt.使糊涂；使迷惑→confusing (adj.)令人迷惑的→confused (adj.)感到迷惑的→confusion (n.)迷惑
9．graduate/'ɡrædʒueIt/vi.&vt.毕业；获得学位→graduation (n.) 毕业；毕业典礼
10. recommend/ˌrekə'mend/vt.建议；推荐；介绍→recommendation (n.)建议，推荐
11．advance/ad'vaːns/n.前进；发展　vi.前进；发展　vt.发展；促进→advanced adj.高级的；先进的
12．obviously/'ɒbviəsli/adv.显然；明显地→obvious adj. 显而易见的
13．improve_/Im'pruːv/vi.&vt.改进；改善→improvement n．改进；改善
14．responsible/rI'spɒnsəbl/adj.负责的；有责任的→responsibility n．责任；义务
15．solution/sə'luːʃn/n.解决办法；答案→solve vt.解决
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语


1．prefer... to... 喜欢……多于……
2．clean up 打扫(或清除)干净
3．suitable for 对……合适的
4．sign up (for sth.) 报名(参加课程)
5．be responsible for 对……负责
6．join a club 参加俱乐部
7．be good at 擅长
8．hand out 分发
9．keep_up with 跟上，赶上
10．be well_prepared_for 做好准备
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．v.­ing作主语；whatever 引导宾语从句
Studying_hard isn't always fun, but I'll be well prepared for university or whatever else comes in the future.
努力学习并不总是有趣的，但我会为大学或未来的任何事情做好准备。
2．it is＋adj.＋to do sth.　it作形式主语，真正的主语为动词不定式
I'm a bit worried about keeping up with the other students in my advanced course, and it'll be quite difficult to_get_used_to_all_the_homework.
我有点担心在高级课程上我跟不上其他学生，而且很难适应所有的家庭作业。

►第一步|速读——了解教材课文(P14)主题和段落大意
1．匹配每部分的大意
Part Ⅰ. 　A．Joining extra­curricular activities is necessary
Part Ⅱ. B．Senior high school is a challenge
Part Ⅲ. C．Choosing suitable courses should be careful
Part Ⅳ. D．Studying harder and being responsible are needed
答案：Part Ⅰ—B　Part Ⅱ—C　Part Ⅲ—A　Part Ⅳ—D
2．What does the passage tells us?
The passage mainly tells us about the_freshman_challenge.
►第二步|细读——把握教材课文(P14)关键信息
1．Adam felt ________ at the beginning of his senior high school.


A．excited B．interested
C．confused D．worried
答案：C
2．Who gave Adam advice on courses?
A．Parents B．Adviser
C．Coach D．Classmates
答案：B
3．What subject is Adam's favorite?
A．Chinese B．World history
C．Math D．English
答案：D
4．Hearing he was poor in playing football well, Adam ________.
A．felt disappointed but went on with it
B．left the football and joined a club
C．didn't give up and tried to improve
D．felt unhappy but signed up for a new team
答案：C
5．What kind of person is Adam?
A．brave and well­prepared B．negative and silly
C．active and shy D．gentle and patient
答案：A


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．volunteer n．志愿者；志愿兵；vt.&vi.自愿
(经典佳句)He is now interviewing Li Yan, a volunteer for Beijing winter Olympic Games.
现在他正在采访一位北京冬季奥林匹克运动会的志愿者李燕。
　　　　　
(1)volunteer to do sth. 自愿做某事
volunteer for sth. 自愿做某事
volunteer as sth. 自愿担任
(2) voluntary adj. 自愿的
①The girl took the place of her brother as a volunteer to take part in the activity.
女孩代替哥哥成为志愿者参加了这项活动。
②The couple often volunteer to take part in activities helping those in trouble.
这对夫妇经常自愿参加帮助有困难的人的活动。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)We need some volunteers (volunteer) to look after the old in the nursing home.
(2)As is shown in the picture, one person is asking the other to do some voluntary_ (volunteer) work.
(3)The businessman volunteered to_set_ (set) up a school for poor people.,

名师指津：既可用作名词也可用作动词的词汇荟萃：
volunteer n．志愿者；志愿兵→ vt.&vi.自愿
graduate n．毕业生； →vi.&vt.毕业；获得学位
nurse n．护士→v.护理
head n．头→v.朝……去
hand n．手→v.交出；传递
face n．脸→v.面对
2.debate n．争论；辩论 vi.争论；辩论
(教材P12)Debate Club 辩论俱乐部
　　　　　
(1)have a heated debate 进行激烈的辩论
under debate 在讨论中；在辩论中
beyond/without debate 无可争议
(2)debate with sb. about/on... 就……与某人辩论
①Read the following tips for organizing an informal class debate.
阅读下面关于组织一场非正式的班级辩论赛的建议。
②We debated on the question till late into the night.
我们就这个问题辩论到深夜。
③They debated with each other on the environmental protection.
他们就环境保护展开了辩论。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The students had a heated debate on whether the cultural relic was worth rebuilding.
(2)As far as I know, the plan is under debate and hasn't been passed yet.
名师指津：
discuss vt. 讨论
discussion n．讨论
debate n．&vi.争论
The discussion turned into a heated debate.
这场讨论变成了激烈的争论。

3.prefer vt.(preferred; preferred; preferring)更喜欢；选择某事物(而不选择其他事物)
(教材P12)I prefer helping others. 我喜欢帮助别人。
(1)prefer (sb.) to do sth. 宁愿/更喜欢(某人)做某事
prefer (doing) sth. to (doing) sth. 与……相比更喜欢……
prefer to do... rather than do... 宁愿做……而不愿做……
prefer that sb.(should) do sth. 宁愿……
(2)preference n. 偏爱；优先权；偏爱的事物
①I prefer you to come tomorrow, because I'm too busy now.
我希望你明天来，因为我现在太忙了。
②He prefers to die rather than give in to the enemy.
他宁死也不屈服于敌人。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Nowadays many children prefer surfing the Internet at home to taking (take) exercise outdoors.
(2)Rather than drive all the way every day, he prefers to_cycle (cycle) to his office.
(3)We preferred that they (should)_communicate (communicate) with each other face to face.
(4)A teacher should not show preference (prefer) for any one of his pupils.
名师指津：
(1)prefer意为“更喜欢；较喜欢”，相当于like better/more，所以prefer不与比较级连用。
(2)牢记过去式、过去分词、动词­ing形式的变化哟！
preferred; preferred; preferring
[即学即练]　一句多译
我宁愿干活也不愿坐在那里无所事事。(prefer)
(1)I prefer to work rather than sit there doing nothing.
(2)I prefer_working_to_sitting there doing nothing.

4.content adj.满足的；满意的　n．满足；内容；目录　vt.使满足
(经典佳句) You'd better look at the contents page of a book before buying it.
买书之前你最好先看看目录页。
　　　　　
(1)feel/be content with...　　　　　　 对……满足/满意
be content to do sth. 满足于做某事
(2)content oneself with 满足于
①We must not be content with such a small success.
我们不应该满足于这样的小成就。
②My parents are content to live in the country, where the air is fresh and clean.
我父母乐意在农村生活，那里空气新鲜，环境干净。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The old man contented himself (he) with a single glass of beer.
(2)She dropped her purse and the contents (content) fell out on the floor.

名师指津：
(1)content作“所含之物”解时，通常用其复数形式。
(2)“对……满意”不一样的表达
be content with...对……满足/满意
be satisfied with对……满足/满意
be happy with对……满足/满意


5．suitable adj.合适的；适用的
(教材P12)Which club do you think is suitable for Adam?
你认为哪个俱乐部适合亚当？
　　　　　
(1)be suitable for sb./sth.　　　　　 适合于某人/某物
be suitable to do sth. 适合做某事
(2) suit vt. 适合；使适宜
①Once they find people in need, they decide on suitable ways to help them.
他们一旦发现有人需要帮助，就选定适当的方式来帮助他们。
②If not, let me know what time suits you best.
如果不方便，请告诉我什么时间最适合你。
[即学即练]　一句多译
首先，因为我英语口语流利，所以我认为我适合这项工作。
(1)Firstly, because my spoken English is fluent, I think I am_suitable_for_this_job.
(2)Firstly, because my spoken English is fluent, I think I am_fit_for_this_job.
名师指津：
(1)词尾加able变形容词小结：
suit →suitable adj.合适的；适用的
comfort → comfortable adj.舒适的
accept →acceptable adj.可接受的
(2)“适合某人”荟萃：
be suitable for sb.
be fit for sb.
suit sb.


6．actually adv.事实上；的确
(教材P13)Actually, I like acting better, but my friends go to the Ballet Club and I want to be with them.
事实上，我更喜欢表演，但是我的朋友去芭蕾俱乐部，我想和他们在一起。
　　　　　
事实上，实际上
①He looked calm, but actually he was very nervous.
他看起来很镇定，但实际上却非常紧张。
②As a matter of fact, I have known the truth.
事实上，我已经知道了事实真相。
[即学即练]　一句多译
事实上，当不同文化互相交流渗透时，所有的语言都会有所变化、有所发展。
(1)Actually,_all languages change and develop when cultures meet and communicate with each other.
(2)As_a_matter_of_fact,_all languages change and develop when cultures meet and communicate with each other.
(3)In_fact,_all languages change and develop when cultures meet and communicate with each other.
名师指津：
牢记“as a matter of fact”词汇比“in fact, actually”高频哟！

7.challenge n．挑战；艰巨任务　vt.怀疑；向……挑战
(教材P14)Going from junior high school to senior high school is a really big challenge.
从初中到高中真的是一个很大的挑战。
　　　　　
face a challenge　　　　　　　　 面对挑战
challenge sb. 向某人挑战
challenging adj. 有挑战性的
①This is a time when we Chinese have both a great many challenges and chances.
这是一个我们中国人既有许多挑战又有机遇的时期。
②I kept practising until I became confident enough to challenge the good players.
我坚持练习，直到我有足够的信心去挑战优秀的选手。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/补全句子
(1)It was surprising that she should accept such a challenging (challenge) job.
(2)No matter what difficulties he meets, he will accept_any_challenge_ (接受任何挑战)．
名师指津：不一样的“挑战”
I was bored with my job and felt I needed a new challenge. Last week I got a new job in a big firm, and I found it very challenging.

8.confusing adj.难以理解的；不清楚的
(教材P14)The first week was a little confusing.
第一周有点令人困惑。
　　　　　
(1)confuse vt.　　　　　　　　 使迷惑；使为难
(2)confused adj. (人)不知所措的；困惑的
be confused about... 对……感到困惑
①The old man is always confusing the boy with his younger brother.
老人总是把男孩和他的弟弟混淆。
②I would often get confused when I came across new words.
当遇到生词时，我常常感到困惑。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The confusing words made me confused.(confuse)
(2)I always confuse John with his brother；they are so much alike.
名师指津：一句辨“困惑”
He was really confused by the confusing problem which also confused other people for a long time.
这个让人困惑的问题也困扰了他很长一段时间。
9.graduate vi.&vt.毕业；获得学位　n．毕业生
(教材P14)I know that Chinese is a very difficult language, but I hope to be fluent when I graduate.
我知道中文是一门很难的语言，但我希望毕业时能说一口流利的中文。
　　　　　
(1)graduate from　　　　　 　 从……毕业
graduate in 毕业于(……专业)
(2)graduation n. 毕业
①Students are requested to go to work in poor mountain areas after graduating from university.
学生被要求在大学毕业后到贫困山区工作。
②As a new graduate, he is willing to start a business here.
作为一名刚毕业的大学生，他乐意在这里创业。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)College students hold a graduation (graduate) ceremony to encourage themselves before they set off on their life journey.
(2)My daughter will graduate from college next week and she is now busy finding a job.
(3)After his graduation_ (graduate)from college, Mr. Li has been teaching in our school.
名师指津：(1)graduate 是瞬间动词，不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。
(2)动词去掉e或直接加“ation”变名词荟萃：
graduate →graduation n．毕业
invite→ invitation n．邀请
expect →expectation n．期待；期望

10．recommend vt.建议；推荐；介绍
(教材P14)My adviser recommended that I should sign up for advanced literature because I like English and I'm good at it.
我的导师建议我报读高级文学，因为我喜欢英语，而且我擅长英语。
　　　　　
(1)recommend doing sth.　　　　　　　　 建议做某事
recommend sb. to do sth. 建议某人做某事
recommend that sb.(should) do sth. 建议某人做某事(从句用虚拟语气)
(2)recommend sb. sth. 向某人推荐某物
recommend sth. to sb. 把某物推荐给某人
recommend sb. as... 推荐某人为……

①I recommend you to think very carefully before you do something.
我劝你在没有做事之前先仔细考虑一下。
②I hope our teachers can recommend more interesting books to us and give us more free time to read them.
我希望老师能给我们推荐一些更有趣的书和杂志，给我们更多的自由时间进行阅读。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)I recommend_reading (read) more books in our spare time, which is good for us.
(2)We recommended that measures (should)_be_taken (take) to control the house prices.

名师指津：“建议”荟萃：
(1)advise doing sth.
suggest doing sth.
recommend doing sth.
(2)recommend/advise/suggest that sb.(should) do sth.
建议某人做某事(从句用虚拟语气)





11.advance n．前进；发展　vi.前进；发展　vt.发展；促进
(经典佳句)This research has done much to advance our understanding of language learning.
这项研究对提高我们对语言的理解有很大的帮助。
　　　　　
(1)advance on/upon/towards　　　　　　 朝……前进
(2)in advance 预先；提前(指事先)
in advance of 在……前面；超过
(3)advanced adj. 高级的；先进的
①To catch the early flight, we ordered a taxi in advance and got up very early.
为了赶上早班飞机，我们提前订了出租车，而且起床很早。
②We are working hard to advance the cause of world peace.
我们努力工作促进世界和平事业的发展。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)With the help of the advanced (advance) technology, we can finish the work in advance.
(2)He worked so well that he was_advanced (advance) to the position of manager.
巧学助记：
The advanced worker kept on studying advanced technology and made great advances.
这位先进工作者一直在学习先进技术，成绩斐然。

12.quit vt.停止(做某事)；离开
(教材P14)Obviously, I was unhappy, but I won't quit.
很明显，我不高兴，但我不会就此停止。
　　　　　
quit school/one's job/office　　　　　 　 退学/离职/辞职
quit a place 离开某地
quit doing sth.(＝stop doing sth.) 停止干某事
①I knew it was time to quit smoking.
我知道该戒烟的时候到了。
②Last century, a lot of people quit their jobs to run business.
上个世纪，许多人辞职下海经商。
[即学即练]　补全句子
(1)Cathy had_to_quit_her_job (必须辞职) when her son was born so that she could stay home and raise her family.
(2)You_must_quit_smoking (你必须戒烟). Most important of all, you should start taking exercise.
名师指津：quit 过去时、过去分词、现在分词：quit/quitted/quitting



13.responsible adj.负责的；有责任的
(教材P14)I know I'll have to study harder as a senior high school student and get used to being responsible for a lot more.
我知道作为一名高中生，我必须更加努力学习，并逐渐适应承担更多的责任。
　　　　　
(1)be responsible for　　　　　　　　 对……负责
(2)responsibility n. 责任；义务
(3)take responsibility for 对……负责
①Not only you but also he is responsible for the terrible accident.
不仅你而且他也要为这项可怕的事故负责任。
②It is our responsibility to take care of our sick mother by turns.
照顾生病的母亲是我们的责任。
[即学即练]　一句多译
作为一个成年人，你需要对你的行为负责。
(1)As an adult, you need to be_responsible_for what you have done.(responsible)
(2)As an adult, you need to take_responsibility_for your actions.(responsibility)
巧学助记：
We'll be responsible for your safety and you need to take responsibility for your actions.
我们将对你的安全负责，你需要对你的行为负责。


14.solution n．解决办法；答案
(经典佳句) It may take a long time to find a solution to the problem.
找到解决这个问题的办法可能要花很长时间。
　　　　　
(1)a/the solution to sth.　　　　　　 ……的解决方法
(2)solve vt. 解决；解答
solve a problem 解决一个问题
①Then I give him my opinion about a solution.然后我给他意见，告诉他我的一个解决方案。
②After we solved the problem, we were very glad to go home.
我们解决了这个问题后，很高兴地回家了。
[即学即练]　单句写作
为了解决这个问题，我想给学校写点建议。
In_order_to_solve_the_problem,_I'd like to write some suggestions to our school.

名师指津：名词后跟“to”的搭配：
the solution to sth. ...
……的解决方法
the key to... ……的关键
the entrance to... ……的出口
15.schedule n．工作计划；日程安排　vt.安排；预定
(教材P15)So I need to make a workable schedule.
因此，我需要制订一个切实可行的日程安排。
　　　　　
(1)ahead of schedule　　　　　　　　 提前
on schedule 按时间表
(2)be scheduled for 预定在
be scheduled to do sth. 预计做某事
①You'd better finish the project on schedule.你最好按预定时间完成这项工程。
②Thanks to your timely help, I could finish my work ahead of schedule.
多亏了你及时的帮助，我能提前完成工作。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The film star is scheduled to_arrive (arrive) in Shanghai at ten o'clock.
(2)He was scheduled for the party with the help of his English teacher.
(3)The operation on the old man will be carried out on_schedule.
三维思考：思考并写出on schedule的同义词on time
►第二板块|重点句型解构
1．句型公式：动词­ing作主语
(教材P14)Studying hard isn't always fun, but I'll be well prepared for university or whatever else comes in the future.
勤奋学习并非时时充满乐趣，但我会为大学或未来将要发生的任何事情做好准备的。
动词­ing在句中作主语多指抽象的、概念性的动作，可以是多次的、经常性的行为。
①As the old saying goes, seeing is believing.俗话说，眼见为实。
②Reading outside school is necessary and important in learning English.
课外阅读对于英语学习既必要又重要。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)Going_to_bed_early_and_getting_up_early is a good habit.
早睡早起是一个好习惯。
(2)Reading_classic_works is necessary and important in learning English.
阅读经典著作对学习英语是必要且重要的。,

名师指津：牢记动词­ing在句中作主语，谓语动词用单数哟！
2.句型公式：it is＋adj./n.＋to do sth.
(教材P14)I'm a bit worried about keeping up with the other students in my advanced course, and it'll be quite difficult to get used to all the homework.
我有点担心跟不上高级课程班其他同学的进度，并且适应所有的家庭作业也有难度。
在句式“It＋be＋形容词＋(for sb.)＋动词不定式”中，常用的形容词有：easy， difficult， hard， important， possible， wise。
①It's necessary for the young to master two foreign languages.
对年轻人来说精通两门外语是有必要的。
②It is a good idea to have a face­to­face talk with your parents in your spare time.
在你的业余时间和你的父母面对面交谈是一个好主意。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)It_is_impolite_to_speak aloud in public.
在公共场所大声说话是不礼貌的。
(2)In my opinion, it_is_easy_to_learn_English if you study hard.
在我看来，如果你努力学习，学好英语是很容易的。
名师指津：当心句式“It＋be＋形容词＋of sb.＋动词不定式”，常用的形容词有：kind, nice, stupid, clever, foolish, polite, rude等。这类形容词常是表示心理品质、性格特征的形容词。
It's very kind of you to help me with the homework.
非常感谢你帮我做家庭作业。


Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．Usually, each book has its contents (目录) in the front of it.
2．Her fluent (流畅的) ballet movements surprised all the students present at the party.
3．Reading literature (文学作品) is considered to be important for the students.
4．Obviously (明显地) he is interested in music as well as (in) painting.
5．To our surprise, the little boy is free from any sense of responsibility (责任)．
6．My classmates and I usually work as volunteers in the library at weekends.
7．He seems to be doing nothing, but actually he is just waiting for the chance.
8．She is working hard every day in order to improve her English.
9．The manager asked the workers to work extra hours to finish the work ahead of time.
10．Nowadays, most teenagers in China spend most of their time on their studies.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．If you ask me, I think you should choose what you like.
2．I speak loudly so that all my classmates can hear me clearly.
3．At last, he quit teaching (teach) and worked as an official.
4．It's a good idea to make preparations for it in advance.
5．I don't think you need to be worried about the problem you're facing.
6．My brother signed up for the army last year.
7．I tried to make it clear to him that I'm not responsible for that mistake.
8．He recommended that I should_buy (buy) that dictionary.
9．This kind of cloth I bought last week washes well, and I think it's especially_suitable (suit) for children.
10．Having shown you around our school, we will introduce our most advanced (advance) science lab to you.
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．The little boy saved every coin so_that_he_could_buy_his_mother_a_gift on Mother's day.
小男孩省下每一分钱，为的是在母亲节的时候为他的妈妈买件礼物。
2．It's_necessary_to_read_some_English every day.
每天读些英语是有必要的。
3．I'd appreciate it if you let me know whether_you_are_free_in_advance.
如果你提前告知我你是否有空我将感激不尽。
4．I have decided to_sign_up_for evening classes this term.
我决定这个学期报名上夜校。
5．Since smoking is bad for your health, you'd better_quit/give_up_smoking_now.
既然吸烟对健康有害，你最好现在就戒烟。
6．Because of the weather, the_sports_meeting_was_held_a_week_ahead_of_schedule.
由于天气原因，运动会提前一周召开。
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
I'm Adam, 1.a freshman in senior high school. The first week was a little 2.confusing (confuse)．
There are some 3.challenges (challenge) I have to face in my new school life. First, I had to think carefully about my courses. Chinese is hard to learn, but I hope I can speak it 4.fluently (fluent) when I graduate. My adviser 5.recommended (recommend) me to sign up for advanced literature because I'm good 6.at it. Second, I had to choose my extra­curricular activities. I tried 7.to_join (join) the school football team though I couldn't do well in 8.it at first. Besides that, I joined a volunteer club. In order to be well 9.prepared (prepare) for university or whatever else 10.comes (come) in the future, I make up my mind to study harder and get used to new situation.



课时作业 5

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
What a day! I started at my new school this morning and had the best time. I made lots of new friends and really liked my teachers. I was nervous the night before, but I had no reason to be. Everyone was so friendly and polite. They made me feel at ease. It was like I'd been at the school for a hundred years!
The day started very early at 7：00 am. I had my breakfast downstairs with my mom. She could tell that I was very nervous. Mom kept asking me what was wrong. She told me I had nothing to worry about and that everyone was going to love me. If they didn't love me, Mom said to send them her way for a good talking to. I couldn't stop laughing.
My mom dropped me off at the school gates about five minutes before the bell. A little blonde (金发的) girl got dropped off at the same time and started waving (招手) at me. She ran over and told me her name was Abigail. She was very nice and we became close straight away. We spent all morning together and began to talk to another girl called Stacey. The three of us sat together in class all day and we even made our way home together! It went so quickly. Our teacher told us that tomorrow we would really start learning and developing new skills.
I cannot wait until tomorrow and feel as though I am really going to enjoy my time at my new school. I only hope that my new friends feel the same way too.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。作者在文中主要描述了自己新学期的第一天。


1．How did the author feel the night before her new school?
A．Tired. B．Excited.
C．Worried. D．Relaxed.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据首段中的“I was nervous the night before”可知，作者在开学前夕感到紧张不安。
2．What did the author think of her mother's advice?
A．Clear. B．Funny.
C．Reasonable. D．Excellent.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Mom said to send them her way for a good talking to. I couldn't stop laughing”可知，作者觉得妈妈说的话很好笑。
3．What happened on the author's first day of school?
A．She met many nice people.
B．She had a hurried breakfast.
C．She learned some new skills.
D．She arrived at school very early.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据首段中的“I made lots of new friends and really liked my teachers”和“Everyone was so friendly and polite. They made me feel at ease”以及下文作者详细介绍自己遇到的朋友可知，作者在开学第一天遇到很多友好亲切的人。
4．What can we infer about Abigail?
A．She disliked Stacey.
B．She was shy and quiet.
C．She got on well with the author.
D．She was an old friend of the author.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的“She was very nice and we became close straight away. We spent all morning together”和“we even made our way home together”可知，Abigail和作者相处得非常好。
B
Researchers in Australia, who studied 1,500 people and their lifestyles, have found that having good friends can help you live longer. An American study of 10,000 students, over a period of 35 years, also found that if you make more friends than the average (普通的) person at school, you'll receive a higher salary (工资) in later life. People need good social skills at work to manage people and work in a team successfully. These are the same skills we use to make friends at school.
On average, teenagers aged between 15 and 17 have 500 “friends” on their favourite social networking site. Adults (成年人) have 130. So if you believe this research, you might live for a long time and be very rich.
However, according to Professor Robin Dunbar from the University of Oxford, it probably won't make any difference. Dunbar studied the number of messages between users of a popular social networking website, each of whom had between 200 and 2,000 friends. He found that they always communicate with a maximum (最大量) of 150 people.
Among these 150, Dunbar believes that around five people are close friends. You've most likely known them for a long time; they are probably old friends and you share all your good and bad experiences with them. Then there are ten more friends. Although they're close to you, you may not keep in touch with them every week. Next there are 35 people who you might spend time with because of a shared interest. You aren't close. And finally, there's a large group of 100. You see or speak to these people at least once a year, but you don't know them well. Beyond (超过) this_number,_Dunbar says, it's impossible to make any relationship meaningful.
If you have a lot of online “friends”， try this experiment: First take away anyone you haven't been in touch with for a year. Then remove people you can't remember and, finally, take away friends who you wouldn't mind losing touch with. How many do you have left? How many of these people are actually good friends? According to the research, these are the only people that really matter.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。研究表明，朋友的质量比数量更重要。


5．What are the studies mentioned in the first paragraph mainly about?
A．The number of friends you should have.
B．The advantages of having a lot of friends.
C．Some social skills you may need at work.
D．Some useful advice on how to make friends.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。由第一段中的“Researchers in Australia... found that having good friends can help you live longer”和“American study... found that if you make more friends... you'll receive a higher salary in later life”可知，交友可以对人的身心健康和财富产生正面的影响，故这两项研究是有关拥有好友的好处。
6．According to the American study, the most popular students at school ________.
A．are likely to spend more money
B．may not be as popular at work
C．seem to get better­paid jobs
D．will work harder in later years
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第一段中的“if you make more friends...you'll receive a higher salary in later life. People need good social skills at work... the same skills we use to make friends at school”可知，美国一项研究发现在校受欢迎的人具有较强的社交能力，他们在今后可能会获得高薪工作。
7．What does the underlined part “this number” in Paragraph 4 refer to?
A．10. B．35.
C．100. D．150.
答案与解析：D　篇章结构题。文章第三、四段是对Dunbar教授关于交友数量研究的介绍。由第三段中的“they always communicate with a maximum of 150 people”和第四段中的“Among these 150”可知，Dunbar教授认为人们通常能与最多150个人进行交流，超过这个数，有些联系则无实际意义了。
8．What does the text mainly want to show?
A．You need to spend more time with your friends.
B．There is a lot of research on the influence of friends.
C．Friends are sometimes more important than family.
D．It's more important to have good friends than lots of friends.
答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。由最后一段作者的建议“try this experiment：... these are the only people that really matter”可知，本文通过研究告诉读者，朋友的质量要比朋友的数量更重要。
Ⅱ.七选五
Self­love is the key to a happy life. After we have learned how to love ourselves, we will be able to love others. __1__ You have to learn some steps to develop self­love.
Accept yourself the way you are. Every person has his or her own advantages and disadvantages. Our advantages make us proud but our disadvantages make us unhappy. This isn't the right attitude towards life. __2__ In fact, no one on this earth is perfect. The key is to achieve a better balance (平衡) and try to be as happy as possible.
Stop worrying. __3__ It won't help you get the solution (解决办法). In fact, it will make you very unhappy. So, don't let your worries influence you. This will help you face the difficulties of life more positively.
Enjoy life. Take part in activities that you love and develop a hobby. __4__ Take some time to enjoy them at least once a week. This way you are doing something that you are good at, which will make you feel good about yourself，and make you start loving life and everyone and everything in it.
__5__ If your body is weak and suffering from some health problems，you aren't going to like anything about it. So you must take good care of your health. It includes eating fresh healthy food, taking enough rest and doing exercise.
A．Live a healthy lifestyle.
B．Make efforts to improve yourself.
C．It will hold you back from loving yourself.
D．They can be anything that makes you happy.
E．Worrying about a problem won't let you think clearly.
F．However, learning to love yourself isn't going to be easy.
G．The correct thing to do is accept the fact that you aren't perfect.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，主题语境是完善自我。本文主要介绍了如何爱自己。
1．答案与解析：F　该空上一句提到爱自己对拥有快乐的人生很重要，但学会爱自己也是一件不容易的事，你需要掌握一些方法，故选F项。
2．答案与解析：G　该空前一句说这不是对待生活的正确态度，后一句说世界上没有一个人是完美的，所以G项“正确的做法是接受你并不完美这一事实”符合语境。
3．答案与解析：E　根据该段的主题句和该空后的“It won't help you get the solution”可知，担忧会让人的思维受阻。
4．答案与解析：D　该空前一句提到了参加自己喜欢的活动或培养一个爱好，该空在解释应该参加什么样的活动和培养什么样的爱好，再结合本段的主题句可知，只要是能让你开心的活动和爱好，什么都可以。
5．答案与解析：A　该空为该段的主题句，根据该段中出现的“take good care of your health”及“eating fresh healthy food, taking enough rest and doing exercise”可知，该段内容与拥有健康的生活方式有关，故选A项。

Section Ⅲ　Discovering Useful Structures
Grammar — 名词、形容词、副词短语句法功能

[新知导引]
诵读下列例句并感知画线部分的共性
1．(教材P16)The first week was a little confusing.
2．(教材P16)The building is so big that I'm completely lost.
3．(教材P16)My first French class was very confusing.
4．I know that Chinese is a very difficult language.
5．I tried to join the school football team, but the coach told me that I didn't play well enough.
6．(教材P18)I understand quite well that you are anxious and feel terrible.
[共性呈现]
1．所有画线部分都是短语(词组)。
2．The first week, The building, My first French class属于名词短语，并作主语。
3．a little confusing, so big, completely lost, very confusing属于形容词短语，并且作表语；a very difficult language属于名词短语，作表语。
4．the school football team属于名词短语，作宾语。
5．so quickly与well enough属于副词短语，作状语。
[语法精释]
一、名词短语(Noun Phrases)
名词短语：指一个形容词为中心构成的短语，在句中的功能相当于名词，可作主语、宾语、表语或宾语补足语。常见名词短语的构成形式有：
限定词＋名词　如：the girl
限定词＋形容词(短语)＋名词　如：a beautiful girl
限定词＋名词＋介词短语　如：a beautiful campus of my school
限定词＋描述性名词＋名词　如：my school life
①The young lady over there is my English teacher.
那边的那位年轻女士是我的英语老师。(名词短语The young lady 的构成形式为：限定词＋形容词＋名词，该短语在句中充当主语)
②As a student, you must finish your homework on time.
作为一名学生，你必须按时完成作业。(名词短语your homework 的构成形式为：限定词＋名词，该短语在句中充当宾语)
③I have three close friends.
我有三个要好的朋友。(名词短语three close friends的构成形式为：限定词＋形容词＋名词，该短语在句中充当宾语)
④He is my best friend.
他是我最好的朋友。(名词短语my best friend的构成形式为：限定词＋形容词＋名词，该短语在句中充当表语)
⑤There are some red roses on that small table.
在那张小餐桌上有一些红玫瑰。(名词短语some red roses的构成形式为：限定词＋形容词＋名词＋介词短语，该短语在句中充当主语；that small table也是名词短语，在句中作介词on的宾语)
[即学即练1]　写出下列句中的名词短语构成形式及在句中所作成分
如：In my opinion, dancing is an exciting art form.
构成形式：限定词＋形容词＋名词＋名词；作表语
(1)The red clothes with five yellow stars are mine.
构成形式：限定词＋形容词＋名词＋介词短语；作主语
(2)They made him chairman of the meeting.
构成形式：名词＋介词短语；作宾补
(3)Miss Li, our math teacher, is very young.
构成形式：_限定词＋名词＋名词；作同位语
(4)The first young man is a bus driver.
The first young man是：限定词＋序数词＋形容词＋名词；作主语
a bus driver是：限定词＋名词＋名词；作表语
二、形容词短语(Adjective Phrases)
形容词短语：指以一个形容词为中心构成的短语，在句中的功能相当于形容词，可以修饰名词或代词，还可以用作表语或者宾语补足语。常见形容词短语的构成形式有：
副词＋形容词　如：very suitable
形容词＋enough　如：good enough
形容词＋介词短语　如：good for nothing
副词＋形容词＋介词　如：well worthy of praise
①I'm very glad to see you.
我见到你很高兴。(副词＋形容词，作表语)
②Your room is large and beautiful.
你的房间大且美丽。(形容词＋and/but＋形容词，该短语在句中充当表语)
③The most beautiful tourist attraction in China is Mount Huang.
中国最美丽的旅游景点是黄山。(副词＋形容词，该短语在句中作定语修饰名词tourist attraction)
④A good friend is someone who makes you really happy.
好朋友就是能让你真正高兴的人。(副词＋形容词，该短语在句中作宾语补足语)
⑤Cold and hungry, he stopped working and went home.(形容词＋and＋形容词，该短语在句中作状语)
⑥The little boy is old enough to go to school.(形容词＋副词， 该短语在句中充当表语)
[即学即练2]　写出下列句中的形容词短语构成形式及在句中所作成分
如：It is less cold today than it was yesterday.
构成形式：副词＋形容词；作表语
(1)I find English very hard to learn.
构成形式： 副词＋形容词；作宾语补足语
(2)Our country is becoming more and more beautiful.
构成形式：副词＋and＋副词＋形容词；作表语
(3)The road is long enough.
构成形式：形容词＋副词；作表语
(4)The medicine is good for stomach.
构成形式：形容词＋介词短语；作表语
(5)He looked very worried.构成形式：副词＋形容词；作表语
三、副词短语(Adverb Phrases)
副词短语：指以一个副词为中心构成的短语，在句中的功能相当于副词，可以修饰动词、形容词或副词。常见副词短语的构成形式为：
(副词)＋副词　如：much more beautifully
①She is by no means poor. In fact, he is quite rich.
(副词quite修饰形容词rich)
②Bill did the work very well.
比尔的工作做得很好。(副词very修饰副词well，副词短语very well修饰动词did)
③We are all entirely responsible for our actions.
我们都要对自己的行为负全部责任。(副词all修饰副词entirely副词短语all entirely修饰形容词短语responsible for)
④Luckily, I will have enough spare time to take part in the activity.
幸运的是，我将有足够的时间参加活动。(副词Luckily作状语修饰整个句子)
[即学即练3]　画出下列句中的副词短语
(1)I have completely forgotten your birthday.
(2)Finally, I have made up my mind to join the club.
(3)You are driving too fast. Could you drive less slowly?
(4)Strangely enough, she didn't seem to like ballet very much.
(5)The horse ran quite slowly, so they arrived very late.
答案：(1)completely　(2)Finally　(3)too fast; less slowly　(4)Strangely enough; very much　(5)quite slowly　very late



Ⅰ.写出下列加黑词的句法功能
1．The tallest boy in our class is Li Lei.(限定词＋形容词＋名词；作主语)
2．She studies English very hard.(副词＋副词；作状语)
3．Tom carefully wrote some letters to his friends.(形容词＋名词；作宾语)
4．I'd like to go to coffee shop this weekend.(名词＋名词；作宾语)
5．Surprisingly, he refused our offer.(副词作状语)
6．He looked very worried.(副词＋形容词；作表语)
7．Corn is a useful plant that can be eaten by both people and animals.(限定词＋形容词＋名词；作表语)
8．John, an old friend of mine, comes from America.(限定词＋形容词＋名词＋介词短语；作同位语)
Ⅱ.写出下列句中的形容词短语在句中所作的成分
1．He is young but clever.(作表语)
2．Traveling alone is quite dangerous.(作表语)
3．It is an easy thing to do.(作表语)
4．I think he is a man suitable for the job.(作定语)
5．I find the yard fairly quiet.(作宾语补足语)
Ⅲ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1．I suggest that you think about it very carefully (careful)．
2．Mary and Jane are quite different (difference)．
3．He spoke too quickly (quick) for me to understand.
4．It really (real) works very well.
5．They got home at last, tired (tire) and hungry.
Ⅳ.语法与写作
1．It sounds like a_good_idea.
听起来是个好主意。
2．She is so_clever_that we all like her.
她很聪明，我们都喜欢她。
3．It_is_very_important_for_us to form a good habit.
对我们来说，养成一个好习惯是很重要的。
4．I am_very_interested_in Chinese culture.
我对中国文化很感兴趣。
5．At the moment, I have become_the_focus_of_the_whole_class.
此刻，我已经成为全班的焦点。
6．We will try to _make_our_country_more_beautiful.
我们将努力使我们的国家更美丽。
7．I wish you a_safe_return.
祝你平安归来。
8．I won the_first_prize_in the Chinese speech contest.
我获得了汉语演讲比赛的一等奖。
9．I am terribly_sorry_to have you waiting for such a long time.
我非常抱歉让你等这么久。
10．I have no money to buy such_an_expensive_gift for her.
我没有钱给她买这么贵的礼物。



Section Ⅳ　Listening and Talking & Reading for Writing

Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1._plate/pleIt/n.盘子；碟子
2．adventure/əd'ventʃə(r)/n.冒险；奇遇
3．expert /'ekspɜːt/n.专家；行家　adj.熟练的；内行的；专家的
4．generation/ˌdʒenə'reIʃn/n.一代(人)
5．focus /'fəʊkəs/vi.&vt.集中(精力、注意力等)；(使)调节焦距　n．中心；重点；焦点
6．adult /'ædʌlt/n.成年人　adj.成年的；成熟的
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1._youth/juːθ/n.青年时期；青春→young adj. 年轻的；没有经验的
2．behaviour/bI'heIvjə(r)/n.行为；举止→behave (vt.&vi.)举动；(举止或行为)表现
3．attract /ə'trækt/vt.吸引；引起……的注意(或兴趣)→attraction n．有吸引力的事物；吸引→attractive adj.吸引人的
4．addict/'ædIkt/n.对……入迷的人；吸毒成瘾的人→addicted adj.有瘾的；上瘾的；入迷的
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．be attracted to　喜爱
2．focus on 集中；特别关注
3．addicted to 对……很入迷
4．have fun 玩得开心
5．at the same time 与此同时
6．concentrate on 集中注意力
7．in a good order 以好的顺序
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．make it＋adj.＋to do sth.句式
But spending too much time online is unhealthy and makes_it_very_difficult_to_focus_on_things_in_life.
但是花太多的时间在网上是不健康的，这样就很难把精力集中在生活中的事情上。
2．Why not do sth.？为什么不做某事？ 提建议的一种句式。
Why_not_discuss_the_problem together?
为什么不一起讨论这个问题呢？


Read the passage P18 and then choose the best answer.
1．What's the main idea of the passage?
A．A letter of advice to Worried Friend.
B．It is usual for teenagers to be attracted to computer games.
C．Discuss the problem with him.
D．Believe in him.
答案：A
2．What is Worried Friend's problem?
A．He doesn't get along with his friend.
B．He is worried about his friend because Cheng Lei is addicted to playing computers.
C．He is angry with his friend.
D．His friend is often absent from school.
答案：B
3．What suggestions does Susan give to Worried Friend?
A．Encourage him to try new hobbies.
B．Discuss the problem with him.
C．Talk about his behavior.
D．All of them.
答案：D



►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．behaviour n．行为；举止；习性
(教材P18)I recommend that you talk to your friend about his behaviour.
我建议你就你朋友的举止同他进行交流。
(1)behave vt.&vi.　　　　　　　　　　　　 举动；(举止或行为)表现
behave＋well/badly towards to sb. 对待某人好/差
behave oneself 守规矩；表现得体
(2)well­behaved adj. 表现好的
badly­behaved adj. 表现差的
①In my opinion, bad behaviour should be punished.
在我看来，不良行为应该受到惩罚。
②Students should be encouraged to develop good habits and better behave themselves.
应当鼓励学生养成良好的习惯，行为更加规范。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)I told them to behave themselves (they) while I was away.
(2)I think all of us should mind our behaviour (behave) in public places.
(3)The waiter behaved badly to/towards the customers.
(4)依我看来，他的举止像个真正的绅士。
In my opinion, he_behaves_like a true gentleman.,

名师指津：behave oneself“守规矩，表现得体”要用反身代词哟！
2.attract vt.吸引；引起注意
(教材P18)It is not unusual for teenagers of your generation to be attracted to computer games and the online world.
对你们这代青年人来说，被计算机游戏和网络世界所吸引是再正常不过的了。
(1)attract one's attention　　　　　　　　　　 吸引某人的注意力
attract sb. to sth. 吸引某人关注某事
(2)attraction n. 有趣的东西；吸引人之物
a tourist attraction (一个)旅游景点
(3)attractive adj. 吸引人的；有吸引力的；引起注意的
①The exhibition will attract a large number of visitors at home and abroad.
展览将吸引来自国内外的大量游客。
②The company is starting a new advertising campaign to attract new customers to its stores.
这家公司发起了新一轮广告活动来吸引新的顾客到其商店来。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)You may find that your child is attracted (attract) by the excellent story.
(2)Ice cream is very attractive (attract) to the children.
(3)It is natural for people to be attracted to beautiful things.

名师指津：“旅游景点”表达种种：
tourist attraction
tourist destination

3.focus n．焦点；中心点　vt.集中；聚焦
(经典佳句)As is known to us, children are the focus of families, shouldering the hope of their parents.
众所周知，孩子是家庭的中心，承载着父母的希望。
(1)focus on　　　　　　　　　　　　　 集中(注意力、精力等)于
focus one's attention on sth. 把注意力集中到……
(2)the focus of attention 关注的焦点
①To lead a happy life in the future, you should focus more on your career while you are young.
为了将来过上幸福的生活，趁着年轻你应该多关注事业。
②I regret not having focused my mind on my study.
我后悔没把心思用在学习上。
[即学即练]　单句写作
健康和环境问题已成为人们关注的焦点。
Health and environmental problems have_become_the_focus_of_attention.
发散思维：表示“集中(注意力、精力等)”的短语
concentrate on sth.集中(注意力、精力等)于
pay attention to注意
put one's heart into sth.全神贯注于某事
concentrate /focus /fix one's attention on把精力集中到……

4.addict vt.使沉溺；使上瘾　n．有瘾的人
(教材P18)Some students even become addicted to the Internet and cannot concentrate on school and family life.
一些学生甚至沉迷于网络，无法把精力集中到学习和家庭生活中来。
(1)be addicted to (doing) sth.　　　　　　 沉溺于……；专心做……
(2)addict vt. 使沉溺；使上瘾
　n. 有瘾的人
addict oneself to sth. 沉溺于……
(3)addictive adj. 上瘾的；使人入迷的
①I'm 19 years old and I used to be a smoke addict.
我今年19岁，曾经染上烟瘾。
②Her son addicted himself to smoking, which had a bad effect on his health.
她的儿子吸烟上瘾，这对他的健康有很坏的影响。
[即学即练]　一句多译
很多孩子沉迷于上网，因此他们对学习失去了兴趣。(addict)
(1)Many kids become/are/get_addicted_to surfing the Net, and so they have lost interest in study.
(2)Addicting themselves to surfing the Net, they have lost interest in study.
(3)Addicted_to surfing the Net, many kids have lost interest in study.
巧学助记：
The student is a game addict, even though his father has been trying to prevent him from being addicted to computer games, which are very addictive.
他的父亲一直试图阻止他对使人上瘾的电脑游戏着迷，但是这个学生已成了一个游戏迷。

►第二板块|重点句型解构
句型公式：make＋it＋形容词/名词＋to do结构
(教材P18)But spending too much time online is unhealthy and makes it very difficult to focus on other things in life.
但花费过多的时间在网络上是不健康的，这样就很难把精力集中到生活的其他事情上。
　　　　　
句型make it＋adj./n.＋for sb. to do，其中it作形式宾语，动词不定式是真正的宾语。
(1)make/think/feel/consider/find＋it＋形容词/名词＋to do不定式
(2)make/think/feel/consider/find＋it＋形容词/名词＋that从句
①I find it hard to remember these words in a short time.
我发现在短时间内记住这些词很难。
②She made it her business to find out who was responsible.
她非要弄清楚是谁的责任不可。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)蒂娜明确向我们表示她将离开这家公司。
Tina _made_it_clear_to_us_that she would leave the company.
(2)他使每天早晨六点起床成为一种习惯。
He makes_it_a_rule_to_get_up at six every day.

名师指津：
I find it impolite to speak with your mouth full.(it 作形式宾语)
I find it is impolite to speak with your mouth full.(it is impolite to speak with your mouth full是find的宾语从句，it在宾语从句中作形式宾语，to speak with your mouth full是真正的宾语．)


Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．People who are addicted to shopping should break this habit.
2．I realize that being an adult means not only more freedom, but also more responsibilities.
3．I think it's of great importance that the young generation (一代人)today should have a good knowledge of English.
4．The youth (年轻人) of today have greater opportunities than ever before.
5．As far as I know, he enjoys _adventure (冒险) and excitement.
6．I will visit more experts (专家) who are famous in the medical field next week.
7．On the table, there are some cakes and grapes on the plate (盘子)．
8．Luckily, the editor (编辑) agreed to my plan.
9．The girl was _attracted (吸引) by the beauty of nature, so she decided to spend another two days.
10．Many schools need volunteers (志愿者) to show children how to read.
Ⅱ.选词填空
be attracted to; focus on; be addicted to; clean up; be suitable for; sign up for; keep up with; in advance
1．If you want to become a member of our club, you'd better sign_up_for it at first.
2．In order not to miss the plane, you should arrive at the airport in_advance.
3．Nearly everyone knows being_addicted_to online games is harmful to the young.
4．Although he was absent from class, Bruce tried to keep_up_with his studies.
5．Every year, a good many tourists are_attracted_to visit the old tower dating back to the eleventh century.
6．We would _focus_on everything that was important to us.
7．Since you have patience, you are_suitable_for the job.
8．The teacher have us clean_up our classroom every day.
Ⅲ.单句语法填空
1．To be honest, I regret not having focused my mind on my study.
2．Mount Tai is attractive (attract) to tourists for its beautiful scenery and historical sites.
3．Behave yourself/yourselves (you) in public and you will win the respect of most of us.
4．I prefer the red dress to the green one because it fits me better.
5．His confused (confuse) look showed that he didn't know what to do next.
6．He' s been in British for two years, so he could speak English fluently (fluent)．
7．He is_addicted (addict) to computer games; that's why he has to drop out of school.
8．Therefore, let's take the responsibility (responsible) to build up a low­carbon city by riding bicycles.
9．Graduates are finding it more and more difficult to find jobs at present.
10．One of the volunteers (volunteer) said that she enjoyed her work because she could see the smiling faces of children.
Ⅳ.单句写作
1．He found_it_impossible_to_leave Germany for the USA.
他发现离开德国去美国是不可能了。
2．The main purpose of the course is_to_help_improve your reading ability.
这门课程的主要目的是帮助你提高阅读能力。
3．It is unusual for teenagers of young generation to_be_addicted_to_smoking.
对年轻一代的青少年来说，吸烟上瘾是不寻常的。
4．She has turned down several invitations in order to concentrate_on/focus_on_her_studies.
为了专心学习，她拒绝了几次邀请。
5．Our class is a warm family, where we care for and encourage_each_other.
我们的班级是个温暖的大家庭，在这里我们相互关心，相互鼓励。



课时作业 6

阅读理解
A
Like any new ninth­grader on the first day of school, Joemar Class had ninth­grader emotion (情绪). He's not used to school in Hartford. He's used to going to school in his hometown of Florida, used to seeing his friends, used to having class in Spanish.
“Nervioso，”he said in Spanish.
We first met Joemar in mid­October in the San Juan Airport. His father, Guillermo Class, had sold his car to buy plane tickets to get his kids and fly them up from Puerto Rico. The island was almost destroyed (毁坏) by the deadly storm — Hurricane Maria.
Now, they are settling into their new home in Hartford's South End. A week later, and, using his wife's car, Class drove 16­year­old Joemar to his first day at Bulkeley High School. After a short ride, he got out in front of his new school. Inside, he met Gretchen Levitz — the school's program director.
“I see you have a new uniform (校服)，” Levitz said. “You look great. Are you ready for a good first day？”
Then he met a couple of teachers.
“Hello，” they each said in Spanish. They asked where he's from, and told him they were happy to see him. Then, Levitz took him on a quick tour of the school before classes began — to her office, the school store, the library, and the dining hall.
A total of 19 languages are spoken in Bulkeley High School. “We have so many new students coming here from other countries every single day，” Levitz said. “So it's not like he's the only one who has that feeling.”
“You could tell he's a little worried，” Guillermo said as we left. “But, at the same time, he's looking forward to it.”
【语篇解读】　本文是新闻报道。文章主要报道了一名十六岁的男孩转校上学第一天的经历。
1．What kind of feeling did Joemar have on his first day of school?
A．Angry. B．Excited.
C．Nervous. D．Relaxed.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由第一段中的“He's not used to school in Hartford”、第二段“‘Nervioso，’ he said in Spanish”以及最后一段中的“he's a little worried”可知，到新学校的第一天Joemar感到紧张不安。
2．Why did Joemar leave Florida?
A．His old school closed down.
B．He wanted to see his mother.
C．He expected to have a new life.
D．His town was hit by a terrible storm.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第一段中的“his hometown of Florida”和第三段中的“fly them up from Puerto Rico. The island was almost destroyed by the deadly storm”可知，Joemar的家乡遭遇了飓风的袭击。
3．What did Joemar do before he walked into his new classroom?
A．He had a long talk with his father.
B．He learned some simple Spanish words.
C．He said hello to some of his classmates.
D．He had a short look around his new school.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由倒数第三段中的“Levitz took him on a quick tour of the school before classes began”可知，Joemar走进教室之前在Levitz的指引下简单在学校转了转。
4．What can we learn about Bulkeley High School?
A．It has no library.
B．It is an international school.
C．It plans to open Spanish classes.
D．It requires all students to wear uniforms.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。由倒数第二段中的“A total of 19 languages are spoken in Bulkeley High School ... have so many new students coming here from other countries”可知，该校是一所国际学校。
B
I came to the United States ten years ago. I would always say that I was trying to study, but there were always things like work and my kids that would not allow me to start.
Now I realized that those were only excuses. What stopped me was that I was afraid to start studying again. I always believed I would learn by myself.
One day, however, my son told me that he was sad because his friends would come over and I didn't understand them because I didn't speak English. He was also sad because I could never help him with his homework. That same day, I told myself, “Rocio, you have to start believing in yourself and you will see you can make it.”
The next day, I went downtown to look for a big banner (横幅) in front of the school which said that they offered classes for adults. I came in to see if I could join, but the classes were closed already. That night I took the kids to the movies, and on the way back, I told them we would take a new route. I ended up getting lost. That's the way I found Chaffey College. The following Monday, I went to ask for information. They told me that summer school was starting that week.
That's how I started studying English last summer. It is difficult, but I have had great rewards. My daughter had written a story for school. It was about the female they most admired and why. She wrote that I was the person she most admired because I had started going to college. I will never forget this.
【语篇解读】　十年前作者来到美国，由于工作和生活中的琐事一直不能学习。直到有一天儿子跟作者说他很伤心，因为作者英文差，听不懂他的朋友们所说的话，而且也不能帮助他做作业。从那时起，作者开始下决心学英文。
5．According to the passage, the author probably is a ________.
A．teacher B．doctor
C．father D．mother
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据文章最后一段中“My daughter had written a story for school. It was about the female they most admired and why. She wrote that I was the person she most admired...”可知，作者是一位妈妈。选D项。
6．What made the author make up her mind to study English?
A．What her son said.
B．What her daughter said.
C．Thinking about herself.
D．Thinking about her daughter.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据文章第三段可知，作者的儿子告诉她因为她英文差所以不能理解他的朋友们所说的话，而且作者也不能帮助他做作业。从那时起，作者开始下决心学英文。选A项。
7．How did they find Chaffey College?
A．On the way to the movies.
B．They took a new route and got lost.
C．Ask a stranger for information.
D．According to the banner.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据文章第四段“That night I took the kids to the movies, and on the way back, I told them we would take a new route. I ended up getting lost. That's the way I found Chaffey College. ”可知，作者他们找到查菲学院是因他们走了新路线而迷路所致。选B项。
8．Which of the following is NOT true?
A．The author came to the United States from another country.
B．The author had two children including one daughter.
C．What really changed the author's life was that she believed in herself.
D．The author wrote that she was the person her son most admired.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据文章最后一段可知，是作者的女儿而不是儿子写了一篇作文，说作者是她最敬佩的人。选D项。
C
A recent study followed nearly 1,500 old people for 10 years. It found that those who had a large network of friends lived longer than those with fewer friends by more than 20%.This study isn't the only one that shows friendships can be good for our health.
Lots of research has shown social support and good health are connected. One recent study focuses on people with ovarian cancer. It says those with lots of social support had much lower levels of a protein connected to more dangerous cancers. This made their treatments (治疗) work better. In another study, women with breast cancer in a support group lived twice as long as those not in a support group. They also had much less pain.
Sheldon Cohen, a professor at Carnegie Mellon University in Pittsburgh, says strong social support helps people deal with stress. “There may be more benefits as well，” Cohen says. “Friends encourage you to look after yourself better. And people with more friends have higher self­confidence, so they feel they have more control over their lives.”
Other studies show people with fewer friends are likely to die sooner after having a heart attack, compared with people having a strong social network. Having lots of friends may even lower your chance of catching a cold. “People with social support have fewer immune (免疫的) problems and lower levels of stress，” says Tasha Howe, who works at Humboldt State University. “We are social animals, and we were born to be in groups，” Howe says. “We have always needed others to survive better. It's in our genes.” People with a big social group are likely to be more at peace, which leads to better health, Howe says.
【语篇解读】　多项研究表明，拥有朋友对我们的健康有益。
9．What does it mean when people have high levels of the protein mentioned in Paragraph 2?
A．They have a stronger social network.
B．The treatments for cancers work better.
C．They have low risk of developing cancer.
D．They have high risk of developing dangerous cancers.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第二段的“It says those with lots of social support had much lower levels of a protein connected to more dangerous cancers.”可知，这种蛋白质的水平高意味着引发更危险癌症的风险高。
10．What does the underlined word “benefits” in Paragraph 3 probably mean?
A．Advantages. B．Stresses.
C．Methods. D．Concerns.
答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。根据画线词前面的“strong social support helps people deal with stress”以及后面的“Friends encourage you to look after yourself better...”可推断，这里是指拥有朋友还有其他一些好处。
11．What can we infer from Tasha Howe's words?
A．Humans really need friends.
B．Humans should live peacefully.
C．Certain stress is good for our health.
D．There are many ways to have good health.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据第四段“Tasha Howe”所说的话可知，人类天生就是社会性的动物，我们需要彼此才能更好地生活，所以我们真的需要朋友。

Section Ⅴ　Writing — 建议信

技法指导
建议信的目的是向收信人就某事提出自己的建议或忠告。有可能是写给个人，就收信人遇到的某个问题提出自己的看法和观点；也可能是写给某个组织或机构，就改进其服务等方面提出建议忠告。
提出建议时，多用祈使句，时态以一般现在时为主，人称多用第二人称。
[谋篇布局]
建议信的格式和普通信件一样，通常包括以下几个部分：信头、称呼、正文、结束语和签名。因为本写作任务开头和结尾已给出，所以我们只需要写出正文部分即可。
建议信的正文部分分为三部分：
第一部分：引出话题；
第二部分：提出建议；
第三部分：表达祝愿。
[增分佳句]
1．建议信开头常用句式：
①I know you are now having trouble communicating with others, and you may often feel lonely.
我知道你现在在与人交流方面有些麻烦，你也可能经常感到孤独。
②I'm glad to receive your letter asking for my advice on...
很高兴收到你就……征求建议的来信。
③Here are some tips/a few suggestions to help you.
这里有一些建议可以帮到你。
④I think you can make it if you follow the advice below.
如果你听从以下建议，我认为你会做到的。
2．表达建议常用句式：
①First(ly), why not join a club? If you do this, you can make friends.
首先，为什么不参加一个俱乐部？如果你这样做的话，就会交到朋友。
②Second(ly), you should/can try to talk with others. Then/That way, you will feel better.
其次，你应该尽力与他人交谈。这样，你会感觉好点。
③Third(ly), it would be a good idea if you read a book or listen to music. By doing this, you will calm yourself down.
第三，看书或听音乐是个不错的主意。通过这样做，你会使自己平静下来。
④Last but not least, you should talk with her first.
最后但同等重要的是，你应该先和她谈一谈。
⑤As far as I am concerned/In my opinion, you should help each other.
就我而言/在我看来，你们应该互相帮助。
3．建议信结尾常用句式：
①I hope you will find these ideas useful.
我希望你会发现这些办法有用。
②As time goes on, people will know you better and will like to make friends with you if you can follow the above.
如果你听从以上建议，随着时间的推移，人们会更加理解你，会愿意和你交朋友的。
③I believe that if you follow my advice, you'll get along well with your classmates.
我相信，如果你听从我的建议，你会和同学们相处好的。
④I believe, with your trying, you can manage to overcome these difficulties.
我相信，通过努力，你会克服这些困难的。
[建议信模板]
(一)
Dear ________，
I'm glad/sorry to receive your letter asking for my advice on how to _____________(引出主题). Here are a few suggestions.
First, it is important to ________________. Then, it also helps to ________________. Besides, it should be a good idea to ________________. You can also ________________.(此三句不同的句式提出建议) As to ________________， I suggest ________________ (有时根据需要具体到某一反面). In addition, ________________ (其他建议). I'm sure ________________ (预测可能的结果，给对方以行动的信心和决心)．
I'm looking forward to ________________ (表达愿望)．
Sincerely yours，
Miss Wang
(二)
Dear ________，(问候语)
You wrote that ______________.(你知晓对方面临的问题) I understand that ______________.
(你理解对方的处境或想法)I think ________________， because ______________.(告知对方如何去做并如此做的理由)
I am sure that ________________.(表达自己的期望)
Best wishes!
________
精品展示
假设你是你校英语报社的编辑Miss Wang，现在小冬因不善于交流在交友过程中遇到了困难，请你用英语给他写一封100词左右的回信，给他提出一些建议或意见。
[审题谋篇]
第一步：明确要求
该写作属于应用文类的书信，故要用第一人称来写；信的主要内容是写建议，根据题意，首先明确书信双方的身份，自己为报社编辑，对方是寻求建议的小冬，主题是关于交友中遇到的困难。需要给对方提出下一步的意见和建议，故用一般将来时，同时兼顾书信的特点，会用到表达愿望的情态动词。
第二步：确定段落
本篇作文可以从以下几个方面入手：
第一段：首先要陈述自己的关心
第二段：指出问题产生的原因，并提出建议
第三段：表达自己的希望与祝福
第三步：提炼要点
1．have_trouble_in_making_friends　　　交友有困难
2．likes_and_dislikes 好恶
3．get_along_well_with 与……相处得好
4．in_trouble 处于困境中
5．take_an_active_part_in 积极参加
第四步：句式升级
1．听说你交友困难，我很难过。
(一般表达)I'm sorry to hear that you can't make friends.
(高级表达)I'm sorry you are having trouble in making friends.
2．首先，了解你同学的喜好。
(一般表达)First, get to know what your classmates like and what they don't like.
(高级表达)First, why not learn about your classmates' likes and dislikes?
3．第二，积极参与班级讨论会帮你显示你的友好。
(一般表达)Second, taking an active part in the discussions in your class helps to show you are friendly.
(高级表达)Second, it will help you to show you are friendly if you take an active part in the discussions in your class.
[连句成篇]
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
参考范文：
Dear Xiao Dong，
I'm sorry you are having trouble in making friends. However, the situation is easy to change if you take my advice. Here are some tips to help you.
First, why not learn about your classmates' likes and dislikes? Then you can have much in common with them, which helps you get along well with them. Second, it will help you to show you are friendly if you take an active part in the discussions in your class. Third, it would be a good idea to help others when they are in trouble.
With time going on, people will know you better and will like to make friends with you if you follow the tips above.
Yours，
Miss Wang

单元检测卷(二)
选择题部分
第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．How will the woman get to the airport?
A．By bus. B．By taxi.
C．By car.
2．What's the man's plan for tonight?
A．To go out for dinner. B．To write a work report.
C．To cook some chicken.
3．What's the most probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Classmates. B．Workmates.
C．Teacher and student.
4．How does the woman most probably feel now?
A．Relaxed. B．Surprised.
C．Worried.
5．What are the speakers most probably talking about?
A．A book. B．A newspaper.
C．An experience.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6．What does the man like doing?
A．Playing ping­pong and listening to music.
B．Listening to music and reading.
C．Reading and playing basketball.
7．How often does the woman play ping­pong?
A．Once a week. B．Twice a week.
C．Three times a week.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8．How long has the man been learning English?
A．For about half a year. B．For about one year.
C．For about two years.
9．Where does the conversation most probably take place?
A．At a bus stop. B．In a school.
C．On a bus.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．Where did the man's family go last year?
A．To Egypt. B．To Spain.
C．To France.
11．How many people are there in the man's family?
A．Three. B．Four.
C．Five.
12．What's the relationship between the speakers?
A．Friends. B．Strangers.
C．Workmates.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．What day is it today?
A．Friday. B．Thursday.
C．Wednesday.
14．Who forgot the words during the play?
A．Peter. B．Harry.
C．Mark.
15．What was Fred's problem?
A．He fell over a chair. B．He caused lights to be off.
C．He gave up the play midway.
16．How does the woman feel about the situation on the man's first night?
A．It's normal. B．It's funny.
C．It's surprising.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．Where is Kate now?
A．In London. B．In Edinburgh.
C．In Paris.
18．What was the weather like when the speaker was camping?
A．Sunny. B．Rainy.
C．Cloudy.
19．What did the speaker do on the fourth day of the holiday?
A．She visited a village school.
B．She sailed on the lake.
C．She went to a museum.
20．Where does Kate work now?
A．At a library. B．At a gym.
C．At a supermarket.
答案：
1～5　CBACA　6～10　CBBAA　11～15　BCABB
16～20　AABBC
听力材料
(Text 1)
M: It's nearly 4 o'clock. If you want to catch your flight, you'd better go now.
W: Don't worry. I'll drive to the airport. It only takes twenty minutes to get there.
(Text 2)
W: Hey, Jack. Let's go out for dinner tonight. We can go to our favorite Chinese restaurant. I really love their chicken.
M: I'd love to, but I have to finish my work report. My boss wants it by tomorrow morning.
(Text 3)
M: What's the English homework for today?
W: Just a minute. I'll look it up in my textbook. Oh, yes. Exercises 5 to 10 on Pages 108 and 109.
M：Thanks.
(Text 4)
W: I am so sorry I send the flowers to you too late. I'll try to do better next time.
M: Well, my girlfriend's train has already left so I don't need the flowers any more.
W: What should I tell my boss? He's going to fire me.
(Text 5)
M：So what do you think of it?
W：Well, it has a very interesting beginning, but after reading for about twenty pages, I was disappointed.
M：How come?
W：It got kind of boring. But I kept reading and now I find it interesting again.
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
(Text 6)
M：Hi, Lisa. What do you like doing in your spare time?
W：I like reading and listening to music. I especially love reading love stories and listening to pop music. What about you?
M：I like reading books, too, but I hardly listen to music. I also like playing basketball. I play it almost every day.
W：I don't like playing basketball, but I like playing ping­pong.
M：So how often do you play ping­pong?
W：I play it every Tuesday and Friday.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
(Text 7)
M：Excuse me, could you tell me which bus I can take to go to Winston Hotel?
W：No. 7. By the way, are you from America?
M：No, I'm from Russia.
W：But your English is very good. How long have you been learning it?
M：For about one year.
W：Wow, how could you pick up spoken English so fast?
M：Probably because I'm taking a course at a language school and we're encouraged to speak English in and after class. So I think practicing it often is the key.
W：No wonder you picked it up so fast. Here comes my bus. Nice talking to you. Bye.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W：Do you take long vacations at New Year?
M：Yes, we do. We love traveling abroad around New Year. We saw the Pyramids last year.
W：So where are you going for your vacation this year?
M：We haven't decided yet. My son wants to go to Spain, and my daughter wants to go to France. But my wife and I want to go to China.
W：So why do you want to go to China?
M：We want to see pandas in Sichuan. So do you like traveling abroad?
W：Me? Well, it costs too much to take a trip abroad. I can't really afford such a trip.
M：Well, you've just worked for a few months, after all.
W：Yes. So how long have you worked here?
M：For over ten years.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W：Hi! I know you were really worried about your first night. How did it go?
M：You weren't there? I thought you were coming with Peter.
W：No. Thursdays after school is Arts Club, and it finished really late yesterday.
M：Actually, it's probably a good thing you didn't come last night — so many things went wrong!
W：First nights are always like that! I remember when I was in a play in my second year. We all forgot our lines and one student was so nervous she couldn't continue with the play.
M：Surprisingly, I didn't forget my words, but Harry did.
W：So, what happened?
M：Well, luckily I knew his lines too, so I told him very quietly. But that wasn't the only thing. Mark fell over a chair. It was supposed to be a sad bit! Oh, and you won't believe this — the lights all went off at the end of the play. It was so funny — we had to act in darkness. In fact, Fred turned off the wrong lights. Our teacher Mr. Tim was very angry!
W：I'm not surprised!
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
Hello, Kate. I decided to send you a speaking letter! Today it is very hot here. I hope tomorrow it will be cloudy and not so hot.
I am happy that you have decided to start learning French like me. When I come to visit you in London in the spring, we can talk together in French. Yesterday, I returned from my short holiday camping in Scotland. I went with my friend Melissa. She is from Paris. We camped near Edinburgh but the weather was terrible for the whole four days. Everything was so wet. But while we were there, we visited some village schools and an art museum.
On the last day we borrowed a boat and went out onto a lake. I am starting my new job tomorrow at the library near my house. How is your job at the supermarket? Please tell me what you are doing this month. I am going to work out at the gym now!


第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)
第一节(共10小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
My name is Lwazi Nzimande. I started my schooling at Thukeyana Primary Farm School in Underberg, KwaZulu­Natal.
I had a favourite teacher in primary school. Her name was Miss Dube. She taught me natural science and human social sciences in grade six and seven, and had a way of pushing learners to be able to think for themselves. She made sure that each and every learner took part in every lesson. She used pictures, diagrams (图表) and other things to make learning easier and more unforgettable, moving at a pace that was suitable for all students. As a teacher, she showed patience, respect, open­mindedness, and reliability (可靠性). Now you see why she was my favourite teacher in primary school, don't you?
In my opinion, patience, respect, open­mindedness, and reliability are some of the things that all teachers should have and show. A patient teacher is one who understands that some learners need more explanation that others than to understand something in class. He or she should always be willing to help learners. An open­minded teacher will go beyond what is found in the textbook. A teacher who is respected will find it easy to control a class. Respect is earned through what a teacher says to learners or how he or she deals with them in general.
Miss Dube often told us not to bad­mouth or make fun of others. She also did so. She never bad­mouthed other teachers in front of us. Also, Miss Dube never made fun of her learners. She thought making fun of learners in front of others would hurt them and damage their confidence.
Miss Dube was also very honest. From my point of view, that's also what a good teacher should be like. If she didn't have an answer to a question, she would let her learners know. This set a good example to the learners.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。Miss Dube是作者小学阶段最喜欢的老师，这是为什么呢？
21．Why was Miss Dube the author's favourite teacher?
A．Because of her rich knowledge.
B．Because of her good appearance.
C．Because of her teaching style and character.
D．Because of her lifestyle and attitude to students.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第二段的内容，可知本段主要介绍了Miss Dube的教学方式，又根据这一段的“As a teacher, she showed patience, respect, open­mindedness, and reliability. Now you see why she was my favourite teacher in primary school, don't you？”可知答案。
22．What does the author think an open­minded teacher should
do?
A．Pay close attention to every student's improvement.
B．Tell about something outside the textbook.
C．Avoid believing everything in the textbook.
D．Show great respect for her students.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第三段的“An open­minded teacher will go beyond what is found in the textbook.”可知，一位思想开明的老师不会仅仅局限于课本，会讲一些课外的知识。
23．What can we learn about Miss Dube from Paragraph 4?
A．She liked praising her students.
B．She was very confident in class.
C．She got along well with other teachers.
D．She set a good example to her students.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第四段的内容可知，Miss Dube经常教育学生不要说别人坏话或嘲笑别人，她自己也能以身作则，从不在学生面前说别的老师的坏话，也不取笑学生，给学生树立了榜样。
24．What does the underlined word “This” in the last paragraph mean?
A．Being a very patient teacher.
B．Answering students' questions.
C．Being honest in front of students.
D．Teaching students very difficult things.
答案与解析：C　词义猜测题。根据末段的“Miss Dube was also very honest.”以及“If she didn't have an answer to a question, she would let her learners know.”可知“This”是指在学生面前很诚实一事。
B
A snowboarder was feeling lucky to be alive yesterday after a helicopter rescue (直升机营救)．
Ben Akintola, 30, was snowboarding in the French Alps under a clear blue sky in the afternoon when a large amount (数量) of snow fell down the side of the mountain. He didn't have time to escape (逃脱) and it hit him with full force and knocked him senseless.
He woke in the middle of the night in total darkness. He was lying on an icy rock. Amazingly, he still had a mobile phone signal (信号), so he called a friend a thousand kilometers away in Britain. His friend called the French rescue services.
“I was waiting for what seemed like hours on that rock. I was beginning to give up hope when I heard the sound of a helicopter. It was circling around in the darkness, looking for me. I was trying my best to wave my mobile around. Fortunately the helicopter pilot saw the light.”
“I was overjoyed when the helicopter headed my way. It stayed above me and began lowering a rope.”
Ben was in hospital last night but he was not being treated for any serious injuries. He's looking forward to going home today.
The French rescue services said: “We were very pleased that we were able to save Ben. The risk of snowslide off­piste (非滑雪场地的) is much higher at this time of year. All snowboarders and skiers should stay on the ski runs and not go off­piste. Ben was very lucky.”
【语篇解读】　本文是新闻报道。文章主要报道了一名滑雪者在阿尔卑斯山遭遇雪崩后被营救的故事。
25．The French rescue services learned about Ben's difficulty ________.
A．from his friend
B．in the early afternoon
C．after receiving his call
D．when seeing his mobile
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“His friend called the French rescue services”可知答案。
26．How did Ben feel about the wait?
A．It made him strong in the darkness.
B．It caused him to hope for the best.
C．It was shorter than he expected.
D．It was a little discouraging.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第四段中的“I was waiting for what seemed like hours on that rock. I was beginning to give up hope”可知，Ben在漫长的等待过程中开始有点灰心失望。
27．What's the best title for the text?
A．A Lucky Escape
B．A Rocky Mountain
C．Risks of Snowboarding
D．French Rescue Services
答案与解析：A　主旨大意题。文章首段“A snowboarder was feeling lucky to be alive yesterday after a helicopter rescue”为全文的中心思想，下文围绕此话题展开叙述。由此可知，A项作标题合适。
C
Science is a great subject to satisfy the natural curiosity (好奇心) of a child. Science helps answer the questions a child asks. Science experiments are a perfect way for children to become clearer about how the world around them works. Science experiments can lead to great ideas in children's minds. They enable children to find solutions to big problems later in their adulthood. Therefore, it is no surprise that science experiments for students are becoming more and more popular these days.
Students in the 5th grade already do science experiments. A science experiment is a good learning experience for students in the 5th grade. Apart from learning science, science experiments cover much more. A science experiment for the 5th grade requires reading, writing, spelling, math, and many other important skills. Science experiments enable students of the 5th grade to use everything they've learnt over the course of their study in early grades.
Science experiments for students in the 5th grade don't need to be necessarily difficult. What is of importance is that the science project should be to the students' liking. The students should choose the projects that can be completed in a short period of time.
There are several types of science experiments that can be done at home or at school. Tons of ideas can be found on the Internet. It should be kept in mind that the simplest science experiment projects can present the greatest challenges to a kid whose intelligence (智力) is developing.
When you design science experiments for children, your main concerns are safety and health together with education. When you design science experiments, it is important for you to make sure that the students can follow certain safety rules to keep themselves and others safe. If anything goes wrong during the course of the experiment, adults should come to their rescue. It is a good idea to ask the parents before using any of their home belongings in an experiment.
【语篇解读】　五年级学生已经开始做科学实验了，作者就此分享了一些他的想法。
28．According to Paragraph 1, what does the author think of science experiments?
A．They're very important to children.
B．They can be big problems for children.
C．They're not popular enough among children.
D．They mainly satisfy children's natural curiosity.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。综合第一段的内容可知，作者认为科学实验可以满足孩子们的好奇心，帮助他们了解世界，开拓他们的创新思维，为他们以后解决问题提供方法，所以作者认为科学实验对孩子们很重要。
29．What can we know from the last paragraph?
A．Children should never do a dangerous experiment.
B．Children should always do a science experiment at school.
C．Adults should teach a 5th grader to finish a science experiment.
D．Adults should be there when a 5th grader is doing science experiments.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据末段的“If anything goes wrong during the course of the experiment, adults should come to their rescue.”可知，五年级的小孩在家里做实验时需要有大人在场，以防有突发情况的发生。
30．What's the author's purpose in writing the text?
A．To introduce some science experiments.
B．To encourage people to do science experiments.
C．To share ideas on science experiments for 5th graders.
D．To explain why 5th graders love doing science experiments.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，作者在本文主要就五年级学生在做科学实验方面分享了一些自己的想法。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Your first year of high school is here, but you don't know what you'll do! So you'll feel nervous about it. __31__ Here are some ideas that can help you.
·Make a lot of friends. Friends are people you can depend on and trust. They'll help you in your hour of need. So, from the faces you see every day, find those who can be your true friends, and you must defend (保卫) your friendships. __32__ Knowing new people is one of the most pleasant things to do in high school.
·Don't break school rules. For example, don't be late for class or don't make noise in class. __33__ This is because fighting could lead to trouble.
__34__ Teachers really hate it if you don't prepare well. So you should have all your school things in your schoolbag. You can make a mental (心理的) list of everything you need to have when you leave your classroom so that you won't forget anything next school day.
·Learn in a smarter way. __35__ Go over your class notes once a week. Finish your homework on time. Especially, it's better to develop the habit of asking your teachers or classmates for help when you have problems with your study. All these methods will help you study better!
By using the above ideas, you'll have a wonderful high school life!
A．Be prepared all the time.
B．Most importantly, don't get into fights.
C．Don't be afraid to get extra help after school.
D．For example, pay close attention during the class.
E．Actively take part in after­class activities in school.
F．To avoid this, you should get used to your high school life soon.
G．However, don't ignore those who you've met but don't know well.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，主题语境是学校生活。本文主要介绍了如何尽快适应高中生活。
31．答案与解析：F　上文提到你对高一的生活感到紧张，下文提出了解决方法，故本空为过渡句，即尽快适应高中生活才会让你不感到紧张。
32．答案与解析：G　根据本空前的“So, from the faces you see every day, find those who can be your true friends”和本空后的“Knowing new people is one of the most pleasant things to do in high school”可知，本空该是转折后的内容“但是，不要忽略那些你已认识但了解不深的人”，且第二段中多处出现的friends也有提示。
33．答案与解析：B　根据本空后的“fighting could lead to trouble”可知，本空指的是“别打架”。
34．答案与解析：A　根据本空后的“Teachers really hate it if you don't prepare well”可知，此处建议“始终做好准备”。
35．答案与解析：D　根据本空前的主题句及空后句子可知，本段在介绍学习方法，故本空处应该是举例说明。
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Geoff Hoffman, discovered that his dog, Bridget, was lost after his home was broken into on Dec. 20. That night, Hoffman __36__ asked his friends including his Facebook followers to help him __37__ the dog. “She is my source of joy, so she is very __38__ to me，” Hoffman said.
The next day, Hoffman, who served in Afghanistan for eight years, had to __39__ the US. “I told myself that I would never __40__ looking for Bridget unless two situations appeared: She came back home __41__ I knew with certainty that she was __42__，” he said.
After Bridget went missing, Hoffman called the local police. He asked the police __43__ they could share his story with the public. They __44__. Then Hoffman __45__ more than 100 cards __46__ Bridget's photo and advertised a “large reward (赏金)” for her __47__. Hoffman also created a Facebook group called Bring Bridget Back in the hope of gathering more information for his __48__.
On the morning of Christmas Eve, Hoffman's efforts __49__. “One of my Facebook followers left a __50__ for me. He said he had seen Bridget，” Hoffman said. “She was __51__ by the side of the road as if she had fallen asleep.” Hoffman was very __52__ and then immediately made contact (联系) with the man. Perhaps Bridget hadn't __53__ for days, so she looked very weak.
Hoffman said he was moved by the __54__ of strangers. It was a very special Christmas. “I was full of __55__ when I saw Bridget，” Hoffman said.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了在好心人的帮助下，Geoff Hoffman找到丢失的狗的故事。
36．A.finally B．immediately
C．frequently D．actually
答案与解析：B　根据下文的内容可知，Bridget是Hoffman快乐的源泉，对他非常重要，所以他才会“立即”请求他的朋友包括他Facebook的粉丝们帮助他找狗。
37．A.find B．feed
C．train D．keep
答案与解析：A　根据上文的“Geoff Hoffman, discovered that his dog, Bridget, was lost after his home was broken into on Dec. 20.”可知，那天晚上，Hoffman立即请求他的朋友包括他Facebook的粉丝们帮助他“找”狗。
38．A.friendly B．rude
C．grateful D．important
答案与解析：D　根据上文的“She is my source of joy, so...”可知，这条狗对Hoffman来说非常“重要”。
39．A.visit B．protect
C．leave D．develop
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，Hoffman在阿富汗服役八年。第二天，他不得不“离开”美国。
40．A.suggest B．stop
C．consider D．regret
答案与解析：B　根据下文的内容可知，Hoffman告诉他自己：只有两种情况下，他才会“停止”寻找Bridget。
41．A.or B．and
C．until D．unless
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，这两种情况是Bridget回家“或者”Hoffman确认Bridget已经死亡。
42．A.blind B．disabled
C．dead D．sick
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，这两种情况是Bridget回家或者Hoffman确认Bridget已经“死亡”。
43．A.how B．when
C．whether D．where
答案与解析：C　根据上下文的内容可知，Hoffman问警察“是否”可以向公众分享他的故事。
44．A.changed B．complained
C．wondered D．agreed
答案与解析：D　根据下文的内容可知，警察“同意”了。
45．A.printed B．donated
C．collected D．borrowed
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，Hoffman“印制”了100多张附有Bridget照片的卡片。
46．A.in B．on
C．with D．about
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，Hoffman印制了100多张“附有”Bridget照片的卡片，这里用with。
47．A.work B．return
C．care D．role
答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，这里指为了能让Bridget“返回”而登悬赏广告。
48．A.study B．experiment
C．story D．search
答案与解析：D　根据语境可知，Hoffman还创建了名叫Bring Bridget Back的Facebook小组织，希望能为他的“寻找”收集更多的信息。
49．A.went away B．slowed down
C．paid off D．went ahead
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，Hoffman的付出得到了“回报”。
50．A.letter B．message
C．gift D．bill
答案与解析：B　根据上文的“One of my Facebook followers...”可知，Hoffman的一个Facebook粉丝给他留了个“消息”，说他看到了Bridget。
51．A.lying B．shouting
C．standing D．walking
答案与解析：A　根据下文的“... as if she had fallen asleep..”可知，Bridget“躺”在路边像睡着了。
52．A.sad B．excited
C．worried D．calm
答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，Hoffman非常“激动”。
53．A.swum B．climbed
C．slept D．eaten
答案与解析：D　根据下文的“... so she looked very weak.”可知，也许Bridget几天没“吃”东西了，所以她看起来非常虚弱。
54．A.kindness B．praise
C．patience D．attention
答案与解析：A　根据语境可知，陌生人的“善良”行为使Hoffman非常感动。
55．A.hope B．anger
C．happiness D．confidence
答案与解析：C　根据语境可知，Hoffman看到Bridget的时候非常“高兴”。
非选择题部分
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Sarah Jayne is a twenty­year­old girl from the U．K. After she read the book Pay It Forward, she realized that our world would become a much 56.________ (good) place if everyone could do three favors (善意的行为) for others. She lost her father 57.________ the age of eight, so she felt pity for her friend's children whose dad died 58.________ (recent). Sarah talked and played with the children to make their mother's life easier.
This “success” led to the second favor, which was to set up a counseling (咨询) service at her school 59.________ (help) improve the students' mental (心理的) health. Her third favor was for a neighbor, an old woman named Anna who lost 60.________ (she) eyesight. It was Anna that 61.________ (introduce) the book Pay it Forward to Sarah two months ago. As she loved reading, it was 62.________real act of kindness to spend time 63.________ (read) out loud for the neighbor and keeping her company every night.
Sarah said, “I couldn't believe at first how three small favors could make a big 64.________ (different)．All the people 65.________ were helped by me have promised to pay favors forward.”
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，主题语境是社会服务。文章主要介绍了一个英国女孩因为读了一本书后做了三个善举，并使得受助者也愿意去帮助别人。
56．答案与解析：better　根据该空前的much可知，该空应用形容词的比较级，故填better。
57．答案与解析：at　at the age of表示“在……岁时”。
58．答案与解析：recently　该空应用副词修饰动词，故填recently。
59．答案与解析：to help　该空用动词不定式表目的，故填to help。
60．答案与解析：her　该空应用形容词性物主代词修饰eyesight。
61．答案与解析：introduced　根据“two months ago”可知，说的是发生在过去的一件事，所以用动词的一般过去时，故填introduced。
62．答案与解析：a　act表示“行为；举动”时为可数名词，此处表示“一个”，real为辅音音素开头的单词，故填a。
63．答案与解析：reading　spend time doing sth.表示“花时间做某事”。
64．答案与解析：difference　make a big difference表示“有很大影响”。
65．答案与解析：who　先行词为All the people，关系词引导定语从句，在从句中作主语，故填who。
第四部分　写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节　应用文写作(满分15分)
假定你是李华，以下是你的英国笔友Tom给你的邮件中的部分内容。请根据节选内容用英语给他回一封邮件。
My parents want me to go on holiday with them this weekend but I'd prefer to go somewhere with my friends. I have to choose. What do you think I should do？
注意：
1．词数80左右(开头和结尾已给出，但不计入总词数)；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
Dear Tom，
How are you doing?
_______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Yours，
Li Hua
答案：
Dear Tom，
How are you doing?
In the e­mail you asked about your holiday. In my opinion, if I were you, I'd go with my family, because you told me your parents were always busy and you couldn't talk with them often. Why don't you take the chance and go with them? You can have a nice talk with your parents. Last time you told me you would start learning to swim next weekend, and you'll be much busier than now, so I'd advise you to go with your family.
Hope to hear from you soon.
Yours，
Li Hua
第二节　读后续写(满分25分)
阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。
When I saw her tonight, she recognized me and smiled sweetly. I smiled back at her. She looked more relaxed even though she was still busy doing her_job. I had noticed her several times during the last few months and she looks so much happier now. Tonight when I talked with her, I noticed her name tag. Her name is Pamela.
Pamela works at the express checkouts (结账处) in a busy supermarket. She deals_with problems when the self­serve checkout has a problem (no price tag on the product, machine problems, etc.). She monitors these checkouts and often she had hardly dealt with one complaint (抱怨) before another appeared.
When I first talked to Pamela, I called her to the checkout I was using. There wasn't any problem with the checkout though. My problem or should I say care was about Pamela. She looked tired and was under a lot of stress as she quickly moved from one checkout to the next. It's a bit of a fire­fighting job.
I told Pamela that she needed to slow_down. I told her that we, the customers,_could wait and it was very bad for her health to put herself under too much pressure. I told her that customers' expectations (期望) were not as high as she had imagined. Pamela told me she would follow my advice. I could tell she was touched — not only did I notice her stress but I chose to talk to her about it. I was concerned about her well­being. I gently told her that things had to be changed. I also told her I would pay more attention to her in future to see if she would make any changes. She smiled and said, “I promise I will.”
注意：
1．所续写短文的词数应为150左右；
2．应使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；
3．续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；
4．续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。
Paragraph 1：
When I saw her, she was still doing her job but there was such a difference.______________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________

Paragraph 2：
I am proud of myself.____________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
答案：
Paragraph 1：
When I saw her, she was still doing her job but there was such a difference. Now Pamela said that customers would just wait their turn when she was dealing_with another customer. She also solved the machine problems in order. She was cool and calm in her_job. I was happy to see these changes in her tonight and I praised her. She told me that not only did she tell her husband what I had said, but she also shared it with a lot of her partners.
Paragraph 2：
I am proud of myself. I walked away from Pamela with a light heart. She has listened to me and in turn encouraged her partners to slow_down and reminded them to care about their health. I have succeeded in helping Pamela to reduce stress and feel relaxed. Most importantly, it seemed that I also helped others at the same time. We are very small, but we are capable of big things. I really feel very happy and satisfied.

Section Ⅰ　Listening and speaking & Listening and Talking

Step One: Speaking
1．If you have a good chance to go travelling, where would you like to go? How can you go travelling?

答案：(1)Buckingham Palace, LiJiang, Paris, London and so on.
(2)We can travel by plane, by bus, by train, on foot, by bike, by ship and so on.
2．What do you need to do to prepare for the trip?
答案：get a passport; apply for a visa; book tickets online; book a hotel ahead of time; pack some clothes; research the local weather
Step Two: Listening
Ⅰ.Paul and Meilin are talking about the coming holiday. Listen to the first part of the conversation and choose the correct answers.(课文P24)
1．Choose the two places Melin is going to for holiday.
A．Germany B．England
C．Iceland D．France
答案：AD
2．How is she going to get there?
A．By sea B．By air
C．By train
答案：B
3．How is she planning to get around after she arrives?
A．By car B．By train
C．On foot
答案：A
听力材料：
LISTENING PART 1
P＝Paul　M＝Meilin
P：Hey, Meilin! So what are you doing for the coming holiday?
M：I'm travelling around Europe for two weeks with my aunt and uncle.
P：Europe? Oh, I've always wanted to go there!
M：Yes, me too. I'm so excited. I'm planning to visit France and Germany.
P：That's wonderful! Do you have your passport and visa already?
M：I already have my passport, and I am applying for my visa tomorrow. Once I get the visa, we'll book flight tickets online.
P：So how do you plan to travel around?
M：We're renting a car and driving! My uncle has always wanted to drive around Europe!
Ⅱ.Listen to the whole conversation again and fill in the table below.

Meilin
Paul
Travel
Preparations
Get her passport
Apply for her visa
Book air tickets online
Rent a car
Take a few light
sweaters and a coat
Buy a guidebook
Ⅲ.Listen to the second part of the conversation and answer the questions.
1．Where is Paul's family going over the holiday?
LiJiang_in_Yunnan_province.
2．Why are they going there?
Because_his_father's_friend_invited_them_to_visit_LiJiang.
听力材料：
LISTENING PART 2
P＝Paul　M＝Meilin
M：So what about you, Paul? Do you have any travel plans?
P：Yes, actually! My parents are taking me to Yunnan province in China to visit Lijiang!
M：Lijiang? That's quite famous in China.
P：Yes. One of my father's friends lives there. He invited us to visit.
M：Oh, that's nice! So what's the weather like there?
P：It should be pleasant during the day, but it might be cold at night, so I'm taking a few light sweaters and a coat.
M：What are you planning to see there?
P：Well, I know I'm definitely going to see the Old Town of Lijing and Yulong Snow Mountain. Other than that, I'm not sure. I'm buying Lijiang guidebook today, actually.

Listening Tips
1．注意关键词汇
Do not try to catch every word in a conversation. Instead, listen for key words and phrases. You should focus on getting the main idea, not on single words or grammar.
2．英语中的“失音”现象
(1)爆破音并不是完全失去，仍然形成阻碍，把气流堵在里面，但不爆破，直接发出相邻的辅音。
(2)辅音爆破音或摩擦音后面跟的是爆破音、破擦音和摩擦等，前面的辅音要失去爆破。
[即学即练]　听下面一段材料，回答第1至3题。
1．What is the probable relationship between the speakers?
A．School friends.
B．Teacher and student.
C．Librarian and library user.
答案：A
2．Why does Jim suggest Mary buy the book?
A．It's sold at a discount price.
B．It's important for her study.
C．It's written by Professor Lee.
答案：B
3．What will Jim do for Mary?
A．Share his book with her.
B．Lend her some money.
C．Ask Henry for help.
答案：C
听力材料：
M：What's that book you just picked up, Mary?
W：The one Prof. Lee uses in his course.
M：Oh, I see. You'd better have it if you want to pass that course.
W：But it costs $30. I simply can't afford it.
M：Did you check the used book section here? Maybe they have it.
W：No, they don't. I asked.
M：Why don't you get it from the library?
W：I've been trying for months, and it's always out. There are over 50 students in the course, and every single one wants the book.
M：Listen, you know my roommate Henry, don't you? He took the same course last year, and I remember he owns a copy. I can borrow it from him for you.
W：Oh, that'll be great! Thank you, Jim!

Step Three: Discussing
Ⅰ.根据录音在空格处填入合适的内容
This past summer I visited the Temple of Heaven 1.with_some_Chinese_friends. The Temple of Heaven is in a large park.
Luckily for us, the temperature wasn't very high 2.in_early_July. We got there at 8 o'clock. My Chinese friends told me a lot about the temple. They know the temple very well because they 3.grew_in_Beijing and often visited it.
The temple 4.was_first_built from 1406 to 1420 under the Youngle Emperor. It was renamed the Temple of Heaven under the Jiajing Emperor. The Temple of Heaven 5.was_repaired under the Qianlong Emperor.
The park itself is open daily from 6：00 a．m. to 10：00 p．m. The relic sites inside the park open at 8：00 a．m. and 6.close at 5：30 p．m. from March to June. From July to October, the sites close at 6：00 p．m. and at 5：00 p．m. from November to February.
After visiting the Temple of Heaven, we walked around the park about an hour. It 7.was_so_beautiful. I plan to go there with my parents 8.next_summer.
话题积累：the relic sites文物遗址
Ⅱ.Work in group and discuss the following questions：
What's the meaning of travelling?
①It_can_broaden_our_view.
②It_can_experience_different_cultures_and_life.
③It_can_enjoy_the_beautiful_scenery.
④It_can_relax_ourselves_and_forget_our_sorrow_for_a_while.



课时作业 7

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
“Smile！” I shouted, holding a yellow sign up on a busy street in Seattle. We were three thousand miles away from home on a Random Acts of Kindness and Volunteerism Road Trip. We had two aims. One was to try out our new “Smile！” signs and see how much kindness and joy we could spread in Pike Place Market. The other was to raise $80 by doing street performances, enough for gas to Portland and a small hotel room.
We weren't sure how people would react (回应) to our signs. I nervously raised up our signs and shouted, “Hi, there！” to a young couple. They looked over and felt confused. Then they read our signs and broke into a smile. Before long, some tourists wanted to take a photo with us and some strangers stopped to ask us about our signs.
In fact, we paid so close attention to our “Smile！” project that we forgot the other aim. Before we knew it, the sun was setting, and we had no money for our trip to Portland. We sat down to watch a blind musician play the guitar while thinking about what to do. He was packing up when a passing crowd kicked down his change bowl. He stumbled (绊倒) into the crowd. We rushed to help him, but another man moved more quickly to help him.
Once the musician had his money safely returned, we ran over to meet the strange helper and said, “We just wanted to praise you for your good deed.” He smiled, looking at our signs. “Your trip reminds me of something similar I once did when I was young，” he said. “Look! I'd like to donate (捐赠)．” We told him, “No, thanks! We are fine. We've collected plenty of money.” We lied. “Please let me donate. It will make me feel like I'm a part of this adventure，” he insisted. And then the stranger opened his wallet and pulled out four $20 bills. The money was exactly what we had intended to raise that day. We were astonished. It seemed as if he had known somehow.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。作者一行人在志愿者旅行活动中用“微笑！”标牌来传播善意和快乐。
1．What's the main purpose of the road trip?
A．To spread kindness and joy.
B．To invite more people to join in the trip.
C．To raise money for a trip to Portland.
D．To encourage people to take happy photos.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第一段的“... on a Random Acts of Kindness and Volunteerism Road Trip.”可知，此次志愿者旅行活动的主要目的是传播善意和快乐。
2．How did people react to the “Smile！” signs later?
A．Disappointed. B．Worried.
C．Interested. D．Moved.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第二段的“Before long, some tourists wanted to take a photo with us and some strangers stopped to ask us about our signs.”可知，后来，人们对标牌很感兴趣。
3．According to the last paragraph, why did the strange helper want to donate money?
A．Because he felt pity for the author.
B．Because he wanted to join in the project.
C．Because he hoped to help the homeless.
D．Because he felt sorry for his impoliteness.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据最后一段的“‘Please let me donate. It will make me feel like I'm a part of this adventure，’” he insisted.可知，这位男士是想参与到这项志愿活动中来。
4．What does the underlined word “astonished” in the last paragraph most probably mean?
A．Tired. B．Satisfied.
C．Frightened. D．Surprised.
答案与解析：D　词义猜测题。根据画线词后面的“It seemed as if he had known somehow.”可知，作者他们一行人很“吃惊”，好像这位男士早知道他们需要80美元一样。
B
Many people like travelling, but they cannot take their dogs wherever they go. Some people let their dogs stay alone at home while others ask someone else to take care of their pets. If you're leaving your beloved pet at home for a holiday, it can turn into a bad experience. Luckily, you don't have to worry about your dogs anymore because Rover can cover for you while you are on leave. Rover is the latest service to offer at­home dog boarding. It's a good alternative (替代物) to boarding your dog at a dog boarding kennel (狗舍) or your neighbour's house.
The way Rover works is sort of like Airbnb. Dog owners browse the “search” section of the site or app for pet sitters, which can be organized by zip code and available dates. Information of pet sitters is provided, complete with many reviews, specific services and rates. Now Rover has over 25,000 pet sitters in more than 5,000 US cities. And they're all experienced pet sitters.
After finding someone that meets your needs, just send messages to the pet sitter to arrange a meeting. Then, like Rover says, all that is left to do is relax! Rover's pet sitters are encouraged to send text and picture information throughout the day, and if there's a medical emergency, the site will send a vet. Besides, don't worry about a pet sitter who falls through, because someone else will soon take his or her place.
Happy doggie, happy travels — that sounds good to us. To learn more about Rover, click here.
【语篇解读】　Rover给人们提供宠物狗照管服务，让人们可以放心地去旅游。
5．What kind of service does Rover mainly provide?
A．Telling people where to travel.
B．Providing information about dogs.
C．Helping parents look after their kids.
D．Helping people take care of their dogs.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第一段的“Rover is the latest service to offer at­home dog boarding.”可知，Rover主要给人们提供宠物狗照管服务。选D项。
6．According to Paragraph 2, we can know about a pet sitter through ________.
A．sending e­mails
B．making phone calls
C．asking other dog owners
D．looking at information on Rover
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第二段的“Information of pet sitters is provided, complete with many reviews, specific services and rates.”可知，可以在这个网站上看到负责照看狗的个人信息。选D项。
7．What is a Rover pet sitter encouraged to do?
A．Walk the dog every day.
B．Learn some first aid skills.
C．Call the pet owner anytime.
D．Provide the latest information about the dog.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第三段的“Rover's pet sitters are encouraged to send text and picture information throughout the day...”可知，负责照看狗的人被鼓励及时提供有关狗的信息。选D项。
8．The passage is written to ________.
A．advertise a website
B．advertise a service
C．encourage people to travel
D．introduce some pet sitters
答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文主要在为一项宠物狗照管服务做广告。选B项。
Ⅱ.完形填空
Lisa Condie is a woman in her sixties. She runs a business in Italy. Why did she __1__ a business there? Here is her __2__.
At 56, Lisa Condie had two __3__ for a trip to Europe. However, she had no one to go __4__ because she broke up with her boyfriend, which __5__ her plan for a romantic (浪漫的) trip. Lisa wondered if her fifties were just about staying on her own and being __6__. She was no longer a wife __7__ her husband died early. And her kids had all __8__ and left her. She had no idea what to do with the __9__ of her life.
Condie spent a few sad days in Rome alone, not __10__ Italian or knowing her way around. However, by the end of her trip, she cried at the thought of __11__ the magical place. Being alone in Italy had helped her realize that she was __12__ strong, smart, and in control of her life. She decided right then that she would one day __13__ and live there.
Two years later, Condie is now living out her __14__. She lives in Florence and runs a tour company for women __15__ Italy — A Better Way To Travel in Italy. So far, her business has been __16__. “I can show them life doesn't have to be over at some point of life. It can __17__ anytime you like. You can have __18__ again. I do think there's a magic in women __19__ women，” she said. “I feel everybody has a dream that can bring them back to life. As women, we often support other people's dreams, but we __20__ need to realize our own dreams.”
【语篇解读】　Lisa Condie跟男友分手后，从难过中走了出来，开始了自己在意大利帮助女性的事业。
1．A.join B．lose
C．find D．begin
答案与解析：D　根据“She runs a business in Italy.”以及后文的内容可知，这里是问她是如何在那里“开始”创业的。
2．A.trouble B．news
C．story D．attitude
答案与解析：C　后文主要讲述了Lisa Condie的一个人生“故事”。
3．A.plans B．tickets
C．reasons D．wishes
答案与解析：B　根据后面的“for a trip to Europe”及下文她在欧洲旅游的语境可知，这里是指她有两张去欧洲旅行的“票”。
4．A.with B．against
C．for D．after
答案与解析：A　根据Lisa Condie后来一个人在意大利旅游的语境可知，没有人“跟”她去。
5．A.made B．destroyed
C．developed D．prepared
答案与解析：B　根据上下文语境可知，因为Condie跟她男友分手了，所以她计划好的浪漫旅行也被“毁了”。
6．A.awake B．healthy
C．alone D．strong
答案与解析：C　根据前面的“staying on her own”及后面她丈夫和孩子都不在的语境可知，Condie想知道是不是她五十几岁的生活只能是“一个人”。
7．A.if B．unless
C．although D．because
答案与解析：D　根据“her husband died early”可知，“因为”她的丈夫已经死了，所以她不再是一位妻子。
8．A.got up B．turned up
C．grown up D．cheered up
答案与解析：C　根据后面的“and left her”可推测，她的孩子已经“长大”了，都离开了她。
9．A.middle B．beginning
C．end D．rest
答案与解析：D　Condie不知道她“剩下”的人生将如何度过。
10．A.refusing B．speaking
C．learning D．forgetting
答案与解析：B　Condie在意大利独自一人，不会“说”意大利语，不知道周围的路。
11．A.leaving B．knowing
C．visiting D．cleaning
答案与解析：A　根据“by the end of her trip”可知，这里是指旅行结束，将要“离开”意大利了。
12．A.probably B．usually
C．actually D．hardly
答案与解析：C　Condie刚开始一个人在意大利，对人生很迷茫，但是经过这段意大利之旅，她意识到自己“实际上”很强大、很聪明，可以控制自己的人生。
13．A.stop B．return
C．appear D．try
答案与解析：B　根据下文的“and live there”可知，Condie当时决定总有一天会再“回到”意大利。
14．A.dream B．worry
C．fear D．interest
答案与解析：A　根据上文语境可知，回到意大利并定居在那里是作者的梦想，所以Condie两年后正在实现自己的“梦想”。
15．A.paying a visit to
B．thinking highly of
C．making good use of
D．looking forward to
答案与解析：A　根据“A Better Way To Travel in Italy”可知，这里是指那些来意大利“旅游”的女士。
16．A.terrible B．small
C．great D．strange
答案与解析：C　这里是在讲Lisa Condie很励志的人生故事，所以她的生意应该“很好”。
17．A.continue B．start
C．turn D．end
答案与解析：A　根据“life doesn't have to be over”的语境可知，生活不会在某个点结束，只要你愿意，它随时可以“继续”。
18．A.pain B．safety
C．permission D．joy
答案与解析：D　根据上下文语境可知，这里是指可以再享受人生的“乐趣”。
19．A.teaching B．supporting
C．meeting D．leading
答案与解析：B　Lisa Condie所创办的公司主要帮助来意大利旅行的女士，故选supporting。
20．A.even B．never
C．also D．always
答案与解析：C　通过Lisa Condie的故事可知，女人常常帮助别人实现梦想，但是她们“也”需要帮助自己实现梦想。

Section Ⅱ　Reading and Thinking


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．castle/'kɑːsl/n.城堡；堡垒
2．visa/'viːzə/n.签证
3．rent/rent/vt.租用；出租　vi.租用；租金为　n．租金
4．pack/pæk/vi.&vt.收拾(行李)　vt.包装　n．(商品的)纸包；纸袋；大包
5．source/sɔːs/n.来源；出处
6．narrow/'nærəʊ/adj.狭窄的　vi.&vt.(使)变窄
7._flat/flæt/adj.平坦的；扁平的　n．公寓；单元房
8．type/taIp/n.类型；种类　vi.&vt.打字
9．flight/flaIt/n.空中航行；航班；航程
10．accommodation/ə'kɒməˌdeIʃn/n.住处；停留处；膳宿
11._unique/ju'niːk/adj.唯一的；独特的；特有的
12．destination/ˌdestIneIʃn/n.目的地；终点
13．contact/'kɒntækt/vt.联络；联系　n．联系；接触
14．hike/haIk/vi.徒步旅行　vt.去……远足　n．远足；徒步旅行
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．apply/ə'plaI/vi.&vt.申请；请求　vt.应用；涂(油漆、乳剂)→application n．应用；用途；申请→applicant n．申请人；求职人
2．amazing/ə'meIzI/adj.令人惊奇的；令人惊喜的→amazed adj.惊奇的；惊喜的→amaze vt.使吃惊；使惊讶
3．arrangement/ə'reIndʒmənt/n.安排；筹备→arrange vt.安排
4．extremely/Ik'striːmli/adv.极其；非常→extreme adj.极端的；极限的；非常的
5._powerful/'paʊəfl/adj.强有力的；有权势的；有影响力的→power v．给……提供动力
6．empire/'empaIə(r)/n.帝国→emperor n．皇帝
7．official/ə'fIʃl/adj.官方的；正式的；公务的　n．官员；要员→office n．办公室； 政府机关； 官职
8．recognise/'rekəɡnaIz/vt.辨别出；承认；认可→recognition n．认出；认识
9．transport/'trænspɔːt/n.交通运输系统　vt.运输；运送→transportation运输
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．apply_for　　　　　　　　　　申请
2．take control of 控制；接管
3．look forward to 盼望
4．get_ready for 对……做好准备
5．encourage sb. to do sth. 鼓励某人做某事
6．spend some time doing sth. 花费时间做某事
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．强调句型
It_is_for_this_reason_that Spanish is the main official language of Peru.
正因为如此，西班牙语是秘鲁的主要官方语言。
2．so that引导状语从句
Inca builders cut stone to exact size so_that_nothing_was_needed to hold walls together other than the perfect fit of the stones.
印加建筑工把石头切割成精确的尺寸，这样就不需要任何东西来把墙壁固定在一起，完全靠石头的完美契合。


►第一步|速读——了解教材课文(P26)主题和段落大意
1．匹配每部分的大意
What's the best title of the passage?
A．The history of Peru.
B．The beautiful scenery of Peru.
C．A trip to Peru.
D．Peru's culture.
答案：C
2．Please match the main idea of paragraphs.
Paragraph 1：　　　 　A．The visit to Amazon Rainforest.
Paragraph 2: B．The visit to Machu Picchu Tour.
Paragraph 3: C．The history and geography of Peru.
答案：Paragraph 1：C　Paragraph 2：A　Paragraph 3：B
►第二步|细读——把握教材课文(P26)关键信息
1．The following introduction about Peru is true except ________.
A．dry B．narrow
C．flat land D．cold
答案：D
2．Which country controlled Peru from the 16th to 19th?
A．Spain B．America
C．Britain D．India
答案：A
3．How can you go to the Amazon from Cusco?
A．By boat. B．By plane.
C．By train. D．On foot.
答案：B
4．What is specially amazing in Machu Picchu?
A．The Inca's culture
B．The Inca's language
C．The Inca's dry stone method of building
D．The Inca's language
答案：C

►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．apply vt.涂(油漆、乳剂), 敷；应用；运用　vi.申请；请求；使用
(经典佳句) After graduating from the college, he would like to apply for a job as a teacher.
大学毕业后，他想申请一份教师的工作。
(1)apply sth. to 把……运用到……
apply to 适应于……
apply (to...) for... (向……)申请……
(2)applicant n. 申请人
application n. 申请；申请书；适用
①We must apply what we have learned to our daily work.
我们必须把所学到的应用到日常工作中去。
②I'm writing to apply for the position as a student volunteer.
我写这封信是为了申请学生志愿者的职位。
③I would be very grateful if you could kindly consider my application.
如果你能诚恳地考虑我的申请，我会很感激的。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)I'd appreciate it if you can help me fill in the application (apply) form for a new passport.
(2)I'm writing to apply for a part­time job at a foreign company in my city during the summer vacation.

熟词生义：牢记apply“vt. 涂；敷”含义：
Please clean the wound with a clean cloth and then apply the medicine to it.
请用一块干净的布清洗伤口，然后把药敷在上面。
2.amazing adj.令人吃惊的
(经典佳句)It was amazing that such a good student should have cheated in the exam.
这么好的学生竟然在考试中作弊，真令人吃惊。
(1)amaze vt. 使惊讶
(2)amazed adj. 吃惊的
be amazed at 对……大为吃惊
be amazed to do sth. 惊奇地做某事
(3)amazement n. 惊奇
to one's amazement 令某人吃惊的是……
①He told us such an amazing story that we were all interested in it.
他告诉了我们一个如此令人吃惊的故事，以至于我们都对此感兴趣。
②Believe it or not, what he said amazed me.
信不信由你，他所说的话使我震惊。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)It is amazing (amaze) the school fees of private school are so high. It is unfair for those families who are out of work.
(2)I was amazed to_hear (hear) that Mary had won the first prize.
巧学助记：
To his amazement, we were not amazed at his amazing achievements.
令他惊讶的是，我们对他惊人的成就并不感到惊讶。
3.arrangement n．安排；筹备
(教材P25)Actually, I've just missed the travel arrangements!
事实上，我刚刚错过了旅行安排！
　　　　　
(1)make arrangements/an arrangement for 为……做好安排
(2)arrange vt. 筹备；安排；整理
arrange sth. for sb. 为某人安排某事
arrange (for sb.) to do sth. 安排(某人)做某事
①I'm looking forward to being told about your arrangements for the coming vacation.
我期待着听到你对即将到来的假期的安排。
②They are so busy that they have no time to make an arrangement for the activity.
他们太忙了，以至于没有时间为这项活动做安排。
③It's unnecessary for parents to arrange everything for their children.
父母没有必要为孩子安排好一切。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)There is no need to worry. I will arrange for a taxi to_meet (meet) you at the airport.
(2)With their wedding approaching, they are busy making good arrangements (arrange) for it.
(3)我们已经安排好这部短篇电影将在明天下午4：00～5：30校剧院放映。
We have_arranged_that the short film will be on show from 16：00 to 17：30 at our school theatre tomorrow.
发散思维：加后缀“­ment”动词变名词荟萃：
arrange→arrangement n．安排；排列
develop→development n．发展
move→movement n．运动；活动
improve→improvement n．提高；改善


4.narrow adj.狭窄的
(教材P26)PERU is a country on the Pacific coast of South America with three main areas: narrow, dry, flat land running along the coast, the Andes Mountains, and the Amazon rainforest.
秘鲁是南美洲太平洋沿岸的一个国家，主要有三个地区：狭长的、干燥的、平坦的海岸地带、安第斯山脉和亚马孙雨林。
(1)have a narrow escape 九死一生
have a narrow view 有狭隘的观点
(2)narrowly adv. 勉强地；差点
①The only way to their house is along that narrow road.
只有沿着那条狭窄的路走才能到达他们的房子。
②She has a very narrow view of the world.
她的世界观非常狭隘。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)As we set out, I was surprised at how narrow (narrowly) the path was.
(2)It is said that he was narrowly (narrow) killed in the traffic accident the other day.
熟词生义：牢记narrow “vi.&vt.(使)变窄”含义
Parents and children should communicate more to narrow the gap between them so that they can understand each other better.
父母和孩子应该多交流，缩小他们之间的代沟，这样他们才能更好地理解彼此。

5.take control of控制；接管
(教材P26)The Inca emperor lived in the now­famous site. Spain took control of Peru in the 16th century and ruled until 1821.
印加皇帝就住在这个著名的地方。西班牙在16世纪控制了秘鲁，一直统治到1821年。
lose control of 对……失去控制
out of control 失去控制
under control 受控制
under the control of 在……控制下①How do we take control of our emotions and find the path of happiness?
我们要如何来控制我们的情绪，进而找到通往幸福的捷径呢？
②Everyone was very nervous because the fire was out of control.
大家都很紧张，因为火势失去了控制。
[即学即练]　control短语填空
(1)She realized it was necessary for us to take_control_of our bad emotion(s)．
(2)She takes regular exercise to keep her weight under_control.
(3)All schools are under_the_control_of the Ministry of Education.
名师指津：control的过去式、过去分词、动词­ing分别为：Controlled; controlled; controlling

6.recognize vt.辨认出；承认；公认
(经典例句)It is recognized that the environment pollution has become more and more serious.
人们公认环境污染已变得越来越严重了。
　　　　　
(1)recognize one's voice 辨别出某人的声音
(2)
①The moment I answered the phone, I recognized his voice.
我一接电话，就听出了他的声音。
②He didn't recognize that he had made a big mistake.
他不承认自己犯了一个大错。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)He was_recognized (recognize) by his fans though he wore a pair of sunglasses.
(2)The city has been built up so fast that it has changed beyond recognition (recognize)．
(3)我们认为他是一个勤奋并且诚实的人。
We recognize_him_to_be a hard­working and honest person.
名师指津：“被认为是……”短语荟萃：
be recognized as
be considered as
be regarded as
7.other than除……以外
(教材P26)Inca builders cut stones to exact size so that nothing was needed to hold walls together other than the perfect fit of the stones.
印加建筑工把石头切割成精确的尺寸，这样就不需要任何东西来把墙壁固定在一起，完全靠石头的完美契合。
(1)more than 超过，不止； 非常
(2)rather than 而不是
(3)or rather 更确切地说
(4)would rather 宁愿
①To be honest, I don't know any French people other than you.
老实说，除了你，我不认识别的法国人。
②He knows little about English, or rather, nothing at all.
他对英语所知甚少，或者更准确点说，一无所知。
[即学即练]　than短语填空
(1)They are more_than classmates. They are close friends.
(2)I would stay at home reading some books_rather_than do shopping.
(3)She has no close friends other_than him.
名师指津：other than的同义词：except
The old man wanted to see nobody other than his grandson.
8.admire vt.钦佩；赞赏
(教材P27)Stay in a local hotel, visit the museums，admire the architecture, enjoy the excellent local food, and do shopping at the local markets.
住在当地的酒店，参观当地的博物馆，欣赏当地的建筑，享受当地的美食，在当地市场购物。
(1)admire sb. for sth. 因某事而钦佩某人
(2)admiration n. 钦佩；羡慕
with admiration 钦佩地
①During the Mid­autumn Day, we will admire the moon and enjoy mooncakes.
在中秋节，我们会赏月，吃月饼。
②All the neighbours admire this family, where the parents are treating their child like a friend.
所有的邻居都对这个家庭赞赏不已，在这个家庭里，父母对待他们的孩子就像对待朋友一样。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The old teacher was_admired (admire) for his devotion to his education cause.
(2)The moment Jackie Chan appeared, all the fans looked at him with admiration (admire)．
名师指津：“赏月”表达种种
admire the moon
enjoy the moon
9.contact vt.联络；联系　n．联系；接触
(教材P27)For more brochures about other package tours around Peru, contact at tourinfo@travelperu.org.
要了解更多关于秘鲁其他旅行团的小册子，请访问tourinfo@travelperu.org。
　　　　　
(1)in contact with　　　　　　　　　接触；与……有联系(表状态)
keep/stay in contact with 与……保持联系
(2)lose contact with 与……失去联系
out of contact with 与……失去联系(表状态)
①Keep eye contact in conversation to build trust.
谈话中保持目光接触以建立信任。
②If you have any question, please contact us!
如果有任何问题，请与我们联系！
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)The Internet helps me to keep_in_contact_with_my_friends.
互联网帮助我和我的朋友保持联系。
(2)I have_been_out_of_contact_with_her for three years.
我与她失去联系已有三年。
名师指津：
(1)keep/stay in contact with同义词：keep/stay in touch with
(2)lose contact with同义词：lose touch with

►第二板块|重点句型解构
句型公式：It is/was...that...强调句型
(教材P26)It is for this reason that Spanish is the main official language of Peru.
正因为如此，西班牙语是秘鲁的主要官方语言。
强调句的结构为：It is/was＋被强调部分(通常是主语、宾语或状语)＋that/who(当强调主语且主语指人时可以用who或that，其他情况只能用that)＋其他部分。
①It is my mother who/that gives me encouragement when I meet with difficulties.
是我母亲在我遇到困难时给予我鼓励。
②It was at the cinema that I met an old friend of mine.
是在电影院我遇见了我的一位老朋友。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)It was because of the bad weather that the football match was put off.
(2)It was last night that I met Mary on my way to school.
[链接写作]　句型转换
Yesterday my grandpa walked the dog at dusk in the street.
→It_was_my_grandpa_that/who walked the dog at dusk in the street yesterday.(强调主语)
→It_was_yesterday_that my grandpa walked the dog at dusk in the street.(强调时间状语)
→It_was_in_the_street_that my grandpa walked the dog at dusk yesterday.(强调地点状语)
名师指津：被强调部分可以是除谓语动词以外的任何成分，当被强调部分是人时，可用who代替that，其他情况一般用that。

Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．He had changed so much that you couldn't recognize (认出) him.
2．I admire (佩服) her very much because she is always full of energy.
3．They are all beautiful islands and they are all special and unique (独特的)．
4．Having said goodbye to their friends, they set off for their destination (目的地)．
5．What made me disappointed was that our flight (航班) was put off because of the terrible storm.
6．This suitcase is full. I can't pack (捆扎) any more clothes in.
7．The PLA solders had to call for a truck to transport (运送) the villagers to a safer area.
8．I will go for a hike (远足) if I'm free next weekend.
9．As far as I know, he has moved into a new flat (公寓)．
10．Both English and French are official (官方的) languages in Canada.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．Tom is much admired (admire) for his English listening and speaking skills.
2．As a matter of fact, illness and age changed him beyond recognition (recognize)．
3．What amazed (amaze) me was that he gave all his money to the hope project.
4．There are so many different types (type) of bread that the volunteer didn't know which to buy.
5．We could make an arrangement (arrange) to meet at the school gate at 10 am next Tuesday.
6．China is getting more and more powerful (power) in the world.
7．I failed in an English exam, feeling extremely (extreme) disappointed.
8．It was when I felt lonely that I realized the importance of friends.
9．This is a bridge connecting (connect) our village and the town.
10．I like learning English other than maths.
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．既然你精通英语，你就可以申请这份工作。
Now that you have a good knowledge of English, you can_apply_for_the_job.
2．众所周知，英语在我们的日常生活中发挥着越来越重要的作用。
It_is_recognized_that English is playing a more and more important role in our daily life.
3．当我处境困难时是我姐姐帮助我。
It_was_my_sister_who gave me a hand when I was in trouble.
4．你可以在当地导游的带领下花一周时间游览美丽的漓江。
You can spend_one_week_exploring the beautiful Li Jiang with local guide.
5．说到中国的著名历史人物，我非常佩服张骞。
When it comes to famous people in Chinese history, I_admire_ZhangQian_very_much.
6．你最好早一点到，这样你就能找个好座位。
You'd better arrive a bit earlier so_that_you_can_get_a_good_seat.
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
Peru is a country which is 1.on the Pacific coast of South America with three main areas. Peru was the centre of the 2._powerful (power) ancient Inca Empire in the 1400s and 1500s. Spain took control of Peru in the 16th century and 3.ruled (rule) until 1821. It is for this reason 4.that Spanish is the main 5.official (office) language of Peru.
You can go from Cusco to the Amazon rainforest by plane. From there, you will spend one day 6.travelling (travel) by boat to your accommodation. Then you can spend three days exploring the rainforest with a local guide and 7.enjoying (enjoy) the plants and animals unique 8.to the rainforest.
It will take you four days 9.to_go (go) to the city of Machu Picchu on foot on amazing paths. Reach your destination and you will have a day to explore and be 10.amazed (amaze) by this ancient city. Especially, the Incas' dry stone method of building is amazing.




课时作业 8

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Thirteen hours later we just arrived in Paris after many dramas (戏剧性事件)．
I rented a car, filled it up and moved ahead to Bristol airport that morning. We set off at 8：00 a．m. and all was going well until we got to the turn for Bristol airport. The airport sign (指示牌) suggested we went out from the M5, but Suri asked me to continue going straight ahead, so against my better judgment, I let the airport turn pass us by.
Next we left for South Wales, the car was back and we had a plane to Paris to catch in a couple of hours. It was about then that I realized we were heading for Wales on a six­road highway. I felt very bad. We turned off the highway and turned into a country road, as directed by Suri and there was a sign saying that the road to the airport was closed. I saw a lady watering her garden and asked her about the best way to the airport. She said we were at least 30 minutes from the airport, but she couldn't help us with the right directions (方向)．
I was so worried as we really were out in the country without any guidance. All I could think of was to turn Suri off and follow the signs myself.
Then finally after many_butterflies_in_the_stomach and feeling like my heart was going to burst (爆裂) out of my chest, there was a proper green sign to the airport and we followed it with so much joy.
Driving from the airport into Paris was a shock, Lots of homeless people were sleeping under the highways with rubbish everywhere.
Anyway we're now in Paris. The experience of getting lost is now almost laughable. In another 24 hours will be my 50th birthday. I have a big party planned for myself in Paris.
【语篇解读】　本文记述了作者开车前往机场，然后飞抵巴黎途中所发生的事情。
1．When did the author most probably arrive in Paris?
A．At about 9：00 p．m. B．At about 8：00 a．m.
C．At about 13：00 p．m. D．At about 9：30 a．m.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据第一段的“Thirteen hours later we just arrived in Paris after many dramas.”及第二段的“We set off at 8：00 a．m. and all was going well...”可推断，作者那天早上八点出发，13小时后到达巴黎，故可以推算出作者到达的时间是晚上九点左右。
2．The underlined part “many butterflies in the stomach” in Paragraph 5 probably means “________”．
A．being nervous and worried
B．being excited and relaxed
C．being hungry and thirsty
D．being tired and angry
答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。根据画线词后面的“feeling like my heart was going to burst out of my chest...”及上下文的内容可知，作者迷路了，此刻内心应该是很紧张和担心的。
3．Which of the following is the correct order of the following events?
①We arrived in Paris.
②We followed the proper green sign.
③We rented a car.
④We got to the turn.
⑤We drove in the countryside.
A．①③④⑤② B．③④⑤②①
C．①③⑤④② D．③④②⑤①
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据文章的内容及前后的发展顺序可推出顺序为③④⑤②①。
4．In the last paragraph, the writer seems to show us “________”．
A．A bad thing never dies
B．All that ends well is well
C．A good beginning is half done
D．Two heads are better than one
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。最后一段作者对到达巴黎感到高兴，对最后的结果感到满意，故选“结果好，就一切都好”。
B
Dogs certainly need to bark (犬吠) every now and then, but if your neighbor's dog is getting in the way of your daily life, you need to do something.
“Before you take action, you should record the dates and times that the barking happens to find out any patterns，” says Schweitzer, who is a dog owner. You might notice the barking only happens when the owners are at work, or during thunderstorms.
After two to three weeks of observing (观察), go to your neighbors with the facts. Wait for a time when the barking is over. “Since you're trying to keep a good relationship, you can't go when you're angry and upset，” says Schweitzer. Besides, your neighbors might not even realize the barks are a problem, especially if the worst barking happens when they're not at home.
Politely explain the times when the barking gets bad, and then suggest a way of solving the problem. Ask if the dog can stay inside during storms, or offer a dog training class.
Making friends with the dog could help you gain some peace and quiet. If your neighbors introduce you to their dog, you should give the dog a treat. “If they become more comfortable seeing you, they're less likely to bark when they see you or when they're in the backyard，” says Schweitzer.
Whatever you do, don't talk with your other neighbors about the problem or start a petition (诉状) to get the dog to quiet down. “Those make people feel angry，” says Schweitzer. “That's when things escalate.”
If weeks go by and you still aren't seeing a difference, follow up with a note. Tie a dog treat on the note to build trust with your neighbors, and make a copy before dropping it off. That way, you'll have evidence (证据) that you've discussed it before and followed up politely if you need to bring in a third party, says Schweitzer.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。如果邻居家的狗总是叫个不停，影响到了你的生活，你该怎么做呢？
5．What should people do first according to Schweitzer?
A．Record when the dog barks.
B．Find out why the barking happens.
C．Find out if the dog is really dangerous.
D．Record when the neighbor is usually out.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Before you take action, you should record the dates... says Schweitzer”可知，首先要记录下邻居家的狗什么时候叫。
6．When would be a good time for you to talk to your neighbor?
A．When the dog is barking.
B．When you are feeling calm.
C．When you've found a problem.
D．When your neighbor is walking the dog.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“Since you're trying to keep a good relationship, you can't go when you're angry and upset”可知，你应该在心平气和的时候去找邻居谈这个问题。
7．What does the underlined word “escalate” in Paragraph 6 probably mean?
A．Become familiar. B．Become worse.
C．Get interesting. D．Get personal.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。根据倒数第二段中的内容可知，只有在情况变得更糟的时候才需要通过法律途径解决这个问题。
8．What is the text mainly about?
A．How to teach your dog to be quiet.
B．What to do when your neighbor has a dog.
C．How to deal with a neighbor's noisy dog.
D．What to do if your neighbor makes you angry.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，该文主要是讲如果邻居家的狗总是叫你该怎么做。
Ⅱ.七选五
One of the easiest and most pleasing ways to express your creativity (创造力) is by drawing. In addition, drawing can calm you down in many ways. It can help keep you away from negative thoughts and clear your mind. __1__
Draw something that makes you comfortable. Content (内容) does not matter as much as the meaning you connect with whatever you choose to draw. If you find mountains or trees relaxing to be around, try your hand at drawing. You can also draw things like pets or buildings. __2__ For example, draw a dog's head on a pig's body with a horse's legs and tail.
Just draw. Experiment on drawing with different color patterns (色型) and emotions. Believe it or not, drawing can help realize physical relaxation by lowering your blood pressure. Color your drawing with bright, exciting colors. Draw patterns. Start with changes of circles, as they're easier to draw. Simply cover a page in a pattern. Keep your subjects smile. Whether you are drawing mountains, humans, or animals, add a face with a smile. __3__
Go somewhere where you feel calm. Choose some quiet places. Turn off your phone, and avoid areas with television or computers. Some private (私人的) places are best, as your drawing will not be forbidden by the presence of others, and you will be less likely to be bothered. Get outside. __4__. Drawing outside can also give you ideas of things to draw.
Have fun. __5__ Don't worry about the final product. And don't judge your artistic abilities. Lose yourself in the experience of creation! Sitting down to draw for just a few minutes can brighten your feelings. You'll feel energetic and may feel even more open­minded for the rest of the day.
A．Let yourself enjoy the process.
B．Listen to music when you draw.
C．Simply being outside will calm you down.
D．Sure, it's silly but you'll probably smile back.
E．Hang up your work somewhere it will catch your eye.
F．You can even try combinations of different animal parts.
G．And the enjoyment of drawing can help keep your stresses away.
【语篇解读】　本文主要介绍了如何通过画画减轻压力的几点建议。
1．答案与解析：G　根据本空前的“It can help keep you away from negative thoughts and clear your mind.”可知，此处承接上文，讲的还是画画的好处。
2．答案与解析：F　本空后的“For example draw a dog's head on a pig's body with a horse's legs and tail.”是对此处的举例说明，由此可知此处是说你甚至可以画由不同动物的身体部分组成的“动物”。
3．答案与解析：D　根据本空前的“Keep your subjects smile. Whether you are drawing mountains, humans, or animals, add a face with a smile.”可知，此处承接上文，说给所画的东西加一个微笑这看起来似乎很愚蠢，但是它同样也会让你微笑。
4．答案与解析：C　根据本空后的“Drawing outside can also give you ideas of things to draw.”可知，此处讲的是外出画画的好处。
5．答案与解析：A　根据本段内容，特别是本空后的“Don't worry about the final product. And don't judge your artistic abilities.”可知，本段告诉我们要享受画画的过程，而不要担心最后的结果。

Section Ⅲ　Discovering Useful Structures
Grammar — 现在进行时表将来


[新知导引]
诵读下列例句并感知画线部分的共性
1．(教材P28)My parents are taking (take) me to Yunnan province in China to visit Lijiang.
2．(教材P28)We are meeting (meet) at 10：00 a．m. at the bus stop near our school.
3．The young man is meeting his girlfriend this afternoon.
[共性呈现]
三个例句都是用现在进行时态表示将来。
[语法精释]
一、现在进行时的基本用法
1．现在进行时表示说话时正在进行的尚未完成的动作或状态。
What are you doing now, Bob?
鲍勃，你在干什么？
Look！What are they watching?
看，他们正在看什么？
2．现在进行时表示目前这段时间正在进行的动作。
现在进行时可表示目前这段时间正在进行，但此时此刻未必正在进行的动作。
George is working on a new book about stories in schools.
乔治在写一本关于校园故事的新书。
3．现在进行时与always, constantly, all the time等副词(短语)连用时，可表反复性、一贯性动作，常用来表示赞扬、生气、不满、厌恶等感情色彩。
He is always asking for money.
他老是要钱。
She is constantly changing her mind.
她总是改变主意。
[即学即练1]　完成句子
(1)我们正在等你。
We are_waiting (wait) for you.
(2)格林先生在写另一部小说。
Mr. Green is_writing (write) another novel.
(3)他总是先想着别人。
He is always_thinking (think) of others first.
二、现在进行时表示将来的用法
1．动词come, go, arrive, leave, start, begin, return等的现在进行时可以表示将来的动作，常有“意图”“安排”或“打算”的含义。这种用法比较生动，给人一种期待感。它常表示最近或较近的将来会发生的动作。
They are coming here this afternoon.
他们今天下午来这儿。
When are you leaving?
你们什么时候动身？
2．除上述动词外，还有一些动词也可用现在进行时表示将来。
I'm meeting you after class.
下课后我要见你。
3．偶尔也表示较远的将来。
When I grow up, I'm joining the army.
我长大了要参军。
4．现在进行时也可用在时间、条件或原因状语从句中表示将来。
If they are not going, I won't go, either.
如果他们不去，我也不去。
[即学即练2]　完成句子
(1)我明天要动身去北京。
I am_leaving_for Beijing tomorrow.
(2)他什么时候到车站？
When is_he_getting_to/arriving_at the station?
(3)下星期天你打算干什么？
What are_you_doing next Sunday?
(4)我妈妈不久将给我买辆自行车。
My mother is_buying me a bike soon.
三、其他几种表示将来的结构
1．will/shall do表示单纯将来，可用于说话时才想到或决定的事。
Tomorrow will be Sunday.
明天就是星期天了。
2．be going to do用来表示近期或事先考虑要发生的事情以及有迹象表明将要发生的事。
The storm seems to be coming quickly.
看起来暴风雨很快就要来了。
3．be to do表示预定、按计划或安排将要发生的动作。
They are to get married next month.
他们下个月就要结婚了。
4．be about to do意为“刚要，正要”，表示非常近的将来。
be about to do不能和表示将来时间的副词连用。
She was about to leave when some guests came.
她刚要离开，这时来了一些客人。
5．一般现在时也可以表示将来。通常用于状语从句中或按规定(时刻表、计划表、日程表等)将要发生的动作。
The next plane leaves at 6：00 p．m.
下一趟航班晚上6点起飞。
[名师点津]
其中有一些动词一般不用于进行时。
(1)表示人的心理状态、情感的动词want, mind, wish, recognize, know, understand, hate, fear等。
(2)表存在或位置的词：remain, stand等。
(3)表示知觉的动词：see, hear, notice, smell等。
(4)表示所属的词或短语：have, possess, own, consist of，belong to等。
(5)表示暂时性的动词：accept, allow, decide, promise等。
[即学即练3]　用所给词的适当形式填空
(1)She will_come (come) back next week.
(2)The wedding is to_take (take) place next Sunday.
(3)He as well as his parents is_going (go) to attend a party to be held this weekend.


Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．The telephone is_ringing (ring). Would you answer it, please?
2．He is always doing (do)things for others, so everyone has high praise for him.
3．He is_writing (write) a book about his experiences in Africa these days.
4．How many of you are_coming (come)to the party tonight?
5．I am_taking (take) my daughter to Central Park this Saturday.
6．The match is_starting/starts (start) at 3：30 p．m.
7．We are_moving (move) to a different hotel the day after tomorrow.
8．—I'm going to Singapore next week.
—How long are you staying (stay) there?
9．The train is_arriving (arrive) in three hours.
10．It's half past one now. They are_waiting (wait) for a taxi outside the school gate.
Ⅱ.语法与写作
1．他两小时后将赴伦敦和经理会面。(leave)
He is_leaving_for London in two hours to meet with his manager.
2．下课后我们打算在操场踢足球。(play)
After class, we are_playing/going_to_play football on the playground.
3．下周五我们将乘飞机去上海出席一个重要的会议。(play)
We are_flying to Shanghai next Friday to attend an important meeting.
4．他明天上午到。(arrive)
He is_arriving tomorrow morning.
5．因为有重要的事情要处理，客人今晚坐火车走。(leave)
The guest is_leaving by train tonight because he has an important thing to deal with.
6．今晚我不出去，我待在家里。(stay)
I'm not going out tonight. I am_staying at home.
7．天气预报说明天天气暖和。(be)
The weather forecast says that it_is_going_to_be_warm tomorrow.
8．门卫正要去睡觉，这时有人敲门。(about)
The gate guide was_about_to go to bed when someone knocked at the door.
9．据预测，第二年的增长率只有1%。(forecast)
Next year's growth rate is_forecast at just 1%.
10．不管他多忙，他总是乐意帮助别人。
No matter how busy_he_is,_he is ready to help others.


Section Ⅳ　Listening and Talking & Reading for Writing

Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．soldier/'səʊldʒə(r)/n.士兵；军人
2．credit/'kredIt/n.借款；信用；称赞；学分
3．detail /'diːteIl/n.细节；详情；细微之处
4．request/rI'kwest/n.(正式或礼貌的)要求；请求　vt.(正式或礼貌地)要求；请求
5．view/vjuː/n.视野；景色；看法
6．sight/saIt/n.景象；视野；视力
7．statue/'stætʃuː/n.雕塑；雕像
8._comment/'kɒment/n.议论；评论　vi.&vt.发表意见；评论

Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．economy/I'kɒnəmi/n.经济；节约→economic adj.经济(上)的；经济学的
2．Spain/speIn/西班牙→Spanish n．西班牙语；西班牙人　adj.西班牙的
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．make_up　　　　　　　　构成；形成
2．check in (在旅馆、机场等)登记
3．check_out 结账离开(旅馆等)
4．can't wait to do sth. 迫不及待做某事
5．in modern times 在现代
6．look_forward to 盼望
7._right away 立刻，马上
8．hear from 收到某人的来信
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．It is amazing that...“令人吃惊的是”，it作形式主语，that从句为真正的主语。
It's_amazing_that there are more than 8,000 statues, and no one in modern times knew about them until the 1970s.
令人惊奇的是，这里有8 000多座雕像，直到20世纪70年代，才有人知道它们。
2．动词­ing作结果状语
Each statue has a different face, leading_researchers_to_believe that each one is a copy of a real soldier.
每尊雕像都有不同的脸，这让研究人员相信每尊雕像都是真实士兵的复制品。


►第一步|速读——了解教材课文(P30)主题和段落大意
1．匹配每部分的大意
Match the main idea of each paragraph.
Paragraph 1：　　　　A．How to travel to Xi'an.
Paragraph 2: B．Other plan's to the trip to Xi'an.
Paragraph 3: C．Final thoughts.
Paragraph 4: D．Main purpose for the trip to Xi'an.
答案：Paragraph 1～4　DBAC
2．What's the main idea of the passage?
A．A travel plan to Xi'an.
B．The transport to Xi'an.
C．The beautiful sight of Xi'an.
D．How to make a good plan to travel to Xi'an.
答案：A
►第二步|细读——把握教材课文(P30)关键信息
1．In Richard's opinion, what is most unbelievable?
A．Shanxi History Museum B．Xi'an City Wall
C．The Terracotta Army D．DaYanTa
答案：C
2．When did people know about the Terracotta Army in modern times?
A．In the 1970s. B．In the third century BC.
C．In the 1980s. D．In Qin Dynasty.
答案：A
3．What's the main purpose of the statues in the tomb?
A．To protect the tomb of the Chinese Emperor Qinshihuang.
B．To keep the Chinese Emperor Qinshihuang company (陪伴)．
C．To clean the Chinese Emperor Qinshihuang.
D．To serve the Chinese Emperor Qinshihuang.
答案：A


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．make up构成；形成
(经典佳句)Ten soldiers and an officer make up a peace team to be sent to Africa.
十名战士和一名军官组成一个维和小组被派往非洲。
(1)make up for sth. 弥补
(2)be made up of 由……构成
①A music band is made up of six musicians.
一个乐队由六个音乐家组成。
②She made up her mind to work twice as hard as before to make up for the lost time.
她下定决心加倍努力工作，把失去的时间补回来。
[即学即练]　一句多译
由5位医生和7名护士组成的救援队已被派往灾区。
(1)The rescue team which is_made_up_of five doctors and seven nurses has been sent to disaster areas.(定语从句)
(2)The rescue team made_up_of five doctors and seven nurses has been sent to disaster areas.(过去分词短语作定语)
名师指津：make up与be made up of搞清楚主动被动关系是解题的关键哟！
2.check in(在旅馆、机场等)登记
(经典佳句)You have to check in at the airport an hour before your plane leave.
你必须在飞机起飞一小时前在机场办理登机手续。
(1)check out 结账离开(旅馆等)
(2)pay by check 用支票支付
①You should show your passport for check­in.
您需要出示您的护照才能办理入住。
②How do you want to pay, by check or in cash?
你打算如何付款，用支票还是付现金？
[即学即练]　单句写作
There is your room key and you should_check_out before 12：00.
这是您的房间钥匙，您应该在12点以前退房。
名师指津：
by check用支票支付
in cash用现金支付

3.request n．(正式或礼貌的)要求；请求　vt.(正式或礼貌地)要求；请求
(佳句背诵)Faced with such a difficult situation, he had to make a request for help.
面对如此困境，他只好请求帮助。
(1)at sb.'s request＝at the request of sb. 应某人的请求
make a request for sth./that... 请求……；要求……
(2)request sb. to do sth. 要求某人做某事
request that sb.(should) do... 要求……
①The boy requested a cellphone from his parents.男孩向父母要一部手机。
②The tourist came up to me, and made a request for help.
这位游客向我走过来，请求帮助。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/一句多译
(1)Visitors are requested not to_smoke (smoke) here.
(2)He will take an active in the activity at the request of us.
(3)班主任要求我们复习功课。
①Our headteacher requested us to_go over our lessons.
②Our headteacher requested that we (should)_go over our lessons.
名师指津：宾语从句须用虚拟语气，其谓语形式为“should＋动词原形”，should可以省略。这类动词有：insist; order; suggest; recommend; request等。
4.view n．视野；景色；看法
(经典佳句)To climb the mountains was hard work but as we looked around us, we were surprised by the view.
上山很艰难，但是当我们环顾四周时，(眼前的)景色让我们感到惊讶。
(1)in one's view/opinion 在某人看来
come into view 进入视野，被看见
(2)in view of 鉴于，考虑到
(1)Stand on the top of the building, and you will get a good view of the city.
站在这座楼的楼顶，你会看清这个城市的景色。
(2)We can view the problems in many ways.
我们可以从多方面来考虑这些问题。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/句式升级
(1)As far as I know, they have different views (view) on the problem.
(2)In my view, it was a waste of time.
(3)People came from all over the world to_view (view) her paintings.
(4)We stand on the top of Mount Tai. We are able to see the beautiful scenery of the whole city.
→Standing on the top of Mount Tai, we are able to have_a_good_view_of the beautiful scenery of the whole city.(升级加黑词汇)
联想发散：就某人看来表达如下：
in one's view
in one's opinion
as far as sb. is concerned

5.sight n．景象；视野；视力
(经典佳句)We're going to Paris for the weekend to see the sights.
我们打算去巴黎过周末，参观那里的名胜。
catch sight of 看见；瞥见
lose sight of 看不见
at first sight 乍一看；初看时
at the sight of 一看见
out of sight 看不见
①In a word, it is a good thing to study abroad, but one must not lose sight of the disadvantages.
总之，出国留学是一件好事，但我们不能忽视它的缺点。
②Jack fell in love with Susan at first sight, but Susan didn't like him.
杰克对苏珊一见钟情，但苏珊不喜欢他。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)不要让我再看到你做那种愚蠢的事情！
Don't let me catch_sight_of you doing such kind of foolish things again!
(2)我们一直招手，直到看不见汽车为止。
We waved until the car was_out_of_sight.
名师指津：sight作为“名胜，景点时”常用复数形式：
Overseas visitors pay a visit to the famous sights of Beijing every year.
外国游客每年都来参观北京的著名景点。
6.comment n．[C，U]评论；议论　vi.&vt.表达意见；作出评论
(经典佳句)It is impolite to make comments on a person's appearance.
评论一个人的外表是不礼貌的。
(1)No comment! 无可奉告！
make comments/a comment about/on... 对……加以评论
(2)comment on... 对……发表评论
①—Do you have any comment about the cause of the emergency?
——您对这起突发事件发生的原因有何评论？
—No comment!
——无可奉告！
②She made helpful comments on my work.
她对我的工作提出了有益的意见。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)He is an outspoken man and prefers to make comments on the things around him.
(2)The reporter commented (comment) that this film was very moving.

发散思维：
make＋n.(复数)＋prep.短语荟萃：
make comments about/on...
对……加以评论
make preparations for
对……做好准备
make arrangements for
对……做好安排


,►第二板块|重点句型解构
句型公式：It is amazing that...“令人吃惊的是”，it作形式主语，that从句为真正的主语。
(教材P30)It's amazing that there are more than 8,000 statues, and no one in modern times knew about them until the 1970s.
令人惊奇的是，这里有8 000多座雕像，直到20世纪70年代，才有人知道它们。
“It be＋adj.＋that从句”是固定句式，其中it是形式主语，真正的主语是that引导的从句。it作形式主语的常用句式：
(1)It be＋形容词(obvious， possible， strange， natural， important， amazing...)＋that从句
(2)It be＋名词短语(a pity， a fact， an honour， no wonder...)＋that从句
①It is important that everyone should learn to get along well with others in the new environment.
在新的环境中学会和他人相处对每个人都很重要。
②It is obvious that you have made a mistake.
很明显你犯了一个错误。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)真奇怪，我的小儿子已经习惯了新的生活环境。
It_is_surprising_that my little son should have got used to the new environment.
(2)你错过了这么好的机会，真可惜。
It_is_a_pity_that you missed such a good chance.
名师指津：不一样的表达：
It is known to us that China is a developing country.
＝What is known to us is that China is a developing country.
＝As is known to us, China is a developing country.


Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．Some people say that marriage is the tomb (坟墓) of love.
2．A brave solider (士兵) succeeded in saving the little boy in the big fire.
3．I'm going to make a speech on the economy (经济) next week.
4．We finally climbed onto the top of the mountain, from where we could have a good_view (景色) of the city.
5．Explore your life and unearth (发掘) all of the things that bring you joy.
6．I made a request (要求) that all the students should take an active part in the activity.
7．As far as I know, she doesn't care about_details (细节)．
8．Next time you go to Guangzhou, you can see this_statue (雕像) at first.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．It is requested that he (should)_hand (hand) in his homework tomorrow morning.
2．Miss Li went through my composition and made some useful comments (comment) about it.
3．It was my math teacher who/that I met on the way home.
4．More than 8,000 statues were_made (make) in the third century BC to guard the tomb of the Chinese Emperor Qinshihuang.
5．Please do remember it is much colder (cold) in the Snow Mountain.
6．I love nature, so I really want to see some beautiful sights (sight) in China during the following summer holiday.
7．My main goal is_to_experience (experience) some Chinese culture and history.
8．Machu Picchu, an ancient city of Peru in South America, is very popular with tourists all over the world.
9．I hope I can come back someday to see all of these amazing (amaze) places.
Ⅲ.选词填空
have a picnic； can't wait to； take control of； make up； hear from； apply for
1．It's going to be sunny in the morning and not very windy, so I will have_a_picnic with my friends.
2．Since he has been out of work for a long time, he can't_wait_to get a new job.
3．I'm looking forward to hearing_from you as soon as possible.
4．I'm fit for the job, so I'm writing to apply_for it.
5．American Indians make_up about five percent of the US population.
6．The moment the policemen arrived, they took_control_of the situation.
Ⅳ.单句语法填空
1．Tong Hua is my favourite writer. I can't wait _to_read (read) her latest novel.
2．It is wrong of you to make up an excuse for your being late again.
3．Let's learn how to make comments (comment) on a film.
4．He explained his job experience and educational background in detail.
5．If I have free time, I will go hiking ( hike) with my friends.
6．The manager is such a warm­hearted man that my little sister admires (admire) him very much.
7．We have made all the arrangements (arrange) for the conference that will be held next week.
8．One was that I was amazed (amaze) at the fact that a sick person could feel much better after seeing a doctor.
9．She was so excited that she stayed awake all night.
10．This is our only request that this problem (should)_be_settled (settle) as soon as possible.
Ⅴ.单句写作
1．经过这次漫长而又疲惫的旅行，玛丽迫不及待地想回到家里。
Mary can't_wait_to_get_home after such a long and tiring journey.
2．依我看来，参加晚宴你应该注意餐桌礼仪。
In_my_view/opinion,_it is table manners that you should pay attention to when attending the dinner party.
3．这个小男孩去年辍学了，真令人吃惊。
It_was_amazing_that the little boy dropped out of school last year.
4．汤姆和他弟弟盼望着成为一名医生。
Tom and his brother are_looking_forward_to becoming a doctor.




课时作业 9

阅读理解
A
Dear Mary，
How are you? I saw you posted some wonderful photos of the coastline near your hometown. You're really getting into your photography! Right now I'm taking a break from social media (媒体) to write you an email.
Remember you said you'd like to come over to the UK sometime this year? Well, I was thinking that this year you might like to come to the Edinburgh Festival with me in August. I've got an aunt with a flat in the city centre who could put us up.
Do you know much about the festival? It's very famous — the biggest, most popular arts festival in the world! There are lots of things going on — art exhibitions (展览), concerts of all kinds, modern dance, a book festival, etc. The thing it's most famous for is the newest and most exciting theatre. People come from all over the world and perform (表演) in their own language.
In Scotland you have the best of both worlds: culture and wild land. After the festival, we could hire (租) a car and go up to some of the islands off the west coast, like Skye. The weather can be changeable in August, but the landscape (风景) is beautiful, with empty beaches and rocky mountains. It's the perfect place for you to take photos. Afterwards, we could head back to the east coast and visit my friend Rob in St. Andrews. It's really pretty and Rob's enjoyable to be with. You'd get on well with him.
So, why don't you have a think about it and then get back to me? Take your time, there's no rush.
Speak to you soon，
Sophie　　 　　　
【语篇解读】　本文是应用文。文章为一封邮件，主题为邀请朋友到苏格兰度假。
1．What is the best known activity at the Edinburgh Festival?
A．Modern dance.
B．Art exhibitions.
C．Performances of plays.
D．Different kinds of concerts.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由正文第三段中的“The thing it's most famous for is... perform in their own language”可知，爱丁堡艺术节最出名的活动是最新且最激动人心的戏剧表演。
2．What does Sophie suggest doing straight after the festival?
A．Seeing her friend Rob in St. Andrews.
B．Driving along the east coast of Scotland.
C．Taking photos while climbing mountains.
D．Visiting islands along the west coast of Scotland.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由正文第四段中的“After the festival... the west coast, like Skye”可知，Sophie建议参加完爱丁堡艺术节之后，驱车前往苏格兰西部海岸沿岸的一些岛屿游玩。
3．Why did Sophie send this email to Mary?
A．To invite her to visit Scotland.
B．To talk about her holiday plan.
C．To take a break from social media.
D．To introduce the Edinburgh Festival.
答案与解析：A　主旨大意题。在邮件中，Sophie首先夸赞了Mary的摄影技术，接着邀请她八月和自己一起参加爱丁堡艺术节，并做了之后的出行安排：先到苏格兰西部海岸岛屿观光，然后到东部海岸看朋友；且由“In Scotland... wild land”可知，爱丁堡艺术节的举办地点正是苏格兰；因此，Sophie写这封邮件的目的是邀请Mary到苏格兰旅行，参加爱丁堡艺术节，并欣赏苏格兰的美丽风景。
B
If you're planning on travelling, there are a few simple rules about how to make life easier both before and after your journey.
First of all, always check and double­check departure (起程) time. It is amazing how few people really do this carefully. Once I arrived at the airport a few minutes after ten. My secretary had got the ticket for me and I thought she had said that the plane left at 10：50. When I arrived at the airport, the clerk at the departure desk told me that my flight was closed. Therefore, I had to wait three hours for the next one and missed an important meeting.
The second rule is to remember that even in this age of credit cards, it is still important to have at least a little of the local currency (货币) with you when you arrive in a country. This can be necessary if you are flying to a place few tourists normally visit. Once I arrived at a place at midnight and the bank at the airport was closed. The only way to get to my hotel was by taxi and because I had no dollars, I offered to pay in pounds instead. “Listen! I only take real money！” the driver said angrily. Luckily I was able to borrow a few dollars from a clerk at the hotel, but it was embarrassing.
The third and last rule is to find out as much as you can about the weather at your destination before you leave. I feel sorry for some of my workmates who travel in heavy suits and raincoats in May, when it is still fairly cool in London or Manchester, to places like Athens, Rome or Madrid, where it is already beginning to get quite warm during the day.
【语篇解读】　作者就外出旅行给读者提了三点建议。第一点是再三确认出发时间；第二点是随身带一些当地的货币；第三点是充分了解当地的天气情况。
4．Where is the writer most probably from?
A．Italy. B．The USA.
C．Britain. D．Greece.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第三段“... because I had no dollars, I offered to pay in pounds instead.”可知，作者没有带美元，想用英镑付打车的费用，由此可知，作者可能来自英国，故选C项。
5．According to the passage, the driver was angry because ________.
A．the author gave him the false (假的) money
B．the author did not give him the local money
C．the author offered to pay by credit card
D．the author had no enough change
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第三段“Listen! I only take real money！”可知，司机的意思是他只收他们国家的钱，也就是美元，而且作者举这个例子是为了说明随身携带当地货币的重要性，故选B项。
6．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．The author tells people to choose warm places as their travel destinations.
B．You don't have to take credit cards when travelling.
C．You should know more about the weather of the place you'll visit.
D．It's unnecessary to check the departure time carefully.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第四段“The third and last rule is to find out as much as you can about the weather at your destination before you leave.”可知，出发前一定要尽可能多地了解目的地的天气情况，故选C项。
7．The writer mainly tells us ________.
A．how to make life easier
B．how to be well prepared for a trip
C．how to enjoy ourselves on a trip
D．how to plan our trip
答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。根据第一段“If you're planning on travelling, there are a few simple rules about how to make life easier both before and after your journey.”和后面几段的首句可知，作者认为去旅行前一定要做好充分的准备，作者给读者提了三条建议，故选B项。
C
When we are young we are taught that it's wrong to lie and we should always tell the truth. Unfortunately, most children lie even if they're told not to. Research carried out at the Institute of Child Study at Toronto University has shown that this might not be such a bad thing. Apparently (显然地), children who tell lies when they're two years old have a good chance of becoming successful adults (成年人)．
According to the research, at the age of two, 20 percent of children lie. At the age of three, 50 percent lie, and at four almost 90 percent lie. By the age of 12 almost every child tells lies.
Lying needs much brain work. and the better the lie is, the more work the brain has to do. By training the brain early, researchers believe children will be able to think more clearly when they are adults.
Recent research, carried out by the Science Museum in London, has shown some interesting facts about the way we lie as adults. According to the research, the average British man tells three lies every day, that's over 1,000 lies a year. However, the average woman apparently only lies twice a day.
Most people think women are better liars (说谎者) than men although in fact they tell fewer lies. Popular women's lies include ‘Nothing's wrong, I'm fine’， ‘I don't know where it is, I haven't touched it’， and ‘It wasn't that expensive’．
Some people say you can lie as long as it's a white lie. A white lie is a lie told to avoid hurting someone's feelings. One of the most common lies for both men and women is ‘It's_just_what_I've_always_wanted’， said after opening a present from their partner.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章主要是有关谎言的调查研究。


8．What will happen to young children who lie?
A．They will possibly do wrong later.
B．They're likely to succeed in the future.
C．They will keep lying when they grow up.
D．They may have a good chance of losing others' trust.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“children who tell lies when they're two years old have a good chance of becoming successful adults”可知，撒谎的小孩在以后很可能会取得成功。
9．What do the numbers in Para. 2 show about children?
A．Older children tell bigger lies than younger ones.
B．As they grow, they often lie about their age.
C．The older they are, the more likely they lie.
D．It's quite natural for them to tell lies.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。第二段的研究结果表明，随着孩子年龄的增长，其说谎的概率也在增长。
10．What did the research by the Science Museum find out?
A．Men lie more than women.
B．Women are better liars than men.
C．Women's lies are usually not serious.
D．Men sometimes have to lie to women.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第四段中的“According to the research, the average British man tells three lies every day”和“the average woman apparently only lies twice a day”可知，男性比女性说的谎多。
11．What's the true feeling behind the underlined part in the last paragraph?
A．You know me so well.
B．I don't like the present.
C．You are good at picking presents.
D．I haven't received a present I really like.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。画线部分是上一句“A white lie is a lie told to avoid hurting someone's feelings”的举例，由此可知，画线部分是一句善意的谎言，其实说话者并不喜欢这件礼物。

Section Ⅴ　Writing — 有关旅游的电子邮件

技法指导　　　
电子邮件是互联网时代人们进行书面交流的主要文体。它与一般信件一样，也包括信头、正文和结尾部分； 电子邮件写作要简单明了，便于阅读；电子邮件的人称及时态则需根据所写的具体内容来确定。
[增分佳句]
①It would be a good idea if you travel a lot in your spare time.
如果在你的业余时间能进行多次的旅游实在是太好了。
②How is everything going with you？/How are you getting on with everything?
你最近一切都好吗？
③I'd like to be your guide and sincerely invite you to come to my house.
我很乐意做你的向导，并诚心地邀请你来我家里做客。
④As a native here, I'd like to give you some recommendations of the scenic spots here.
作为当地人，我很乐意就这儿的景点向你提一些建议。
⑤I'd like to share my travel experience with you.
我很乐意与你分享我的旅游经历。
[电子邮件模板]
Dear ××，
How happy I am to ________________ (表明收到来信). I'm much pleased to inform you ________________ (简述个人的近况)．
Last week, we ________________ (描述具体事情). The landscape was ________________ (描写具体的景物)．I felt ________________ (描写感受)．
By the way, I'm going to ________________ (表明意愿与期望)．
Best wishes.
Yours sincerely，
×××

精品展示
[2019·襄阳高一检测]假设你是王涛，暑假期间你和父母一起外出旅游玩得很开心，你想将你的旅游经历用邮件形式与你的英国笔友Tom分享。
注意：词数100个左右，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

[审题谋篇]
第一步：明确要求
该写作属于应用文旅游话题的电子邮件，主要是分享旅游经历，故应该以第一人称为主；介绍旅游经历时用一般过去时；期望和祝福时应该用一般现在时。
第二步：确定段落
第一段：引入话题(暑假旅游)
第二段：旅游的过程及收获
第三段：希望与祝福
第三步：提炼要点
1．originally　　　　　　　　　　原本；起初
2．appreciate 欣赏
3．historical 历史的
4．travel_experience 旅游经历
5．a_collection_of 收集
6．cultural_treasures 文化财富
7．natural_scenery 自然景观
8．have_a_wonderful_time 过得愉快
9．go_on_a_trip 旅行
第四步：句式升级
1．我爸妈和我去了西藏首府拉萨旅行。拉萨也是这个地区政治、经济和文化中心。
(一般表达)My parents and I went on a trip to the capital city of Tibet, Lhasa.
Lhasa is also the political, economic and cultural center of the region.
(高级表达)My parents and I went on a trip to the capital city of Tibet, Lhasa, which_is_also_the_political,_economic_and_cultural_center_of_the_region.(定语从句)
2．我们都对那儿的自然景观感到震惊， 那儿的自然景观让我们感到平静祥和。
(一般表达)We were all surprised by the natural scenery there.
The natural scenery there made us feel peaceful and quiet.
(高级表达)We were all surprised by the natural scenery there, which_made_us_feel_peaceful_and_quiet.(定语从句)
3．我们首先参观了布达拉宫，它始建于七世纪。
(一般表达)We first visited the Potala Palace which was originally built in the 7th century.
(高级表达)We first visited the Potala Palace originally built_in_the_7th_century.(分词作定语)
[连句成篇]
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

参考范文：
Dear Tom，
I'd like to share my travel experience with you. During this summer holiday, my parents and I went on a trip to the capital city of Tibet, Lhasa, which is also the political, economic and cultural center of the region.
We first visited the Potala Palace originally built in the 7th century. And then, we appreciated a rich collection of cultural treasures in Tibet Museum where we learned some useful historical knowledge about Tibet. During those days, we were all surprised by the natural scenery there, which made us feel peaceful and quiet. I strongly suggest that you travel to Tibet with me next time and I'm sure you will have a wonderful time.
I'm looking forward to your reply.
Yours，
Wang Tao



单元检测卷(三)
选择题部分
第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


1．What will the speakers do?
A．Watch a play. B．Go to a concert.
C．Go to the cinema.
2．What does the man want?
A．Juice. B．Coffee.
C．Green tea.
3．What is the man?
A．A cleaner. B．A teacher.
C．A headmaster.
4．How does the man feel now?
A．Worried. B．Tired.
C．Angry.
5．How much did the man pay for the coat?
A．$44. B．$42.
C．$40.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6．What day is it today?
A．Friday. B．Saturday.
C．Sunday.
7．Who is the woman speaking to?
A．A friend. B．A performer.
C．A ticket seller.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8．Why will the man go to Germany?
A．To do sight­seeing.
B．To see his girlfriend.
C．To visit a friend's family.
9．How is calling a stranger's family name in Germany?
A．Normal. B．Impolite.
C．Friendly.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．What did the man dream of becoming as a teenager?
A．A writer.
B．A college teacher.
C．A successful businessman.
11．How many languages is the man learning now?
A．1. B．2.
C．3.
12．What does the woman think of learning new languages?
A．Unnecessary. B．Important.
C．Difficult.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．What did the man do yesterday?
A．He went boating.
B．He cleaned his room.
C．He watched a film.
14．What is spring like in the woman's city?
A．It's very cold.
B．It's often rainy.
C．It's quite warm.
15．What does the woman like doing in summer?
A．Going fishing. B．Taking a long holiday.
C．Going swimming.
16．What does the man think of living in his city?
A．Great. B．Stressful.
C．Dull.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．When was the boy's school opened?
A．In 2003. B．In 2005.
C．In 2007.
18．How many students are there in the boy's school?
A．About 1,005. B．About 2,000.
C．About 2,500.
19．Where are most students in the school from?
A．English­speaking countries.
B．French­speaking countries.
C．Spanish­speaking countries.
20．What does the boy think of the teachers in the school?
A．Nice. B．Strict.
C．Patient.
答案：
1～5　BCBAC　6～10　ACCBA　11～15　BCCBC
16～20　AAACA
听力材料
(Text 1)
M：Lily, let's go to the theatre today. I've heard there's a very good play on now.
W：Sorry, but I'm going to attend a concert. Do you want to go with me?
M：Why not?
(Text 2)
W：Would you like something to drink, sir?
M：Yes, please. I'm really thirsty. But let me look at the menu first. Hmm... There is coffee, green tea, Coca­Cola and juice. Hmm... I'd like some tea.
W：OK, sir. Just a minute.
(Text 3)
M：Is this your first year in college?
W：No. It's my second year. What about you?
M：I'm not a student. I teach here. But it's my first year to work here.
(Text 4)
W：Are you ready for the exam?
M：Not really. I'm afraid I won't pass it. What should I do?
W：Relax! I'm sure you'll do fine.
M：But Mr. Brown said it would be very difficult.
(Text 5)
W：Hi, Sam. You look great today! Your new coat is very nice.
M：Thanks! I love the color.
W：Me too. How much did it cost?
M：The ad said that the coat was on sale for 42 dollars, but actually it was $40.
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
(Text 6)
M：May I help you?
W：Yes. I want to buy some tickets for the play. It's on this Friday, Saturday and Sunday, right?
M：That's right. Do you want to watch it tonight, tomorrow or the day after tomorrow?
W：The day is not important, but my friends and I want to sit together. Do you have three such seats left?
M：Let me check... Yes, we do. We have three seats that are together the day after tomorrow.
W：Great! Then I'll take them.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
(Text 7)
W：Hey, Mark, I heard you're going to Gemany. Are you going there to do sight­seeing?
M：No. A friend of mine in Germany invited me to visit her and her family.
W：Is she your girlfriend?
M：No. Just a friend I met online.
W：Do you know what to do when you visit someone for the first time in that country?
M：Yes. As a matter of fact, I do. I looked it up on the Internet. The first thing I should do is arrive on time.
W：Yes. You can bring a gift. And please remember to avoid calling people's family name when you visit them for the first time.
M：Thanks. I won't forget.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W：What did you like doing when you were a teenager, Sam?
M：I loved reading and writing. As a matter of fact, I dreamed of making a living on writing one day.
W：Then why did you give up your dream?
M：Because I was very busy with my studies at college. And after leaving college, I was super busy at work.
W：But now you have the time and money to make your dream come true. You can write again.
M：Well, now I'm more interested in learning languages.
W：So what languages are you learning now?
M：I'm learning both French and Spanish.
W：Well, I think learning a new language is really hard. I prefer watching TV in my spare time.
M：I think that's a waste of time.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W：Hey, Charles. Did you go boating at the park as you had planned yesterday afternoon?
M：No. I heard on the radio that it was going to be windy, so I didn't go. I stayed home and watched a movie instead.
W：It seems that it is very windy this time of year.
M：That's true. Spring is like that in our city. So what is the weather usually like in your city in spring?
W：It rains a lot and it's cool.
M：How about the weather in summer?
W：In summer, it's usually very hot, so I like going swimming. What about summer here?
M：It's not hot at all. Summer here is a very comfortable season.
W：You must love living in this city, Charles.
M：Certainly. I fell in love with it right after I moved here at twelve years old.
W：Wow, you've lived here for eight years.
M：Yes.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
My name is Bob Brown. I'm fifteen years old. Now I'm a freshman in Information Technology High School. Today, I will introduce something about my school. My school is a public school in Queens, New York. The school building is located on 44th Road in Long Island City and was built on the former site of a factory. The school is part of the New York City Department of Education school system. Opened in 2003, Information Technology High School is a high school with about 1,005 students from grade 9 through 12.79% of the students are boys. Most of the students are from Spanish­speaking countries. One of my best friends Tim is from Argentina. He is one year older than me. Thanks to him, I quickly got used to the high school life. Besides, all of the teachers are nice and funny, especially my head teacher, Mr. William. I love my school very much!
第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)
第一节(共10小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
GO. STOP. GO. STOP. The travel ideas in my head were fighting. “Are you sure you want to head to Greece this November with Kathleen? The weather could be unpleasant，” my husband warned. “You must go! Sunsets are among the most beautiful in the world and the island is a paradise (天堂)！” my friend Laura raved about her trip in Santorini last year. With her encouraging words, I bought our tickets to Athens, Santorini and Crete.
A sunny Saturday afternoon welcomed us in Athens. During the first few days, Kathleen and I tried a lot of unknown­to­us foods. And then came Tuesday. The moment we landed in Santorini, a big storm broke out. Santorini, normally a beautiful and popular tourist destination (目的地), was freezing, rainy and empty. With rain beating our faces, Kathleen and I headed for our hotel.
“This isn't how I want to spend my vacation, Mom，” Kathleen said sadly. “Maybe Crete isn't experiencing the same storm. Can we fly out later today？” My daughter thought up a clever idea. But we couldn't leave. We'd just arrived. Payments for the hotel would be lost and the last­minute air tickets would be expensive. “Let's not decide right now，” I suggested.
During the next few days, we drove around though it rained hard. On the night at a restaurant named Poseidon, we waited and waited for dinner. “Your dinner will be out shortly. The cook is busy studying something beautiful，” a man who looked like a waiter said. When he saw our puzzled look, he explained, “He went out for a smoke, saw two beautiful ladies and began to chat...” We suddenly started laughing.
I realized some change had been happening since our arrival. “You know, Mom, you can't live a positive life with a negative (消极的) mind，” my daughter said. We let go of our worries and enjoyed our trip in the following days.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是生活。作者借自己与女儿的希腊之行告诉大家：在旅途中，保持积极的心态最为重要。
21．What does the underlined word “raved” in Paragraph 1 mean?
A．Reported something in detail.
B．Described something endlessly.
C．Talked about something excitedly.
D．Suggested something on purpose.
答案与解析：C　词义猜测题。根据画线单词前的“You must go! Sunsets are among the most beautiful in the world and the island is a paradise”可知，作者的朋友Laura极力建议作者去希腊旅行，她说希腊的落日是世界上最美的景色，那里的岛屿就是天堂。由此可以推知，Laura激动地谈及她的希腊之行。
22．What problem did the author and her daughter face in Santorini?
A．They were out of money.
B．They couldn't find their hotel.
C．They were not used to the local foods.
D．Their trip was influenced by bad weather.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第二段的“The moment we landed in Santorini, a big storm broke out和With rain beating our faces, Kathleen and I headed for our hotel”可知，作者和女儿到达Santorini时暴风雨突然降临，打乱了她们游览Santorini的计划。
23．What do the author and her daughter think is the most important during a trip?
A．A perfect plan. B．Good weather.
C．A positive attitude. D．A right destination.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第三段的“‘This isn't how I want to spend my vacation, Mom，’ Kathleen said sadly”可知，Santorini的暴风雨打乱了作者和女儿的旅行计划，破坏了她们的心情。根据第四段的“We suddenly started laughing”可知，在Poseidon饭店的经历让二人心情有所好转。再结合最后一段的内容可知，作者和女儿发现旅途中最重要的是保持积极的心态。
B
Ya Ting had taken me under her wing after hearing me speaking Chinese in a hotel in Lijiang. She had been hitchhiking (搭便车旅行) around China for months. She invited me to travel with her, which was how we ended up on the side of the road looking for a ride to the Tiger Leaping Gorge. Within 20 minutes, we had our first ride. The driver couldn't take us all the way and ended up dropping us at a freeway crossroads. As a new hitchhiker, I thought that would be the end of our luck, but almost immediately we got another ride.
Our most unforgettable ride was when a twenty­something kid picked us up. He couldn't take us the whole way so his uncle bought us lunch and a bus ticket for the rest of the journey. He felt it was his duty to help us find a way to complete our trip. It brought tears of joy and thankfulness to my eyes. This was the first time I understood how guests are respected (受尊重) in China.
A few weeks later, we said goodbye. I thought we had been so lucky because we had been a local (本地人) and a foreigner traveling together. But now Ya Ting was no longer around to do the talking, nor did I have someone to depend on if something went wrong. When I stood by a highway in Sichuan, I knew all about the difficulties before me. Now I was just a strange foreigner on her own who suddenly had to manage with poor Chinese.
After about 30 minutes, a couple picked me up and took me the whole eight hours to Chengdu. We ate lunch on the way, and they refused to allow me to pay for any of it, which I had come to learn was typical (持有的) of Chinese culture. This made me believe that people weren't being friendly because of Ya Ting.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章是一名外国女士描述她在中国搭便车旅行的经历。
24．What do the author and Ya Ting have in common?
A．They both are foreigners.
B．They both live in Lijiang.
C．They both are hitchhikers.
D．They both speak Chinese well.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由第一段中作者对Ya Ting的描述“She had been hitchhiking around China for months”和对她自己的描述“As a new hitchhiker”可知，她俩都是搭便车旅行者。
25．What can we learn about the author's trip to the Tiger Leaping Gorge?
A．It was rather tiring. B．It was very smooth.
C．It was full of danger. D．It was heart­breaking.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。由作者在前两段描述她们去虎跳峡搭便车的经历“Within 20 minutes, we had our first ride... almost immediately we got another ride... Our most unforgettable ride”可知，作者和Ya Ting很幸运地搭上不同的便车到达虎跳峡。由此可推断，她们的这趟旅行很顺利。
26．What was the main cause of the author's difficulties mentioned in Paragraph 3?
A．She lost her way.
B．She had little money left.
C．She was unable to find her friend.
D．She was a lone foreign traveler in China.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第三段中的“Now I was just a strange foreigner on her own who suddenly had to manage with poor Chinese”可知，与Ya Ting分手后，作者面临的困难是：她是一名独自在中国搭便车旅行的外国人。
27．What did the couple do when taking the author to Chengdu?
A．They dropped her halfway.
B．They lent her some money.
C．They offered her a free lunch.
D．They taught her about Chinese culture
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由最后一段中的“We ate lunch on the way, and they refused to allow me to pay for any of it”可知，这对中国夫妇免费请作者吃了顿午饭。
C

When you go on a trip to America, you will see the word Motel on signs and notice boards. It is made up of “motor” and “hotel” and it is really a hotel for people who arrive by car (however, you don't need a car to stay at one). You have to pay when you arrive for your room, which usually has a bath. Meals are not provided but there will certainly be a cafeteria (自助餐馆). Americans eat a lot of salads and sandwiches. Along the main roads there are a lot of motels. Each tries to offer more than the others. Some provide television in every bedroom; others have swimming pools and so on. Motels are especially useful when you are in the country, far from a town or city. You will also find them in big national parks.
In these great national parks, you may meet guests you don't expect to see. An American friend told me a short story. In the middle of a moonless night, she heard strange noises outside her motel window in the Yellow­stone National Park in Wyoming. Thinking it might be a thief, she jumped out of bed, opened the door and crept towards a dark shadow. As she got close, she saw the thief. She was dreadfully frightened: it wasn't a human thief — it was a big black bear. The bear was turning over some empty tins with its paws, looking for tasty bits of food. My friend decided to leave that particular thief alone!
There are also, of course, places called “rooming houses”， where they provide lodges (客房). You will see such signs as Tourists or Rooms Rent, and you could try one of these. A word of warning — looking for a room in New York during the tourist season is like looking for gold on the moon!
【语篇解读】　作者就去美国旅行过程中的住宿问题向大家作了介绍。
28．The underlined word “crept” in Paragraph 2 probably means “________”．
A．moved slowly B．rushed out
C．threw away D．ran fast
答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。根据当时的情境可知，在不明状况的情况下她应该是“慢慢地移动”。
29．Paragraph 2 mainly tells us ________.
A．an interesting story
B．bears usually look for food at night
C．the experience of the author's friend
D．we may meet animals in national parks
答案与解析：D　段落大意题。本段第一句是主题句，作者以自己朋友的经历为例来阐述这一主题，句中提到的不速之客就是指一些动物。
30．From the last paragraph, we can learn that in New York during the tourist season ________.
A．tourists can find gold there
B．it is difficult to find a room there
C．tourists can have a sweet dream there
D．there is a warning for tourists to New York
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据本段最后一句可知，在旅游季节，在纽约找房间就像在月亮上找黄金，即找房间很难。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
We all know it is not always so easy to be happy. We also know how stressed (有压力的) you are, with homework, exams, sports meets and extra outdoor activities, let alone trying to have a life outside school. __31__
Exercise
Physical activity produces all sorts of things which help us to relax and feel good. Exercise can also make us feel more confident (自信的), which certainly makes us happier. You don't have to be a future Olympian. __32__ If you hate PE, find something less competitive: go for a walk, dance around your room or hit a park.
Thankfulness
It's easy to take the good things in life without thinking about them or showing you're thankful. __33__ An easy way to do this is to make a list before bed of five things you're thankful for. They can be big things, like your family and friends, or little things, like a good hair day.
Laugh
__34__ But research has shown that a good laugh reduces (减少) stress and, even if you start by forcing yourself to laugh, improves how you feel.
Sleep
Get enough ZZZs. __35__ Not getting enough sleep makes you angry and sad, so leave your phone outside your room, turn off the lights and let yourself have a good sleep. Sweet dreams!
A．Teens especially need at least eight hours.
B．If you're feeling blue, know that you're not alone.
C．You can increase happiness if you exercise with a friend.
D．So here are our top tips on being happy and staying happy.
E．Everyone can get something good from moving a little bit.
F．But studies have shown that giving thanks can make you happier.
G．Some days, laughing is just about the last thing you feel like doing.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章主要介绍了几种使自己快乐的方法。
31．答案与解析：D　该空前提出快乐不易，再结合下文的四种方法可知，D项内容在此承上启下。
32．答案与解析：E　E项中的get something good和上文中的“help us to relax and feel good, make us feel more confident”相呼应；moving a little bit和下文中的“go for a walk, dance around your room or hit a park”相呼应。
33．答案与解析：F　根据该段小标题Thankfulness和下文中的“make a list before bed of five things you're thankful for”可知，经常表达谢意会使人更加快乐。该空后的this指代F项中的giving thanks。
34．答案与解析：G　根据该段谈论的中心词laugh和下一句中的转折连词But可知，G项内容符合此处语境。
35．答案与解析：A　根据该段小标题Sleep和下一句中的“Not getting enough sleep makes you angry and sad”可知，此处指年轻人需要至少8个小时的睡眠。
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
My name is Joey. Up until I was about 13 years old, I grew up in a really unstable (不稳定的) home. I__36__ just about every exam I took __37__ I was not interested in any class. And I often hung out with the __38__ crowd.
Everything changed when I met John, who changed my life in a whole new way. He gave me much __39__. For example, John once __40__ me that if I could get good grades and stay __41__ such as doing at least 60 hours of community service, he would take me to the “2Xtreme Dream” trip.
The “2Xtreme Dream” was a trip to the highest mountain in Europe, Mt. Elbrus. It also included community service to __42__ the orphans (孤儿) there. There were 10 people aged from 14 to 19 that __43__ the trip. We all had to work __44__ to get to the top of the mountain. The whole trip was based on our __45__， “life is a mountain.” Every step you take is a step toward __46__.
The trip totally __47__ my life. Making it to the top of Elbrus was something I had __48__ thought I could do from the beginning. Being at the top of the mountain was the best __49__ I had had and I'll never __50__ that moment. I now know that I can achieve anything I want if I __51__ to do it. I never thought that I would be able to have a trip __52__ my family and friends for 16 days, but I made it and made many new friends during it. I'm so grateful for what John has done to me. __53__ everybody that was a part of this — you guys have helped me become a __54__ person. I have more __55__ now and believe I will have a bright future.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇夹叙夹议文。Joey在一个不稳定的家庭长大，成绩不好，感受不到人生的意义。但是，一次旅行彻底改变了他的人生。
36．A.expected B．failed
C．missed D．loved
答案与解析：B　根据后文的“I was not interested in any class.”可推测，作者参加的每一门考试都不及格(failed)。
37．A.because B．if
C．although D．while
答案与解析：A　因为(because)作者对课程都不感兴趣，所以学习成绩才不好。
38．A.cheerful B．wrong
C．quiet D．popular
答案与解析：B　因为本段都是讲的作者过去的不好的方面，因此，和作者交往的都是一群坏(wrong)孩子。
39．A.respect B．permission
C．support D．peace
答案与解析：C　根据后文内容可推测，John给予作者很多支持(support)。
40．A.reminded B．warned
C．promised D．taught
答案与解析：C　John向作者承诺(promised)，如果作者能做到他提出的两件事，他会带作者去“2Xtreme Dream” trip。
41．A.active B．curious
C．cautious D．calm
答案与解析：A　由本空后的“such as doing at least 60 hours of community service”可推测，John让作者变得活跃(active)。
42．A.greet B．invite
C．attract D．help
答案与解析：D　根据本空前的“It also included community service”可推测，他们也会帮助(help)当地的孤儿。
43．A.worried about B．joined in
C．heard about D．talked about
答案与解析：B　共有10个人参加了(joined in)这次旅行。
44．A.together B．alone
C．repeatedly D．continuously
答案与解析：A　由文章最后一句话“everybody that was a part of this”可知，团队中的每一个人需要团结协作，一起(together)到达山顶。
45．A.situation B．purpose
C．idea D．experience
答案与解析：C　由下文“life is a mountain.”可知，这是团队共同的理念(idea)。
46．A.chance B．success
C．challenges D．mistakes
答案与解析：B　人生就像登山，你每迈出一步，就离成功(success)近了一步。
47．A.changed B．improved
C．showed D．damaged
答案与解析：A　由上文“Everything changed when I met John”和下文内容可知，这次旅行改变了(changed)作者的生活。
48．A.frequently B．ever
C．even D．never
答案与解析：D　由文章第一段作者的状况可推测，作者从来没有(never)想到自己能够成功到达山顶。
49．A.thought B．choice
C．feeling D．praise
答案与解析：C　站在山顶的感觉是作者有过的最美好的感觉(feeling)。
50．A.imagine B．describe
C．forget D．explain
答案与解析：C　作者永远不会忘记(forget)那个时刻。
51．A.pretend B．struggle
C．remember D．afford
答案与解析：B　根据本空前的“I now know that I can achieve anything I want if...”可推测，作者现在知道，如果他努力奋斗了，就能做成他想做的任何事。
52．A.for B．like
C．without D．against
答案与解析：C　作者从来没有想过自己能在没有(without)家人和朋友陪伴的情况下，进行一场长达16天的旅行。
53．A.Admire B．Thank
C．Welcome D．Introduce
答案与解析：B　由下文“you guys have helped me become...”可知，作者也要感谢(Thank)团队中的每一个人。
54．A.wiser B．gentle
C．better D．kind
答案与解析：C　“2Xtreme Dream” trip 改变了作者的人生，使作者成为一个更好的(better)人。
55．A.confidence B．trouble
C．freedom D．desire
答案与解析：A　根据本空后的“believe I will have a bright future.”可推测，作者对自己更有信心(confidence)了。
非选择题部分
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
Australia was always a country I wanted to visit so I saved up some money and 56.________(take) the plane for Australia at 57.________ end of the school term.
It was strange when I arrived. It was the start of winter! Happily for me the weather was still hot and sunny though. 58.________ also took me a while to get used to the time difference.
The country is 59.________(true) beautiful, full of wildlife you wouldn't find anywhere else in the world. I visited a koala sanctuary (考拉保护) in Brisbane — there were koalas everywhere 60.________(sleep) in the trees and I even got the chance 61.________(hold) one. I learnt lots of 62.________(fact) about koalas, too. For example, koalas can sleep for up to 22 hours a day. At the sanctuary there were also kangaroos (袋鼠) that we 63.________(allow) to feed. They were really cute and friendly.
Another exciting part of my trip was snorkelling (潜泳) in the Great Barrier Reef, as the water was very clear and blue. I was also lucky to see some 64.________(interest) sea animals.
I loved visiting everywhere from the beautiful mountains and waterfalls in the National Parks 65.________ the long white sandy beaches. It's a beautiful country and worth visiting one day if you ever get the chance.
56．答案与解析：took　考查一般过去时。设空处与saved up 并列作谓语，应用一般过去时，故填took。
57．答案与解析：the　考查定冠词。at the end of 意为“在……末”。
58．答案与解析：It　考查it的用法。设空处作形式主语，真正的主语是to get used to the time difference，故填It。
59．答案与解析：truly　考查副词。设空处作状语修饰beautiful，表示“真正；确实”，故填truly。
60．答案与解析：sleeping　考查动词­ing形式作定语的用法。设空处作后置定语修饰 koalas，因为koalas与sleep之间是逻辑上的主谓关系，且sleep 表示的动作当时正在发生，故填sleeping。
61．答案与解析：to hold　考查动词不定式作定语的用法。have/get the chance to do sth.意为“有机会做某事”。
62．答案与解析：facts　考查名词。设空处作宾语，表示“事实”，因为fact是可数名词，且其前有lots of，故填facts。
63．答案与解析：were allowed　考查一般过去时的被动语态。设空处所在句意为“在保护区里，还有袋鼠。我们可以(were allowed)给袋鼠喂食”，故应用被动语态，因为此处描述作者去澳大利亚的旅游经历，应用一般过去时，故填were allowed。
64．答案与解析：interesting　考查形容词作定语的用法。设空处作定语修饰sea animals，表示“有趣的”，故填形容词interesting。
65．答案与解析：to　考查介词。设空处所在句意为“我喜欢游览这儿的每个地方，从国家公园美丽的山和瀑布到白色的长沙滩”，故填介词to。from... to...意为“从……到……”。
第四部分　写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节　应用文写作(满分15分)
假定上周末你和家人组织了一次乡村旅游活动。请你写一篇英文游记，内容包括：
1．旅游目的地；
2．有意义的事；
3．你的感受。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

答案：
In order to get close to nature and relax ourselves, last weekend our family took a trip to Ping'an Village, which is home to oranges. When we arrived at the village, the golden oranges all over the hills came into view, adding beauty to the village.
Seeing the farmers busying themselves harvesting oranges, I, together with my 15­year­old brother, joined them to help them. Inexperienced as we were in picking oranges, we learned the skills quickly under the guidance of the farmers. In return for our help, the farmers offered to give us some oranges, but we refused.
As far as I am concerned, as a traveler, experiencing something new and helping others are the most meaningful things in a trip.
第二节　读后续写(满分25分)
阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。
Tom has an aunt who lives in a far­off village. He hadn't seen her for two years and he really missed her.
Tom spent a lot of time with his aunt when he was a_little_boy. At that time, his parents were too busy with their work, so they sent him to his aunt. It was his aunt who took care of him for a long time. He remembered that back then a girl sometimes played_with him. But he couldn't remember her very clearly. After all, it was so many years before.
Last week, Tom decided to visit his aunt. And he called her first.
“Hello, Auntie. This is Tom. How are you？” asked Tom over the phone.
“I'm fine, Tom. Thanks. I'm just a bit lonely，” said Tom's_aunt. Hearing that, he knew he had made a right decision.
“I'm coming this weekend. I want to spend_the_weekend with you，”he immediately said, thinking his aunt would be surely full of joy.
“Really? That's great! I miss you so much.”his aunt said excitedly.
Tom set off on Friday afternoon. He thought he would arrive by six in the evening, but there was an accident on the road and all the traffic was stopped for almost an hour. When he got off the bus, it was getting_dark.
It's a ten­minute walk from the bus station to his aunt's house. The village had experienced a_lot_of_changes. Tom looked around curiously. Just at that moment, another bus stopped and a girl got off the bus. The_girl passed by Tom and began to walk into the village. Thinking that his aunt was waiting for him, Tom began to walk into the village too.
He walked behind the girl. After about two minutes, it seemed that the girl noticed him. She looked back hurriedly, and then continued to walk. Moments later, the girl looked back again and then quickened her pace.
注意：
1．所续写短文的词数应为150左右；
2．应使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；
3．续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；
4．续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。
Paragraph 1：
It seemed that the girl was a bit scared.
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Paragraph 2：
Clearly, it frightened the girl even more. ______________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
答案：
Paragraph 1：
It seemed that the girl was a bit scared. After all, it was getting_dark and there was nobody else nearby. With Tom keeping walking behind her, the_girl was afraid that he was a bad guy. Tom realized that and wanted to explain the fact to the girl. So he decided to walk faster so that he could catch up with the girl.
Paragraph 2：
Clearly, it frightened the girl even more. She was so scared that she started running. She ran faster and faster and finally stopped in front of a house. She knocked on the door hard, trying to ask for help. Surprisingly, it was Tom's_aunt who opened the door. Seeing the scene, Tom's aunt immediately laughed and explained the truth to the girl. The girl was embarrassed and said sorry to Tom. Then they recognized each other. The girl was whom Tom played_with as a_little_boy. What a small world!

Section Ⅰ　Listening and speaking & Listening and Talking


Step One: Speaking
1．Look at the pictures and write the names of the following sports.




A．skating B．table_tennis_(ping­pong)
C．swimming D．diving
E．basketball F．running
2．Tell which is healthy and which is unhealthy.

Healthy activities：ABC
Unhealthy activities：DEF
Step Two: Listening
Ⅰ.Listen to Conversation 1
　What is Shen Qi's main purpose for talking to Amy?
A．To invite Amy to an e­sports.
B．To invite Amy to a soccer match.
C．To explain an e­sport event.
答案：A

听力材料：
CONVERSATION 1
S＝Shen Qi　A＝Amy
S：Hi, Amy! Did you hear that there's an e­sports event this weekend?
A：No, I didn't! What're e­sports?
S：Well, e­sports are sports you play with a computer, like computer games.
A：Those aren't real sports, are they?
S：Yes, they are. Many people play and watch e­sports. I've been waiting for this event for a long time. Would you like to come along?
A：Really? I'd love to! Where is it?
S：It's in the new stadium. Why don't you join us this Saturday afternoon?
A：Oh, sorry. I can't. I have to meet my badminton coach.
S：Oh, that's too bad.
Ⅱ.Adam is inviting Julie to a sports event. Listen to Conversation 2 and answer the questions.
1．When will the event happen?
The event will happen ________________.
2．What's a “Blue Paint” run?
A “Blue Paint” run is a fun run that ________________.
3．Why is it called a “Blue Paint” run?
Because people can buy water balloons filled with ________________ and ________________ the runners.
4．If 200 people take part in the run and 400 balloons are sold, how much money will they collect?
答案：1.on Saturday afternoon
2．helps the community
3．blue paint; throw them at
4．6,000 dollars
听力材料：：
CONVERSATION 2
A＝Adam　J＝Julie
A：Hey, Julie. What're you doing this weekend? There is a “Blue Paint” run on Saturday afternoon.
J：What's a “Blue Paint” run? Is it a marathon?
A：No, it's not a marathon. It's just a fun run that helps the community. You pay 20 dollars to run five kilometres. That sounds like fun, doesn't it?
J：Er... no, it sounds tiring! But why is it called a “Blue Paint” run?
A：That's the fun part. People can buy water balloons filled with blue paint and throw them at the runners. The balloons cost 5 dollars each and the money goes to help poor people. Would you like to go?
J：That sounds like a great idea! You can run, and I'll throw the paint!

Listening Tips
1．听主要大意
Try to catch the main ideas instead of trying to remember and translate each word you hear.
2．英语语调的规律
①降调通常可用在陈述事实的陈述句、特殊疑问句、感叹句中，也可用在表示命令的祈使句中，但是如果是表示请求的祈使句就用升调。
②升调常用于一般疑问句中，或用于没听清对方的话，请对方重复一下。
③降升调用于反义疑问句中表示询问。
④升降调用于选择疑问句中，还可用于列举事物时。
[即学即练]　
1．What will the woman do this afternoon?


A．Do some exercise. B．Go shopping.
C．Wash her clothes.
答案：B
2．Why does the woman call the man?
A．To cancel a flight. B．To make an apology.
C．To put off a meeting.
答案：C
3．How much more does David need for the car?
A．$5,000. B．$20,000.
C．$25,000.
答案：A
4．What is Jane doing?
A．Planning a tour. B．Calling her father.
C．Asking for leave.
答案：C
听力材料：
Text 1
M：Let's go for a nice walk into the country this afternoon.
W：I certainly could enjoy the exercise, but I've agreed to go with Alice to buy some clothes.
Text 2
W：Hello, Mr. Smith. I'm afraid Dr. Brown won't be able to see you today. He's still waiting for a flight out of New York. He said he would meet you tomorrow afternoon. Is it OK?
M：Sounds good. Thank you for calling.
Text 3
W：David, have you saved enough for the car?
M：I have $20,000 now, and the car costs $25,000. My parents said they would like to help, but I don't want to use their money.
Text 4
W：Dr. Block, I need to take a few days off because my father is coming over to visit. And I need to show him around the city.
M：OK, Jane. But be sure to come back to work next week.
Ⅲ.根据录音在空格处填入合适的内容
People need to relax and enjoy themselves. One way they can have a good time is to 1.watch_a_baseball_game or another sports event. Even thousands of years ago, groups of people gathered to watch skilled athletes.
Over 2,000 years ago in Greece, people stopped work and enjoyed themselves during important festivals. They liked to watch athletes 2.take_part_in races and other games of skill.
The most important festival was held 3.every_four_years at the town of Olympia. It was held in honour of the Greek god Zeus. For five days, athletes from 4.all_parts_of_the_Greek world took part in the Olympic Games. At the Olympic Games, people could watch them box, run, jump and so on. The Olympic Games were thought to be 5.so_important_that cities which were at war with one another had to 6.stop_fighting. People were allowed to travel to the games freely. Thousands of people came to Olympia from cities in Greece, Africa, Asia and Italy. They met as friends to cheer their favourite athletes and to 7.enjoy_themselves.
话题积累：
(1)gather vt. 聚集 (2)in honour of 纪念
(3)be at war 交战
Step Three: Discussing
As we all know, nothing is more important than health. Taking an active part in sports is a useful way for us to keep healthy. Discuss with your partner the importance of taking exercise.
For example：
(1)Sports are good for our health. They can make us strong, prevent us from getting too fat and keep us fit. Especially they can be of great value to people who work with their brains most of the day because sports can make them relax.
(2)At the same time, they make our life richer and more colourful. We can enjoy ourselves by watching or taking part in all kinds of sports or matches, such as swimming, skating, ball games and so on.
(3)Sports are also very useful in teenagers' character building. For boys and girls, what is learned on the playground often has a deep influence on their character.



课时作业 10

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A

I was recently asked what inspires me most. That was easy to answer: I_live_and_breathe_track_and_field. It is the only sport that has allowed me to spread my wings and truly fly. I have struggled a lot in my life after being diagnosed(诊断) with a learning disability at the age of three. I was also born four months too early, weighing less than four pounds. Even at 17, I'm still working to catch up. Mentally I'm on the level of a 12­year­old. I had to repeat the third and fifth grade, which caused me a lot of stress and embarrassment.
I was joked so much that I would often hide in the bathroom instead of going to class. My parents always gave me lots of love and support, but I still felt worthless most of the time. I'm also quite shy, so making and keeping friends has always been a challenge.
Then one day when I was 12, my life changed forever, My parents decided my younger brother and I should try track. From that moment on my life was different. I was a natural mid­distance runner. When I was on the track, the other kids just saw me and my speed. No one saw my learning disability. For the first time in my life I felt normal.
When I entered high school, I joined the track team and the coach quickly saw my talent. I was selected to run on the A team for cross­county and the A team for indoor and outdoor track. I'm on the school team for the 4×400­meter and 4×800­meter relays, and colleges are even interested in me!
My cross­county team won the 2011 County and Regional Championship. When I accepted my award, my mom cried because she was so proud of me, and for once, I was proud of myself.
Even though I'm a special­education student, I now know that my learning disability does not define(限定) me. I can hold my head up high because track has allowed me to spread my wings and truly fly!
【语篇解读】　作者是一个在学习上有障碍的学生，但是却在田径运动中找到了自己的价值。


1．The underlined sentence in Para. 1 may mean “________”．
A．I can easily breathe on the track
B．track and field is where I live
C．track and field is my life
D．I take track and field as a sport
答案与解析：C　句意理解题。根据第一段画线句子后面的“It is the only sport... wings and truly fly.”可知，作者认为田径运动让他展翅翱翔，所以他视田径为生命，因此选C。
2．What is the problem with the writer?
A．He didn't want to make friends.
B．He didn't get more love from his parents.
C．He weighed a little less than others.
D．He had a poor learning ability.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“diagnosed(诊断) with a learning disability at the age of three”可知，作者学习能力有问题，因此选D。
3．The first time the writer was on the track, he ________.
A．felt as normal as others
B．was proud of himself
C．was still a little shy
D．treated himself as a hero
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第三段的最后一句“For the first time in my life I felt normal.”可知选A。
4．The best title for the passage may be “________”．
A．Fly in the Sky B．Spread My Wings
C．Try Track Bravely D．Be an Honor Student
答案与解析：B　标题归纳题。作者在学习上有障碍，但是从事田径运动却如鱼得水，是一个天生的田径运动员。田径让作者找到了自己的价值，有了展翅飞翔的机会，故B符合主题。
B
The doctor made it sound easy. Just walk. It was easy for him to say. I couldn't walk to the end of the road to pick up my mail. I tried to stand up, but soon got breathless and just stopped. My mailbox seemed to be so far away. It was hard for me, though I am only 39 years old!
A month ago, my wife Stephanie and I were in Colorado Springs with our friends when I woke up at 12 o'clock at night and didn't feel very well. Stephanie and I drove to the hospital, and my 10­day vacation turned into a 10­day hospital stay. I got a scar (伤疤) on my body. It was really tough to walk around then and I needed practice.
Stephanie had to go to work so she encouraged me to try to take a few walks. Minutes later, she came back with a puppy. “Where did you get that？” I asked. “In our mailbox，” she replied. What a wonder! The puppy was dirty, with big pleading (恳求的) eyes. Stephanie was late for work. I was not very happy. I couldn't take care of myself. How could I look after this puppy? “He's going to the pound (动物收容所)，” I thought. However, wherever I went, the puppy would closely follow me. I tried walking. The puppy ran ahead, looked back and repeated it again and again. He seemed to say “come on”. I took a deep breath, and then tried stepping; the puppy was right at my side.I succeeded at last. I didn't take the puppy to the pound. Instead, we walked toward the mailbox.
We named him Cheyenne. Before long, I was walking with Cheyenne every day. Pretty soon, I was strong enough to work on the farm again. Now I wonder who put a puppy in a mailbox. Nobody is so crazy after all, Cheyenne was maybe what the doctor ordered.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是生活。作者在手术后身体非常虚弱，不能走路，内心苦恼，抱怨医生。后来他收养了一只小狗，在这只小狗的陪伴与感染下，他试着迈步，并很快恢复了健康。


5．What can we learn about the author in the first paragraph?
A．He didn't often take exercise.
B．He didn't think life was easy.
C．He gave up picking up his mail at last.
D．He thought the doctor was only joking.
答案与解析：C　推理判解题。根据第一段中的“just stopped”和“so far away”可知，作者最终放弃去取信。
6．What does the underlined word “tough” in the second paragraph mean?
A．Wrong. B．Difficult.
C．Wise. D．Silly.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。联系第一段可知，作者现在走路有困难，需要练习。
7．How did the author feel when he saw the puppy?
A．He felt it was a trouble.
B．He was filled with pity for it.
C．He was worried about its health.
D．He felt it was too small to help him.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第三段的“I couldn't take care of myself. How could I look after this puppy? ‘He's going to the pound，’ I thought.”可知，作者一开始见到这只小狗后，觉得自己都照顾不了自己，怎么能照顾这只小狗呢？他想把它送到动物收容所。由此可知，作者一开始见到这只小狗时，觉得这只小狗是个累赘。
8．What may be the best title for the text?
A．A Special Mail B．Never Give up Hope
C．Life isn't Always Easy D．An Unforgettable Vacation
答案与解析：A　主旨大意题。通读全文可知，作者在手术后身体非常虚弱，不能走着去取邮件，后来妻子在邮箱里发现了一只小狗。在这只小狗的陪伴与感染下，他试着迈步，走到了邮箱前。故事围绕“邮箱”展开，因为在作者看来小狗是一封特殊的“邮件”。
Ⅱ.完形填空
My husband and I have little money lately, We haven't __1__ out for a while, so we went to a __2__ last night.
When we saw the __3__ , we knew we could only afford to get a small pizza, so we would have enough money left for __4__. Before long our pizza that was cut to 4 pieces arrived. My husband wanted to act like a __5__， so he would like to put a piece of __6__ on my plate. Unluckily it dropped onto the __7__. I knew he would be __8__ about others' opinions on him. I told him, “Honey, don't let other people __9__ us. We still have three pieces left.”
The manager __10__ this and came over with a broom (扫帚). He __11__ the pizza and said he was __12__ that the oven (烤箱) had been turned off, or he would have __13__ another pizza for us. At the end of our meal he __14__ to our table again to thank us for being here. Then he __15__ us one coupon (优惠券) for a free small pizza. We were __16__ because he could have chosen a __17__ attitude (态度) when he saw the pizza we dropped during their closing time. Instead he chose to make sure we could left __18__. My husband was going to give him tips for our meal that we had prepared, __19__ the manager didn't take them. To some people it might not be important, but to us it meant a lot. Our rare treat of enjoying a night out was made more __20__.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是做人与做事。本文讲述了作者生活窘迫，在饭店吃饭时还弄出囧事，却没有受到饭店经理的歧视和不满，因此十分感动。
1．A.hung B．eaten
C．worked D．played
答案与解析：B　由下文可知，作者和丈夫因为生活拮据，所以很长时间没有出去吃饭了。
2．A.church B．supermarket
C．park D．restaurant
答案与解析：D　由下文可知，他们最后去了一家餐厅吃晚饭。
3．A.prices B．sizes
C．waiters D．names
答案与解析：A　由该空后的“afford”可知，此处指作者看到价格后，发现只能点小号披萨。
4．A.clothes B．drinks
C．tips D．desserts
答案与解析：C　根据最后一段“My husband was going to give him tips for our meal that we had prepared”可知，作者和丈夫想留下钱付小费。
5．A.gentleman B．policeman
C．doctor D．teacher
答案与解析：A　根据后面的“so he would like to put a piece of __6__ on my plate”可知，丈夫想表现得像一个绅士。
6．A.paper B．pizza
C．bread D．meat
答案与解析：B　由第二段第一句可知，他们点了一个披萨，所以丈夫想给作者盘子里放一块披萨。
7．A.seat B．table
C．floor D．bowl
答案与解析：C　由下文“with a broom”可知，丈夫不小心把披萨掉到了地上。
8．A.worried B．sure
C．mad D．hopeful
答案与解析：A　夫妻俩因没钱只能点小号披萨，现在又将披萨掉到地上，他担心别人对他的看法。
9．A.command B．influence
C．recognize D．ignore
答案与解析：B　由don't和still可知，作者安慰丈夫，让他不要在意，别让他人影响了自己。
10．A.doubted B．believed
C．noticed D．liked
答案与解析：C　由下文的“came over”可知，经理注意到了这一幕。
11．A.threw B．hid
C．picked D．cleaned
答案与解析：D　由上文的“with a broom”可知，丈夫将披萨掉在地上，所以经理过来清理。
12．A.disappointed B．sorry
C．afraid D．angry
答案与解析：B　由“... the oven had been turned off, or he would...”可知，经理感到抱歉。
13．A.brought B．sold
C．showed D．chosen
答案与解析：A　烤箱关了，否则经理会给他们再拿来一份披萨。
14．A.waved B．pointed
C．returned D．shouted
答案与解析：C　由“The manager __10__ this and came over”以及该空后的“again”可知，经理再次回到他们的桌旁。
15．A.passed B．paid
C．lent D．gave
答案与解析：D　由“for a free small pizza”可知，经理给了作者和丈夫一张优惠券可以免费吃小号披萨。
16．A.moved B．proud
C．relaxed D．serious
答案与解析：A　作者和丈夫觉得是他们添了麻烦，反而得到了餐厅经理的礼遇，所以他们很感动。
17．A.wrong B．bad
C．friendly D．careful
答案与解析：B　经理的态度非常好，即使是在他们弄脏了地板后，都没有态度不友好。
18．A.freely B．politely
C．readily D．happily
答案与解析：D　餐厅经理态度友好，让他们开心地离开餐厅。
19．A.because B．if
C．but D．so
答案与解析：C　该空前后内容之间存在转折关系。
20．A.interesting B．successful
C．surprising D．pleasant
答案与解析：D　由于经理的礼遇和善意，作者夫妇吃得很愉快，内心也高兴。

Section Ⅱ　Reading and Thinking




Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．stadium/'steɪdiəm/n.(pl.stadiums or stadia)体育场；运动场
2．event/ɪ'vent/n.比赛项目；大事；公开活动
3．track/træk/n.跑道；足迹；铁路轨道　vt.&vi.追踪；跟踪
4．sweat/swet/vt.使出汗；出汗弄湿　vi.出汗；流汗　n．汗水；出汗
5．legend/'ledʒənd/n.传奇故事(或人物)；传说
6．athlete/'æθliːt/n.运动员；运动健儿
7．host/həʊst/vt.主办；主持　n．主人；东道主；节目主持人
8．master/'mɑːstə(r)/n.高手；主人　vt.精通；掌握
9．honour/'ɒnə(r)/n.荣誉；尊敬；荣幸
10._medal/'medl/n.奖章；勋章
11．captain/'kæptɪn/n.(运动队)队长；船长；机长
12．graceful/ɡreɪsfl/adj.优美的；优雅的

Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．fitness/'fɪtnəs/n.健康；健壮；适合→fit adj. 健康的
2．champion/'tʃæmpiən/n.冠军；优胜者→championship　
n．锦标赛；冠军赛；冠军称号
3．determination/dɪˌtɜːmɪ'neɪʃn/n.决心；决定→determine vt.决定；确定；下定决心→determined adj.坚决的；有决心的
4．injure/'ɪndʒə(r)/vt. 使受伤；损害→injured　adj.受伤的；有伤的→injury n．伤害；损伤
5．strength/streθ/n.力量；体力→strengthen vt.加强；巩固→strong adj.强壮的；坚强的
6．failure/'feɪljə(r)/n.失败；失败的人(或事物) →fail vi.失败

Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．work_out 锻炼；计算出；解决
2．make it 获得成功；准时到达
3．set an example 树立榜样
4．fall_apart 破裂；破碎；崩溃
5．lose heart 丧失信心；泄气
6．give up 放弃；投降
7．at home and_abroad 国内外
8．take part in 参加
9．lose weight 减肥
10．be up to 由……决定
11．be known as 作为……而出名
12．the secret to 成功的秘诀
13．share... with... 与……分享

Ⅳ.重点句型
1．名词短语作同位语
Zhangjiakou, a_beautiful_city_in_northern_China,_will host the Youth Ski Race in December.
张家口，一个美丽的中国北方城市，将在12月举办青年滑雪比赛。
2．when引导时间状语从句
When_the_Chinese_team_was_preparing_for_the_2015_World_Cup,_her determination was tested.
当中国队准备2015年世界杯时，她的决心受到了考验。
3．The secret to sth. is that...成功的秘诀是……
Jordan says that the_secret_to_his_success_is learning from his failures. 乔丹说他成功的秘诀是从失败中学习。
4．since 引导时间状语从句，意为“自从……”
The Boys and Girls Club which he started in Chicago has_been_helping_young_people_since_1996.
他在芝加哥创办的男孩女孩俱乐部自1996年以来一直在帮助年轻人。



►第一步|速读——了解教材课文(P38)主题和段落大意
1．Please match the main idea of paragraphs.
Paragraph 1：　　 　A．Faced with big challenges, LangPing led her volleyball team to succeed.
Paragraph 2: B．Jordan's achievement in basketball and his belief.
答案：Paragraph 1：A　Paragraph 2：B
2．What does the text mainly tell us ?
A．No pains, no gains.
B．The determination of famous people.
C．Something about living legends of sports.
D．The secret to success.
答案：C
►第二步|细读——把握教材课文(P38)关键信息
1．How was Lang Ping's determination tested in the 2015 World Cup?
A．One of the best players had been injured.
B．The team captain had to leave because of heart problems.
C．The volleyball team she had built was falling apart.
D．Lang Ping lost her heart.
答案：C
2．It can be inferred from the passage that Lang Ping is a(n) ________ person.
A．stubborn　　　　　　　　　　B．determined
C．easy­going D．careful
答案：B
3．What does the first sentence in the paragraph introducing Michael Jordan mean?
A．Jordan's determination in basketball field.
B．Jordan's success in basketball field.
C．Jordan's handsome figure (身材)．
D．Jordan's quick movement in playing basketball.
答案：D
4．The following about Jordan is right except ________.
A．He accepts failures
B．He can accept not trying
C．He believes that the secret to success is learning from failures
D．He doesn't like to share his success with others
答案：D


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．fitness n．健康；健壮；适合
(经典佳句)It's important to put the fitness program into practice.
实施这项健身计划很重要。
(1)physical fitness 身体健康
fitness club 健身俱乐部
(2)fit adj. 健康的
keep fit 保持健康
①To be honest, fitness has a great effect on your study.
诚实地说，健康对于你的学习有很大的影响。
②It is known to all that you won't keep fit if you don't exercise.
众所周知，你如果不进行有规律的锻炼，身体就不会健康。
[即学即练]　单句写作
为了保持身体健康，你最好参加健身俱乐部。
In_order_to_keep_fit,_you'd better join_the_fitness_club.,

名师指津：形容词加后缀­ness变为名词荟萃：
fit→fitness n．健康；健壮；适合
kind →kindness n．仁慈，好意
sick →sickness n．疾病
careless→carelessness n．粗心
2.host vt.主办；主持　n．主人；东道主；节目主持人
(教材P37)Zhangjiakou, a beautiful city in northern China, will host the Youth Ski Race in December.
张家口，一个美丽的中国北方城市，将在12月举办青年滑雪比赛。
the host city 举办城市
host nation 东道国
①As is known to us, Tokyo will be the host city for the next Olympic Games.
众所周知，东京是下届奥林匹克运动会的主办城市。
②When choosing a city to host the Olympic Games, we need to consider many things.
选择一个城市举办奥运会时，我们需要考虑许多事情。
[即学即练]　语法填空
(1)We attended a dinner party hosted (host) by the president of the company.
(2)The next Olympic Games will_be_hosted (host) in Tokyo in 2020.
(3)I am lucky enough to be chosen as one of the hosts (host)．
发散思维：hostess n. 女主人
the host team主队
the visiting team 客队

3.work out 锻炼；计算出；解决； 制定
一词多义——写出下列句中work out的含义
(1)Come and work out at a gym! 锻炼
(2)I think we should work out a plan to deal with this problem. 制定
(3)It's so difficult that we can't work out the math problem. 计算出；解决
give out 分发；耗尽；用光
turn out 结果是，生产
[即学即练]　单句写作
此外，你越锻炼，身体越健康。
In addition, the more you_work_out,_the healthier you will become.
熟词生义：work out “产生结果；被证明有效”
I want to follow David's example but it never worked out for me.
我想仿效大卫的做法，但这对我没有效果。

4.make it获得成功；准时到达
(教材P37)Sweat your way to good health! You can make it!
流汗是健康之道！你能行！
(1)get it 明白
(2) as sb. puts it 像某人所说的那样
①I made it to the top of the mountain in the end.我最终爬到了山顶。
②The flight leaves in twenty minutes, so we will never make it.
飞机20分钟后就要起飞了，我们无论如何也赶不上了。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)As long as you have a dream, keep trying and you will_make_it.
只要你有梦想，不断努力就一定能成功。
(2)As_someone_puts_it,_where there is a will, there is a way.
像某人所说的那样， 有志者，事竟成。
名师指津：牢记it固定短语句式是解题的关键。
I hate it when people speak aloud in public.
我讨厌人们在公共场合大声说话。

5.master n．高手；主人　vt.精通；掌握
(教材P38)They must be athletes who are masters in their sport and also set a good example for others.
他们一定是运动健儿，精通自己的运动，并为他人树立好榜样。
a master's degree 硕士学位
a master at... 在……是大师
①If you study English hard, you will master the language.
你若努力学习英语，你会掌握这门语言的。
②It is clear that this painting is the work of a master.这幅画显然出自名家之手。
[即学即练]　单句写作
(1)我的确相信未来掌握在我们自己的手中。
We do believe that we are the_master_of the future.
(2)我感觉掌握一门外语很难。
I find it very hard to_master_a_foreign_language.

名师指津：a master's degree 硕士学位
a doctor's degree 博士学位

6.set an example 树立榜样
(经典佳句)Parents should set an example for their children.
父母们应该为其子女树立榜样。
set an example to sb. 给某人树立榜样
follow one's example 效仿某人
take... for example 以……为例
①As is known to us, Lei Feng sets a good example to us all.
众所周知，雷锋给我们树立了一个好榜样。
②Great changes have taken place in our city. Take traffic for example, many new roads have been built.
我们城市发生了很大的变化，拿交通为例， 修建了许多新道路。
[即学即练]　单句写作
Helen, who never loses heart in face of danger, has set_an_excellent_example_to_us.
面对困难海伦从不灰心丧气，她给我们树立了一个好榜样。
名师指津：牢记 for example“例如”无冠词哟！

7.honour n．荣誉；尊敬；荣幸
(教材P38)As a player, Lang Ping brought honour and glory to her country.
作为一名运动员，郎平为自己的国家赢得了荣誉。
in honour of 为了纪念
It's my great honour to do sth. 我非常荣幸做某事
feel honoured to do sth. 做某事感到荣幸
①It's not only a great responsibility but also a great honour to hold the Olympic Games.
举办奥运会不仅承担巨大的责任同时也享有极大的荣誉。
②Tom is the first student in our school to win such a special honour.
汤姆是我们学校第一个获此殊荣的学生。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)As your friend, I feel honoured (honour) to be invited to your birthday party.
(2)The stadium was named in honour of the club's first chairman.
(3)It_is_a_great_honour_to me to be invited to attend your birthday party.
被邀请参加你的生日聚会，对我来说是一种荣幸。
名师指津：“我很荣幸……”不一样的表达：
I feel greatly honoured to be welcomed into their society.
It is a great honour for me to be welcomed into their society.
8.determination n．决心；决定
(教材P38)When the Chinese team was preparing for the 2015 World Cup, her determination was tested.
当中国队备战2015年世界杯时，她的决心受到了考验。
(1)with determination 决心
(2)determine vt. 决定；确定；下决心
determine to do sth. 决定做某事
determine on/upon sth./doing... 决定……
(3)determined adj. 决心的
be determined to do sth. 决心做某事(表示状态)
①Only those who have enough courage and determination can overcome the difficulty they meet with.
只有那些有足够勇气和决心的人才能克服他们所遇到的困难。
②I have determined on going to the countryside after graduation.
我已决定毕业后到农村去。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)I am determined (determine) to make use of my spare time to do exercise.
(2)Paul was fond of Chinese culture, so he determined to_settle (settle) in China.
(3)Her encouragement determined me to_carry (carry) on with the work.
(4)Now that you have expressed your determination (determine), you should take action.
巧学助记：
Li Hua is a young man with great determination. He determined to go to Tibet after graduation. Determined never to come back before he could make a big fortune, he left home without saying a word.
李华是一个有决心的年轻人。他决定毕业后去西藏。他下定决心在发大财之前绝不再回来，一句话也没说就离开了家。
9.injure vt. 使受伤；损害
(教材P38)One of the best players had been injured, and the team captain had to leave because of heart problems.
最好的球员之一受伤了，队长因为心脏问题不得不离开。
(1)injure one's pride 伤了某人的自尊
(2)injured adj. 受伤的；受委屈的
the injured 伤员
(3)injury n. 伤，伤口；伤害
do an injury to sb. 伤害某人
①Believe it or not, what you said just now injured his pride.
信不信由你，你刚才说的话伤了他的自尊心。
②He injured his left leg when playing football.他踢足球时左腿受了伤。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)He was_injured (injure) when he was cycling along the valley.
(2)The injured were_sent (send) to hospital right away.
(3)In the past several years, you have had the pressure and pain, I do not want you to get any further injury (injure)．
名师指津：the＋adj. 表示一类人，谓语动词用复数
The disabled have the same right to receive education.
残疾人也有受教育的权利。

10.lose heart 丧失信心；泄气
(教材P38)Losing two important players was a big challenge, but Lang Ping did not lose heart.
失去两名重要球员是一个很大的挑战，但郎平没有失去信心。
(1)lose one's heart to 爱上……
(2)put one's heart into 专心于
(3)heart and soul 全心全意；完全地
①I'll never lose heart even if I should fail ten times.即使失败10次，我也不灰心。
②You can do anything well if you put your heart into it.
如果你全身心地投入，你什么都能做好。
[即学即练]　单句写作
面对困难你绝不能丧失信心。
You can never_lose_heart in face of difficulty.
名师指津：牢记lose heart没有冠词哟！


11.strength n．力量；体力； 强项；优势
(教材P38)Jordan's skills were impressive, but the mental strength that he showed made him unique.
乔丹的技术令人印象深刻，但他所展现的精神力量使他与众不同。
(1)build up one's strength 增强体质
(2)strengths and weaknesses 优点和缺点
(3)strengthen vt. & vi. 加强；增强
①As a teacher, you should know the strengths and weaknesses of your students.
作为一名老师，你应当了解你的学生的优点和缺点。
②Bill is doing a lot of physical exercise to build up his strength.
比尔为了强身健体而进行大量体育锻炼。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)We had better strengthen (strong) the relationship between them.
(2)为了强身健体，我们经常在体育场组织各种各样的活动，例如：打篮球，乒乓球等。
To_build_up_our_strength,_we often hold all kinds of activities, such as playing basketball and table tennis.
名师指津：牢记strengths and weaknesses“优点和缺点”名词都要用复数哟！
12.give up 放弃；投降
(经典例句)Whatever difficulties you have, you should not give up.
无论你有多少困难，都不应该放弃。
give in 屈服；投降
give back 归还；恢复
give up 放弃；认输
give off 放出，散发(光、热、烟、气味等)
①In my view, you should give up smoking.
依我看来，你应该戒烟。
②My brother is a determined boy and never gives in to difficulties.
我哥哥是一个意志坚强的男孩，从不向困难屈服。
[即学即练]　give短语填空
(1)The enemy had no choice but to give_in to us.
(2)These wild flowers give_off a nice smell.
(3)She has decided to give_up her job and start her own business.
名师指津：”戒烟”表达种种：
quit smoking
give up smoking
►第二板块|重点句型解构
1．句型公式：名词短语作同位语
(教材P37)Zhangjiakou, a beautiful city in northern China, will host the Youth Ski Race in December.
张家口，一个美丽的中国北方城市，将在12月举办青年滑雪比赛。
在英语表达中，常用名词短语作同位语对前面的名词进行解释，也是学生在写作中必备的技能之一。
①John, chairman of the Student's Union, will call on us to help those students in need.
约翰，学生会主席，号召我们帮助有需要的学生。
②Liu Da Cheng, a very famous singer, is a great success now.
刘大成，一位著名的歌手，现在是一位成功人士。
[即学即练]　句式升级
(普通表达)：Qingdao is a beautiful city. It lies in the east of Shandong Province.
(高级表达)：Qingdao, a_beautiful_city,_lies in the east of Shandong Province.(名词作同位语)

名师指津：牢记chairman, president, monitor 作同位语时无冠词！
2.句型公式：The secret to sth. is...的秘诀是……
(教材P38)Jordan says that the secret to his success is learning from his failures.
乔丹总是说他成功的秘诀是从失败中学习。
The key to sth. is... 关键是……
The truth is... 事实是……
①The secret to the success of him is dealing with disappointment and failure in a positive way.
他成功的秘诀在于用积极的态度对待失望和失败。
②The truth is that you have made a wrong decision.
事实是你做了一个错误的决定。
[即学即练]　单句写作
幸福的秘诀是对生活有积极的心态。
The_secret_to_happiness is having a positive attitude towards life.
名师指津：the key to...“关键是……”， to 为介词，后跟名词或v.­ing.




Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．As far as I'm concerned, students should place their study, fitness/health (健康) and safety before the other things.
2．To begin with, a new stadium (体育场) has been built, which has become the new landmark in our school.
3．Since the purpose of this event (比赛项目) is to help more people learn about the traditional Chinese culture, all the students are welcome to take part.
4．I am lucky enough to be chosen as one of the hosts (主持人)．
5．If you study English hard, you will master (掌握) the language.
6．As the old saying goes, failure (失败) is the mother of success.
7．Without hard training, SunYang could have never won six gold medals (奖章) at the 13th Chinese National Games.
8．I believe Chinese athletes (运动员) will do well in the international marathon.
9．His hard work and determination (决心) led to his success.
10．Tom got badly injured (受伤) in the car accident.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．Now that you have expressed your determination (determine), you should take action.
2．The ability to keep calm is one of his strengths (strength).
3．The enemy had no choice but to give in to us.
4．Losing games taught me to practice harder (hard) than ever before and never give up.
5．Lang Ping won several championships before she became a famous coach.
6．In the final seconds of a game, Jordan always seemed to find a way to_win (win)．
7．Mastering (master) English means we can see the world through a new window.
8．I have_shown (show) great interest in English since my childhood.
9．You should set aside some time to consider your successes and failures (fail)．
10．I think you can make it if you follow the advice below.
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．飞机20分钟后就要起飞了，我们无论如何也赶不上了。
The flight leaves in twenty minutes, so we will never make_it.
2．交朋友的关键是对别人诚实。
The_key_to_making_friends is to be honest with others.
3．被邀请参加你的生日聚会，对我来说是一种荣幸。
It_is_a_great_honour_to me to be invited to attend your birthday party.
4．这给我提供了一个机会来学习如何与朋友相处，如何与他们分享我的经验。
It offers me a chance to learn how to get along with my friends and how to_share_my_experience_with them.
5．由你决定我们去哪里旅游。
It's_up_to_you_to_decide where we will go travelling.
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
In the field of sports, there are some famous living 1.legends (legend), such as Lang Ping, Michael Jordan.
As a player, Lang Ping brought not only honour but also glory to her country. As 2.a coach, she led the China women's volleyball team to medals at world championship as well as the Olympic Games. As a person, she 3.is_loved (love) by fans at home and abroad. Before the 2015 World Cup, she faced a great challenge. That was 4.because one of the best players had 5.been_injured (injure) and the team captain had to leave because of heart problems. However, Lang Ping didn't lose heart and she led her volleyball team 6.to_win (win) the championship.
Known as “Air Jordan”， Jordan changed basketball with his graceful moves and jumps. Jordan's skills were 7.impressive (impress), but the mental strength made him unique. The secret 8.to his success is learning from his 9.failures (fail). In life, Jordan has learnt to share his success with others. The Boys and Girls Club started in Chicago 10.has_been_helping (help) young people since 1996.




课时作业 11

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Becca was 6 when she was told she had cancer on Sept. 8, 2014. She clearly remembers the bad days of her 26 months of non­stop treatment. Luckily, Becca celebrated her final treatment on Nov. 13, 2016, and she has been cancer­free ever since. But she was thinking about what her life was like while experiencing treatment.
I was never able to do much, and that's what the kids lying in their hospital beds right now experience, asking their mom and dad, “When are we leaving? When can I play with my friends？” So I decided I have to help them.
In February, 2017 Becca came up with the idea for Knots and Arrows, a company that makes bracelets (手镯) out of swimsuit materials (泳衣布料). Part of the money made from each bracelet goes to the organizations that help people with cancer.
Becca created the company with her father, Gerhard Salmins. Gerhard Salmins once had cancer and already recovered from it. “I would be in the hospital sitting there crying and then my dad would come in and he would play games with me，” she said. “It made me forget about what I was going through.” Becca said the name of the organization shows the motto (座右铭) she stuck to through her personal cancer journey.
Her organization has already given thousands of dollars to research organizations and families in need. Becca said she hopes her bracelets will make people remember that great things can result from small changes. “No matter what age you are, what you look like, how you act, you can make a difference！” she said.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是生命的意义与价值。文章讲述了小女孩Becca成功战胜了癌症病魔，之后又创办手镯公司帮助其他癌症患者的故事。
1．What happened to Becca at the end of 2016?
A．She recovered from cancer.
B．She created an organization.
C．She raised a lot of money.
D．She was helped by a company.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第一段可知，Becca与癌症搏斗了26个月后终于在2016年11月13日战胜病魔，所以她在2016年年底时已完全康复。
2．What do we know about Becca's father?
A．He showed Becca a famous motto.
B．He fought off cancer successfully.
C．He advised Becca to forget her pain.
D．He named the company Knots and Arrows.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第四段的“Gerhard Salmins once had cancer and already recovered from it”可知，Becca的父亲曾经患过癌症，现在已经痊愈。
3．Which of the following words can best describe Becca?
A．Brave. B．Creative.
C．Caring. D．Clever.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。Becca建立公司筹钱给研究机构和有需要的家庭，由此可知，Becca是一个关心他人的人。
4．In Becca's opinion, what's the meaning of her bracelets?
A．To tell us having a motto is important.
B．To prove cancer can be got over successfully.
C．To show there's always someone who needs help.
D．To make us realize everyone can make a difference.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据最后一段最后两句可知，Becca认为她的手镯的意义在于让我们认识到每个人都有影响力。
B
Kids and science seem to be made for each other!
The basic science is a combination of thought and experiment called the scientific method. It's where you start with an idea, create a way to prove or disprove your idea, and show what you learned based on facts. Learning to follow this process helps you think logically (逻辑地) and carefully. These important thinking skills can be used in many areas of study. To give a child practice with these thinking skills is like giving vitamins (维生素) to a developing mind.
One of the greatest things we can teach our children is to love learning. Learning science is a great way to do so. Children are easy to be interested in science. Because much of science is hands­on, it attracts most children. Nothing makes a child sit up and take notice like the “WOW！” of a great science showing.
Science opens doors to many subjects at school. Building love for science can be helpful in other areas of study. For example, one cannot love science for very long without becoming good at its language — math! So science encourages children to study math. An interest in science is an interest in how things were once understood compared to how they are understood now. Thus studying science lends itself easily to studying history. And after you do an experiment, you need to write a lab report. Therefore, writing becomes an important part of science.
Science is the basic thing for much of our life. The science of farming shows how our food is produced; biomedical science keeps us healthy; even our beds these days are designed according to scientific facts. We almost eat, sleep and breathe with the help of science! When we prepare the next generation (一代) of voters, creators, and policy makers, it is important to make sure they are not only comfortable but also good at science.
【语篇解读】　小孩子应该学习科学，因为学习科学对他们而言有很多好处。


5．According to Paragraph 2, what does learning the scientific method mean to kids?
A．Refusing any ideas that are not logical.
B．Helping them develop thinking skills.
C．Learning many areas of study.
D．Learning to do experiments.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段的“Learning to follow this process helps you think logically and carefully. These important thinking skills can be used in many areas of study...”可知，学习科学可以帮助孩子们培养好的思维方式。
6．Which of the following statements would the author agree with?
A．Science is too difficult for children.
B．Children usually consider science boring.
C．Science could make children love learning.
D．Children who can't think carefully shouldn't learn science.
答案与解析：C　作者观点题。根据第三段的“One of the greatest things we can teach our children is to love learning. Learning science is a great way to do so.”可知，作者认为学习科学可以让孩子们爱上学习。
7．If a child works hard at science at school, he/she ________.
A．usually loses interest in other activities
B．usually has no time for other subjects
C．is usually bad at such subjects like history
D．is likely to learn many other subjects well
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第四段的“So science encourages children to study math... Therefore, writing becomes an important part of science.”可知，学好科学的话，学好别的科目的可能性也会增大。
8．What is the text mainly about?
A．Why science is important.
B．Why kids should learn science.
C．What kids should learn at school.
D．How kids can make use of science.
答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文主要讲述了小孩为什么需要学习科学。
Ⅱ.七选五
Go fly a kite
Learning how to fly a kite is simple, and flying kites can be a fun form of exercise.
Of course, the first thing you need is a kite and a ball of string (线) __1__ Then wait for a windy day.
When the perfect day arrives, find an open space, such as a field. __2__
Before flying your kite, find out which way the wind is blowing. __3__ To begin flying your kite, stand with your back to the wind and hold the kite up so the wind can catch it. If the day is not very windy, you may need to get your kite started by running.
__4__ At the same time, walk backwards a few steps to keep the string tight (拉紧的). Now that your kite is up in the air, you can decide how long to fly it and how high you want it to go.
__5__ Slowly wind up (卷起) the string. Try not to pull your kite in too fast or it may crash (坠落)．
Flying a kite is a great way to spend a windy afternoon. If you follow these steps carefully, you will have something more fun to do than sitting inside and watching TV. So on the next windy day, get up off the sofa. Go fly a kite!
A．You can do this by throwing grass into the air.
B．Finally, you will need to bring your kite down.
C．You can buy your kite and string at a toy shop.
D．Follow the instructions to put your kite together.
E．Nothing beats seeing a kite sail high into the clouds.
F．Don't fly your kite near trees because it can get caught.
G．Once the wind catches your kite, let out more string so it can climb higher.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章简单介绍了放风筝的几个步骤。
1．答案与解析：C　本空承接上句“the first thing you need is a kite and a ball of string，”说明了获得风筝和线的一种途径。
2．答案与解析：F　F项说明选择放风筝场所时的注意事项，与本空前一句内容相关。
3．答案与解析：A　A项中的do this指本空前一句中的“find out which way the wind is blowing，”涉及判断风向的一种方法。
4．答案与解析：G　G项承上启下，其中前半句承接上段使风筝起飞的内容，后半句引起下文，即如何使风筝飞得更高。
5．答案与解析：B　B项中的“bring your kite down”与下文“wind up the string”以及“pull your kite in”在意义上一致。

Section Ⅲ　Discovering Useful Structures
Grammar — Tag Questions (附加疑问句)


[新知导引]
诵读下列例句并感知画线部分的共性
1．(教材P40)It's not a real sport, is it?
2．(教材P40)That sounds interesting, doesn't it?
3．(教材P40)Hi! It's a beautiful day, isn't it?
4．(教材P40)Come along and join us, will you?
5．(教材P40)By the way, our school soccer team won at last, didn't they?
[共性呈现]
1．所有画线部分都是附加疑问句。
2．句1为陈述句为否定句的附加疑问句。
3．句2,3,5 为陈述句为肯定句的附加疑问句。
4．句4为祈使句的附加疑问句。
[语法精释]
一、附加疑问句的定义
　　　附加疑问句，又称反义疑问句，主要用于口语，其作用是说话人向对方验证自己的陈述或者判断，也可以用于祈使句表示请求或者建议。
二、附加疑问句的构成
　　　附加疑问句包括陈述部分和附加疑问部分。附加疑问部分一般由助动词、be动词或情态动词和表示主语的代词构成。

组成
例句
肯定式陈述部分＋否定附加疑问部分
You often play badminton, don't you?
You're going to the gym with me, aren't you？
否定式陈述部分＋肯定附加疑问部分
It's not a real sport, is it?
They can't finish it by Friday, can they？
含有否定词的陈述部分＋肯定附加疑问部分
Nobody saw him walk into the room, did they?
You've never been to Paris, have you？
祈使句＋附加疑问部分
Come along with me, will you？/can you？/won't you？/can't you?
Don't make any noise, will you？
三、附加疑问句的回答
附加疑问句的答语与一般疑问句类似，注意其与汉语表达习惯的差异。如：
(1)A：The 29th Olympic Games were held in Beijing, weren't they?
B：Yes, they were.(Yes, that's right.)
(2)A：Michael Jordan started to play basketball in college, didn't he?
B：No, he didn't. He first played in a team in senior high school.
(3)A：David has been to a boxing match, hasn't he?
B：No, he hasn't. He always watches boxing on TV.
(4)A：You can't cook, can you？你不会做饭，是吗？
B：Yes, I can. I'm good at cooking.不，我会。我做饭很好。
四、变附加疑问句时应注意的问题
1．当陈述部分含有seldom, hardly, never, rarely, few, little, nowhere, nothing等否定词或半否定词时，简短问句应用肯定句式。
①She seldom goes to the cinema, does she?
她很少去看电影，是吗？
②He has never been to London, has he?
他从没去过伦敦，是吗？
2．当陈述部分中表示否定意义的词为含有im­， in­， dis­， un­等否定前缀或­less等否定后缀的词时，应把陈述部分视为肯定句，简短问句要用否定式。
①He was unsuccessful, wasn't he?
他没成功，是吗？
②Your mother dislikes seeing you with me, doesn't she?
你母亲不喜欢看到你和我在一起，是吗？
3．当陈述部分是“there be＋主语＋其他”结构时，反意疑问部分要用“be＋there”结构。
There are some apples in the box, aren't there?
盒子里有些苹果，是吗？
4．陈述部分为祈使句时
(1)祈使句为肯定形式时，若表示“请求”，简短问句通常用will you；若表示“邀请，劝说”，简短问句用won't you。
①Give me a hand, will you?
帮我一把，好吗？(表示“请求”)
②Come to have supper with us this evening, won't you?
今晚跟我们一起吃饭，好吗？(表示“邀请”)
(2)祈使句为否定形式时，简短问句通常用will you。
③Don't make so much noise, will you?
别弄出这么多噪音，好吗？
(3)如果祈使句以let's开头，简短问句用shall we；如果祈使句以let us或let me开头，简短问句用will you。
④Let's try another way, shall we?
我们试试别的方法，好吗？
⑤Let us know your address, will you?
请把你的地址告诉我们，好吗？
5．陈述部分为含有宾语从句的主从复合句时
(1)一般情况：当陈述部分是含有宾语从句的主从复合句时，简短问句的谓语动词和主语通常和主句中的谓语动词和主语分别保持一致。
①They know that he is from England, don't they?
他们知道他来自英国，是吗？
(2)特殊情况：
若陈述部分为：“I/We think/believe/suppose/consider/...＋宾语从句”，简短问句的谓语和主语与宾语从句的谓语和主语分别保持一致，且简短问句用否定形式。
②We believe she can do it better, can't she?
我们相信她能做得更好，是吗？
(3)若陈述部分为“I/We don't think/believe/suppose/consider/...＋宾语从句”，简短问句的主语和谓语与宾语从句的主语和谓语保持一致，且简短问句用肯定形式。
③I don't think that you can do it, can you?
我认为这件事你做不了，是吗？
④We don't believe that the news is true, is it?
我们认为消息不实，是吗？
(4)若陈述部分为“主语(非第一人称)＋think/believe/suppose/consider/...＋宾语从句”，简短问句的主语和谓语由主句决定。
⑤They all think that English is very useful, don't they?
他们都认为英语很重要，是吗？
⑥He doesn't think that I can make it, does he?
他认为我办不到，是吗？
五、附加疑问句的读法
陈述部分一般用降调，而附加疑问部分既可用升调也可用降调，但含义有所不同。通常情况下，用升调时，多表示疑问或请求；用降调时，多表示求证或希望对方同意。如：
The school team have won the gold medal, haven't they?
The school team have won the gold medal, haven't they?



加附加疑问句
1．Father：Are you free at the weekend, my dear daughter?
Mary：Yes. What are you going to do?
Father：Let's watch the film The Day After Tomorrow, shall we?
Mary：Good idea.
2．A：So you have never worked out in a gym before, have you?
B：No, I haven't.
3．You don't take part in a marathon when you are ill, do you?
4．Henry thinks you are cheating your friends, doesn't he?
5．Mary never does harm to others, does she?
6．Your sister has gone to the post office, hasn't she?
7．You didn't finish your homework on time, did you?
8．A：You won't listen to him, will you?
B：No, I won't. I don't think he is right.
9．We forgot to bring our tickets, but let us enter, please, will_you?
10．A：Jenny doesn't think the sweater is very expensive, does_she?
B：I'm afraid not.
11．I told them not everybody could run as fast as you did, didn't_I?
12．He wasn't late for class, was_he?
13．He couldn't finish the work ahead of time, could_he?
14．There are some fallen leaves on the ground, aren't_there?
15．John, please pick up the book on the floor, will_you?
16．Let's have a good rest, shall_we?
17．Your mother is very unhappy now, isn't_she?
18．He never tell a lie, does_he?

Section Ⅳ　Listening and Talking & Reading for Writing


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．pretend/prɪ'tend/vi.&vt.假装；装扮
2．million/'mɪljɔn/num.一百万
3．cheat/tʃiːt/vi.作弊；舞弊　vt.欺骗；蒙骗　n．欺骗手段；骗子
4．audience/'ɔːdiəns/n.观众；听众
5．positive/'pɒzətɪv/adj.积极的；正面的；乐观的；肯定的
6．slim/slɪm/adj.苗条的；单薄的
7．diet/'daɪət/n.规定饮食；日常饮食　vi.节食
8．rather/'rɑːðə(r)/adv.相当；有点儿
9．jog/dʒɒɡ/vi.慢跑　n．慢跑
10．error/'erə(r)/n.错误；差错
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．compete/kəm'piːt/vi.竞争；对抗→competition n．竞争；比赛→competitive adj.竞争的；有竞争性的→competitor n．竞争者
2．stress/stres/n.压力；紧张；重音　vt.强调；重读；使焦虑不安
vi.焦虑不安→stressful adj. 有压力的(指物)→stressed adj. 有压力的(指人)
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．make sense 有道理；合乎情理；表述清楚
2．pretend to do sth. 假装做某事
3．even if/though 即使；虽然
4．make a difference 有作用或影响
5．rather than 而不是
6．cut... out 停止做； 剪下
7．now and then 有时；偶尔
8．compare... with/to... 与……比较
9．be positive about 对……积极的
10．make a list of 列清单
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．even if/though “即使；尽管”，引导让步状语从句
A soccer player should not pretend to fall down even_if_it_helps_his/her_team.
足球运动员不应该假装摔倒，即使这对他/她的球队有帮助。
2．once引导条件状语从句，意为“一旦”
Once_I_started_thinking_about_fitness rather than weight, things began to change.
一旦我开始考虑健身而不是体重，事情就开始改变了。


Read the text on page 66 and then choose the best answer.
1．What is the main idea of the text?
A．Being positive about yourself and your body is important to your health.
B．Kayla's wrong attitude to her health.
C．Kayla's daily diet.
D．How Kayla became slim.
答案：A
2．What does the sentence “I almost went balances” mean?
A．She likes eating bananas.
B．The bananas can make her slim.
C．She tried to eat low fat food to lose weight.
D．She is very determined.
答案：C
3．What made Kayla change her mind?
A．An article B．Her friend
C．An actress D．Her parents
答案：A


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．compete/kəm'piːt/vi.竞争；对抗
(教材P41)An athlete should think about honour and his/her fans if he/she is competing for his/her country.
如果一个运动员在为他/她的国家比赛，他/她应该考虑荣誉和他/她的球迷。
(1)compete in 参加……比赛； 在……方面竞争
compete for 为……而竞争
compete with/against... for 为争取……而与……对抗/竞争
(2)competition n. 比赛； 竞争
competitive adj. 竞争的； 有竞争力的
competitor n. 竞争者； 对手,

①How many countries competed in the ancient Olympic Games？古代奥运会有多少国家参加？
②Only by competing with/against each other can we make great progress in our study.
只有相互竞争，我们才能在学习上取得巨大进步。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)The two players competed with each other for a gold medal.
(2)The young competitor (compete) won a gold medal in the match.
(3)No one can entirely keep away from the competitive (compete) world.
(4)I'm writing to invite you to compete in Chinese paper­cutting art exhibition.
我写信邀请你参加中国的剪纸艺术展。
巧学助记：
All the excited competitors are competing for the honor of winning the gold medal in the competition.
所有激动的参赛者都在为在比赛中赢得金牌而竞争。

2.make sense 有道理；合乎情理；表述清楚
(教材P41)That doesn't make any sense.那没有任何意义。
(1)make sense of 理解；明白
make no sense 没道理；没意义
(2)There is no sense in doing sth. 做……没道理。
①This sentence just doesn't make sense, no matter how you read it.
无论你怎样读这个句子，它还是讲不通。
②He doesn't talk much, but what he says makes sense.他话不多，但言之有理。
③As far as I'm concerned, there is no sense in getting upset about it now.
就我而言，现在为这事苦恼是没有意义的。
[即学即练]　词汇升级
(低频词汇)There are so many new words in the passage that I could hardly understand them at all.
(高频词汇)There are so many new words in the passage that I could hardly make_sense_of them at all.
名师指津：一定记住写作时“make sense of”比understand 高频哟！
3.pretend vi.&vt.假装；装扮
(经典佳句)I'd like to pretend that I'm okay because I don't want to make my parents worry about me.我装作没事，只是不想使我父母担心我。
pretend＋
①The man pretended to be a police officer to cheat others.男子假扮警官骗人。
②I don't suggest you should pretend things are better than they are.
我不建议你们假装事情比实际情况更好。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)When his mother came in, he pretended to_be_doing (do) his homework.
(2)Mary pretended to have_finished (finish) her homework and went out to play with her classmates.
(3)我在街上见到她时，她装作不认识我，这确实使我很伤心。(一句多译)
①She pretended she_didn't_know_me when we met in the street, which really made me upset.(宾语从句)
②She pretended not_to_know_me when we met in the street, which really made me upset.(不定式)
名师指津：pretend to do sth; pretend to be doing; pretend to have done sth.分别表示现在、进行和完成的动作。
4.diet n．规定饮食；日常饮食　vi.节食
(教材P42)I worried about my weight and tried every new diet I read about online.
我担心自己的体重，尝试了我在网上读到的每一种新的饮食。
go on a diet 节食，控制饮食(表动作)
be on a diet 在节食(表状态)
a balanced/healthy diet 均衡的/健康的饮食
①She is on a diet, hoping to become slimmer.她正在节食，希望变得更苗条些。
②No sugar in my coffee, please; I'm dieting.请别在我的咖啡中加糖，我正在节食。
[即学即练]　单句写作
在节日和庆祝活动期间，医生提醒人们要保持饮食均衡。
During festivals and celebrations, doctors remind people to have__a_balanced_diet.
名师指津：不要忘记“diet”可以用作“vi. 节食”哟！
5.make a difference有作用或影响
(教材P42)I had no idea a letter could make such a difference.
我不知道一封信能产生如此大的影响。
(1)make no difference (to sb./sth.) 对……没有作用或影响
make some difference (to sb./sth.) 对某人/物有些作用或影响
(2)tell the difference 分辨；区分；区别
①Luckily, my teacher often tells me that every small thing can make a big difference.
幸运的是，老师觉察到我的问题，告诉我小事情也能起到重要作用。
②His words make no difference to him, for he is quite stubborn.
他的话对他不起作用，因为他很固执。
[即学即练]　词汇升级
(低频表达)I will help clean up the roadside litter whenever possible. I hope my behaviors will work.
(高频表达)I will help clean up the roadside litter whenever possible. I hope my behaviors will make_a_difference.
名师指津：make a great difference”有重大影响”， 高考完型写作常涉及的高频考点，要牢记哟！

6.rather than 而不是
(经典佳句)I prefer to work rather than sit there doing nothing.
我宁愿干活也不愿坐在那里无所事事。
(1)would rather...than... 宁愿……而不愿……
prefer to do...rather than do 宁愿做……而不愿做……
(2)other than 不同于；除了……以外
more than 超过；不仅仅是；非常
①I think I'll have a cold drink rather than coffee.
我想要冷饮，不要咖啡。
②I'd like to go there by train rather than by air.
我宁愿坐火车而不是乘飞机去那儿。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The students, rather than their teacher, are (be) going to have a picnic this weekend.
(2)I'm more than glad to receive your letter, asking about what customs you should pay attention to when visiting a friend.
(3)多数男士喜欢在家过周末而不愿去购物。(一句多译)
①Most men prefer to spend the weekends at home rather_than_go_shopping.
②Most men would_rather_spend the weekends at home than go shopping.
③Most men would spend the weekends at home rather_than go shopping.
名师指津：rather than 连接并列主语时，谓语动词要与rather than 前的主语一致。
7.compare... with/to...与……比较
(教材P42)Finally, I stopped comparing myself with actresses and models and looking for things that were wrong with my face or body.
最后，我不再拿自己和女演员、模特做比较，也不再寻找我的脸或身体有什么问题。
compare with 与……比较
compare... to... 把……比喻为……
①Sure, we have learned not to compare ourselves with others.
我们已经知道不要与别人比较。
②Young people are often compared to the rising sun.年轻人常被比喻作冉冉升起的太阳。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Michael's new house is like a huge palace, compared (compare) with his old one.
(2)When compared (compare) with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain does not seem high at all.
发散思维：compare notes with sb. 与某人交换意见
I'd like to compare notes with my parents on how to make friends.
我想与父母就如何交友交换意见。

8.stress n．压力；紧张；重音　vt.强调；重读；使焦虑不安　vi.焦虑不安
(经典例句)A good way to reduce stress is to talk about feelings with your best friend.
减少压力的好方法就是与你的好朋友聊聊感受。
(1)under stress 在压力之下
(2)stress the importance of 强调……的重要性
(3)stressful adj. 产生压力的；紧张的
stressed adj. 感到压力的
①Things can easily go wrong when people are under stress.
人在压力之下，办事容易出差错。
②He stressed that we should pay more attention to our safety in particular.
他强调我们尤其要多注意安全。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)It is also a virtue to forgive and forget, especially in such a competitive and stressful (stress) society.
(2)When under stress, even a most gentle person can get angry easily.
巧学助记：
After a stressful week of examination, all the students were very stressed and tired, so they often get angry under stress.
经过一周紧张的考试，所有的学生都非常紧张和疲惫，所以他们经常由于压力而生气。

►第二板块：重点句型解构
1．句型公式：even if “即使；尽管”，引导让步状语从句。
(教材P41)A soccer player should not pretend to fall down even if it helps his/her team.
足球运动员不应该假装摔倒，即使这对他/她的球队有帮助。
even if即使，用作连词，引导让步状语从句。
①I won't take part in his party even if he invites me.即使他邀请我，我也不去参加他的聚会。
②He is willing to help us even if he is very busy.尽管他很忙，他还是愿意帮我们。
[即学即练]　单句写作
即使这次失败了，我还要再试试。
Even_if_I_fail_this_time,_I will try again.,
名师指津：even if 的同义词even though

2.句型公式：once引导状语从句，意为“一旦”
(教材P42)Once I started thinking about fitness rather than weight, things began to change.
一旦我开始考虑健身而不是体重，事情就开始改变了。
once意为“一旦”，引导条件状语从句。
①Once he is determined to do something he is interested in, Mr. Wang seldom changes his mind.
王先生是一个很固执的人。一旦他决定做什么事，你就不能让他改变主意。
②Once you make a promise, you should keep it.
一旦你许下诺言，你就应该遵守诺言。
[即学即练]　单句写作
一旦你了解了中国餐桌礼仪，你就知道在晚宴上做什么了。
Once_you_have_a_better_understanding_of the Chinese table manners, you will know what to do at the dinner party.



Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．How many countries competed (竞争) in the ancient Olympic Games?
2．The rich man offered more than one million (百万) dollars to help the poor people.
3．It is wrong of you to cheat (作弊) in the exam.
4．The film is a great success and is popular with the audience (观众) of different ages.
5．The boss decided to praise him for his positive (积极的) attitude towards work.
6．In my spare time, I like to jog (慢跑) and play tennis.
7．He pretended (假装) to his family that everything was fine.
8．Running every day takes energy of your body so you can stay slim (苗条的)．
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．When compared (compare) with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain does not seem high at all.
2．I'd like to take the chance to stress (stress) the importance of education.
3．A great many athletes at home and abroad will compete in the 2020 Winter Olympic Games.
4．I like football best, but I also like cycling and jogging (jog)．
5．People making friends online are afraid of getting cheated (cheat)．
6．Rather than cutting out the foods I enjoyed, I added healthy foods to my meals.
7．He pretended to_be_reading (read) the newspaper when his mother came in.
8．According to my research, neither your restaurant nor mine offers a healthy diet.
9．I feel highly honoured (honour) to be given such a good chance to share my experience with you.
10．It is wrong to pay people millions (million) of yuan to play sports.
Ⅲ.选词填空
work out； lose heart； make sense； now and then； take part in； fall apart； rather than； at home and abroad
1．You should prefer to work harder to solve the problem rather_than give up.
2．It is a shame that their friendship finally fell_apart_ and they became enemies.
3．Even if he is very busy, he will work_out in the gym three times a week to keep healthy.
4．Ping­pong has become an international sport, it is played at_home_and_abroad.
5．It makes_sense_to work on the problem before it gets out of control.
6．Jame failed to start a business, but he didn't lose_heart and tried a second time.
7．My grandfather still plays tennis now_and_then,_even though he's in his nineties.
8．The teacher as well as his students is going to _take_part_in this activity.
Ⅳ.单句写作
1．即使你每天锻炼仅仅30分钟 ，对你身体健康也有好处。
Even_if_you_exercise for only 30 minutes every day, it will be good for your health.
2．正是文化而非语言使得他很难适应国外的新环境。
It was the culture rather_than_the_language that made it hard for him to get used to the new environment abroad.
3．医生建议我们要均衡饮食并养成早睡的好习惯。
The doctor advised that we should have_a_healthy_diet and get into the good habit of going to bed early.
4．你的鼓励对我有很大的影响。
Your encouragement made_a_great_difference_to_me.
5．通过积极地看待自己和自己的身体，我变得更加快乐和健康。
By being_positive_about_myself and my body, I became both happier and healthier.



课时作业 12

阅读理解
A
Although I had wanted to quit smoking, I never made up my mind until New Year's Day last year. I was having a terrible headache. I knew it was time to quit.
Searching for methods to quit smoking on the Internet is like searching for weight loss tips — there are thousands of different ways that are said to be the best, but not all are right for you. One approach that did draw my interest was apps. Along with cigarettes (烟), my phone was the only other thing I couldn't leave my apartment without.
There are hundreds of apps for quitting smoking. I downloaded an app called QuitIt because it was said to be good. It was free and didn't cost much time as some others. You input the amount of cigarettes you smoke, the cost per pack and the time you decide to quit smoking. The app does the math and then gives you information based on the information given by you. It tracks the amount of time since you decided to quit, the money you've saved, and the danger you've avoided. The app also includes a number of health goals.
Quitting smoking was one of the hardest things I've ever had to do. Like most stories of quitting, I did get a little sick and I felt terrible, but the most difficult part was the empty feeling I was left with. Any time I felt like a cigarette, I would open the app and track the progress I had made. If I wanted to smoke while I was on the computer, I'd immediately go to r/stopsmoking to read a success story, or to offer support to someone else having a harder time than me.
I quit smoking 1 year 2 months and 27 days ago. I did not smoke 6,771 cigarettes and saved $4,062.84.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。作者想要戒烟，后来利用一部手机应用软件成功地戒了烟。
1．What did the author realize when suffering the terrible headache?
A．He should turn to an app.
B．He should go to see a doctor.
C．It was time to make a new plan.
D．It was about time he quit smoking.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第一段的“Although I had wanted to quit smoking, I never made up my mind until New Year's Day last year. I was having a terrible headache. I knew it was time to quit.”可知，作者意识到是时候戒烟了。
2．What does the underlined word “approach” in Paragraph 2 mean?
A．Method. B．Result.
C．Place. D．Suggestion.
答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。根据第二段的“Searching for methods to quit smoking”可知，这里是指一种利用app戒烟的“方法”。
3．It's implied in Paragraph 4 that QuitIt ________.
A．played a big role in the author's quitting smoking
B．made the author's time much harder
C．was questioned by many people
D．could be used on the computer
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据第四段的“Like most stories of quitting, I did get a little sick... Any time I felt like a cigarette, I would open the app and track the progress I had made.”可知，这个app在作者的戒烟过程中起着很重要的作用。
4．What's the author's purpose in writing the text?
A．To show us the harm of smoking.
B．To encourage readers to use an app.
C．To explain why he chose to quit smoking.
D．To tell us how he managed to quit smoking.
答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文作者主要讲述了自己是如何成功戒烟的。
B
Eight years ago, Special Olympics Georgia Forsyth County was introduced to Britt Hall. Britt Hall is a Special Olympics Georgia athlete. “The first sport I started competing in with Special Olympics Georgia was softball. I was with the Forsyth Golden Gloves, and we were a pretty good team，” said Britt as he looked back upon his first state game.
Since then, the athlete has competed in much more than softball. Britt has gone on to compete in bocce, basketball, athletics, table tennis, volleyball and flag football during his Special Olympics Georgia career (职业生涯). And he performed well in these games. “Athletics has always been one of his favorite sports to compete in，” said Britt's father. “He likes the different competitions within athletics, especially the races (赛跑)．”
“I like athletics, but I am excited for flag football this year. We are going to play just as well as the Falcons，” Britt said. This year, Britt and his teammates will be returning to Emory University as the Special Olympics Georgia Forsyth County Mean Machine, one of the two flag football teams from Special Olympics Georgia Forsyth County.Despite the word “mean” being in their name, Britt says that their aim is not to be mean to their competitors. “We want to win the gold, but we want to be nice to the other teams and encourage them. They are our friends and have worked just as hard as we have for the state competitions，” Britt explained.
While athletes are encouraged to try their very best and go for the gold, Special Olympics Georgia centers on sportsmanship and friendship during competitions. Britt has always been a good team player, but he is also very competitive. Special Olympics Georgia has helped him gain confidence as an athlete, which shows him how to cheer on his teammates and the opposing athletes.
“I've learned a lot from being in Special Olympics Georgia. I think there is a lesson for everyone who competes，” said Britt.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。Britt Hall是一名残疾运动员，他加入Special Olympics Georgia后，受益颇多。
5．What do we learn about Britt Hall?
A．He's good at many sports.
B．He was born in Georgia.
C．He preferred softball to other sports.
D．He disliked the Forsyth Golden Gloves.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段的“Britt has gone on to compete in bocce, basketball, athletics, table tennis, volleyball and flag football during his Special Olympics Georgia career. And he performed well in these games.”可知他擅长多门运动。
6．Which of the following belongs to athletics?
A．Bocce. B．Basketball.
C．Flag football. D．The 1,000­meter race.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第二段的“... in bocce, basketball, athletics, table tennis, volleyball and flag football”和“He likes the different competitions within athletics, especially the races.”可推断races这种运动属于athletics。
7．How does Britt Hall think of what Special Olympics Georgia centers on?
A．He thinks highly of them.
B．He is surprised at them.
C．He's strongly against them.
D．He's concerned about them.
答案与解析：A　推断判断题。根据第三段的“‘We want to win the gold, but we want to be nice to the other teams and encourage them...’ Britt explained.”以及第四段的“Special Olympics Georgia centers on sportsmanship and friendship...”可推断Britt Hall会高度评价Special Olympics Georgia所关注的体育精神和友谊。
8．After reading the text, we can know ________.
A．Special Olympics Georgia is famous around the world
B．Special Olympics Georgia has played a big role in Britt's life
C．Britt succeeds as an athlete mainly because of his gifts
D．Britt not only won many gold medals but made many friends
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据第四段的“Special Olympics Georgia has helped him gain confidence as an athlete，...”以及末段的“I've learned a lot from being in Special Olympics Georgia.”可知这个机构对Britt Hall产生了很大的影响。
C
Susan couldn't help it. She and her friends began lunch with cheese. Then they ate cheeseburgers and drank milk. Things seemed fine, but then suddenly Susan's stomach started making noise. Her stomach hurt, and, racing to the restroom, she had terrible gas! She was so ashamed. She had been so excited to go to lunch with her friends that she totally forgot to watch how many dairy products (奶制品) she ate! Susan is lactose intolerant (乳糖不耐受的), and eating too many dairy foods can make her feel really sick.
Lactose intolerance means that the body can't easily digest (消化) a special sugar called lactose. Unfortunately for Susan and millions of other people with this problem, lactose is found in almost all dairy products — cheese, milk and ice cream.
Our body uses lactase (乳糖酵素) to break lactose into a simpler form of sugar. Once lactose is broken down, it's easy to digest and it provides great energy for the body. But people like Susan don't have enough lactase to break down all the lactose they take in. So, about half an hour to two hours after eating dairy­rich foods, their stomachs begin to hurt and they have gas, making their stomachs get bigger. Sometimes they even get diarrhea (腹泻) when they eat too many dairy foods.
So how can someone living with this problem still eat out with his or her friends? Here are some tips. If you're going to eat a dairy­rich food like ice cream, eat something that doesn't have any dairy with it, like a salad or a sandwich without cheese. This will help slow digestion, and your body will have time to create more lactase.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章通过举例说明了乳糖不耐受症的症状和产生的原因，并对患有乳糖不耐受症的人群提出了建议。
9．What can cause lactose intolerance?
A．A shortage of lactose.
B．Eating too little sugar.
C．Slow digestion of dairy products.
D．Poor digestion of any food you eat.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第二段中的“Lactose intolerance means that the body can't easily digest a special sugar called lactose”和“lactose is found in almost all dairy products”可知，乳糖不耐受症是由于一些人无法正常消化乳制品造成的。
10．What do we know about lactose?
A．It is found in almost all foods.
B．It is very necessary for the body.
C．It is hard for some people to break down.
D．It changes its form once it is in the body.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由第三段中的“But people like Susan don't have enough lactase to break down all the lactose they take in”可知，有些人的身体中没有能够分解乳糖的乳糖酵素，即他们的身体无法分解乳糖。
11．What is a result of lactose intolerance?
A．The headache.
B．The stomachache.
C．The feeling of hunger.
D．The feeling of tiredness.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由第一段中的“Her stomach hurt”和第三段中的“their stomachs begin to hurt”可知，腹痛是乳糖不耐受症的症状之一。
12．What would be the best advice for Susan?
A．Enjoy eating dairy­rich foods.
B．Avoid eating out with her friends.
C．Take digestion pills to speed up digestion.
D．Eat dairy­free and diary­rich foods together.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由最后一段中的“If you're going to eat a dairy­rich food like ice cream, eat something that doesn't have any dairy with it”可知，乳糖不耐受症患者可以将奶制品和非奶制品搭配起来吃，以延缓对乳糖的消化，从而给身体足够多的时间生产乳糖酵素。

Section Ⅴ　Writing — 有关健康生活习惯的说明文

技法指导
写有关健康生活习惯的说明文时，一般要写明什么样的做法会对健康有利或有害，人们应该怎样做才能保持健康等。该类文章一般采用以下写作策略：
1．开门见山提出主题，说明自己所发现的关于健康问题的现象。
2．分析所给内容，然后进行详细说明。说明所给内容时可以先说现象，也可以先说结果，再说引起这种结果的原因。
3．最后归纳总结或发表意见。这一部分的内容主要是提出解决办法及给出自己的保持健康的建议。
[增分佳句]
①As far as I am concerned, health is more important than wealth.
依我看，健康远比财富重要。
②Taking exercise is closely related to health.
运动和健康息息相关。
③Early to bed and early to rise makes a person healthy, wealthy and wise.
早睡早起会使人健康、富有和聪明。
④It is widely believed that plenty of fresh air contributes to good health.
人们普遍认为足够的新鲜空气有助于健康。
⑤Nowadays people are beginning to pay more attention to their health than ever before.
目前人们开始比以前更关注健康。
⑥We should reject junk food, such as instant noodles and hamburgers.
我们应该拒绝垃圾食品，例如方便面和汉堡。
⑦Doctors advise us teenagers to sleep at least 8 hours each day.
医生建议我们青少年每天至少要睡8个小时。
⑧People come to realize that good health is the most valuable thing a person can have.
人们开始意识到健康是人所能拥有的最有价值的东西。

精品展示
假设你是王林。过去，由于一些不健康的生活习惯，你的健康出现了问题。之后，你改变了生活方式，现在又恢复了健康。请你根据此经历写一篇英语短文，内容包括：
1．之前不健康的生活习惯：不吃早饭，经常熬夜，很少锻炼；
2．导致的问题：肥胖，易生病；
3．解决的办法：保持均衡饮食，积极锻炼，早睡早起；
4．给其他同学的建议：尽快改掉不健康的生活习惯，以保持身体健康。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
[审题谋篇]
第一步：明确要求
该写作属于应用文健康话题的应用文写作，主要介绍过去不良健康习惯及导致问题应该用一般过去时；解决办法及给同学们的建议用一般现在时。
第二步：确定段落
第一段：介绍过去不健康的生活习惯以及造成的危害
第二段：阐述介绍摆脱不良习惯的几种方式
第三段：总结给其他学生提出建议

第三步：提炼要点
1．unhealthy_living_habits/unhealthy_lifestyle
不健康的生活习惯
2．skip_breakfast/no_breakfast 不吃早餐
3．junk_food/rubbish_food 垃圾食品
4．stay_up_late 熬夜
5．take_exercise/have_physical_training/do_physical_exercise
锻炼
6．as_a_result/therefore/thus 结果；因此
7．become_aware_of 意识到
8．keep_fit/healthy 保持健康
9．break_oneself_of/get_out_of_bad_habits
摆脱坏习惯
10．a_balanced_diet 均衡饮食
第四步：句式升级
1．我经常熬夜，并且很少进行体育锻炼。我肥胖，易生病。
(一般表达)I often stayed up late and took little physical exercise. I became too fat and often fell ill.
(高级表达)I often stayed up late and took little physical exercise so_that_I_became_too_fat_and_often_fell_ill. (so that 引导结果状语从句)
2．我意识到了不健康的生活习惯引起的危害。
(一般表达)I became aware of the harm. It was caused by unhealthy living habits.
(高级表达)I became aware of the harm which_was_caused_by_unhealthy_living_habits. (which引导定语从句)
3．为了保持健康，我决心改掉这些坏习惯。
(一般表达)I determined to get rid of these bad habits so that I could keep fit.
(高级表达)To_keep_fit,_I_determined_to_get_rid_of_these_bad_habits. (不定式作目的状语)
4．我建议其他学生尽快改掉他们不健康的生活习惯。健康比任何其他事情都重要。
(一般表达)I suggest other students get out of their unhealthy living habits as soon as possible. Health is more valuable than anything else.
(高级表达)I suggest other students get out of their unhealthy living habits as soon as possible because_health_is_more_valuable_than_anything_else. (because合并升级为原因状语从句)
[连句成篇]
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
Dear Tom，
In the past, I formed some unhealthy living habits. For example, I often skipped breakfast and liked eating junk food；besides, I often stayed up late and took little physical exercise so that I became too fat and often fell ill.
Luckily, I became aware of the harm which was caused by unhealthy living habits. To keep fit, I determined to get rid of these bad habits. Firstly, I began to have a balanced diet. Secondly, I took exercise actively every day. Lastly, I developed the habit of going to bed early and getting up early. With two months passing, I recovered.
I suggest other students get out of their unhealthy living habits as soon as possible, because health is more valuable than anything else.



单元检测卷(四)
选择题部分
第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What will the woman do this afternoon?
A．Go swimming. B．Study English with Mike.
C．Help Henry with his English.
2．Where does the man want to go?
A．To the store. B．To the post office.
C．To the hospital.
3．What's the most probable relationship between the speakers?
A．Brother and sister. B．Husband and wife.
C．Teacher and student.
4．What does the woman mean?
A．She dislikes playing sports. B．She wants to be more active.
C．She hardly has any free time.
5．What are the speakers mainly talking about?
A．Going on holiday. B．Cleaning the backpack.
C．Preparing for an exam.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6．Where is the man from?
A．Canada. B．America.
C．China.
7．What's the relationship between the speakers?
A．Neighbors. B．Colleagues.
C．Classmates.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8．Why will the man go to the airport?
A．To see off his boss.
B．To pick up his grandparents.
C．To catch a flight to Italy.
9．Where does the conversation take place?
A．At the woman' s office. B．At the man' s home.
C．Over the phone.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．What was the man busy doing just now?
A．Meeting his boss. B．Answering a phone call.
C．Working on a project.
11．How did the woman get here?
A．By subway. B．By car.
C．By bike.
12．What do the speakers have in common?
A．They both like cycling.
B．They both worry about their health.
C．They both care about the environment.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．Who came to David's place this morning?
A．Mrs. Brown. B．A repairman.
C．A TV seller.
14．What did Mrs. Brown do four days ago?
A．She broke her TV.
B．She called a TV repair shop.
C．She went to the TV repair shop.
15．What did David decide to do in the end?
A．Buy a smart TV.
B．Ask others to fix his TV.
C．Watch TV on the Internet.
16．How long has David had his TV?
A．For eight years. B．For ten years.
C．For thirteen years.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．What is the text mainly about?
A．How to live green. B．How to save energy.
C．How to protect trees.
18．What does the man suggest doing at first?
A．Recycling plastic bottles. B．Using reusable bottles.
C．Buying cheap glasses.
19．Why should we buy local fruits and vegetables?
A．They cost less. B．It's more convenient.
C．It's good for the environment.
20．What does Cool Earth do?
A．Give money to the poor. B．Produce clean energy.
C．Save trees.
答案：
1～5　CBBAC　6～10　CBBCB　11～15　CCBBA
16～20　CABCC
听力材料
(Text 1)
M：It's sunny today, Lisa! What about going swimming this afternoon?
W：I'm sorry, Mike. I've already promised Henry I'll help him learn English today. What about tomorrow?
M：OK.
(Text 2)
M：Excuse me! Could you tell me where I can buy some stamps?
W：Let me see. Well, walk straight forward and you'll see a hospital. There is a post office behind it. It's about a twenty­minute walk.
M：Thank you very much.
(Text 3)
M：Jim said he and his six classmates would arrive at about three in the afternoon.
W：OK. I'll get the cake ready by three. By the way, honey, do we have any candles?
M：Yes, we do. They're right here.
(Text 4)
W：Do you play basketball in your spare time?
M：No. I don't really like this sport. But I play football at least twice a week. What about you?
W：I'm not an active girl. I prefer reading.
(Text 5)
W：Jack, have you got everything for tomorrow's exam?
M：Yes, Mom. I have checked many times. Two pencils, two pens, one eraser, my ID card... Hmm, I've got everything I need.
W：OK. That's good.
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
(Text 6)
W：Hello, nice to meet you! My name is Alice.
M：I'm Henry. Nice to meet you, too, Alice. So are you from America?
W：No. I am Canadian. But I studied in America as an exchange student for two years and I really enjoyed it. Are you Chinese?
M：Yes. I was born in Beijing, But I also studied in the US for two years. After I came back to China, I started working here. Since this is your first day in the company, let me show you around.
W：OK. That would be great. And I think I'll like working here. The people here seem very nice.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
(Text 7)
M：Hi, Eva, this is Ben speaking. I'm sorry to tell you that I cannot go to your office tomorrow afternoon.
W：What happened?
M：My grandparents are coming back from Italy tomorrow. Their flight will arrive at around 4：30 p．m.. I must go and pick them up.
W：Why don't they just take a taxi? They've traveled to Italy, haven't they? I'm sure getting back from the airport is a piece of cake for them.
M：Sorry, but I've promised them I'll go to pick them up. I don't want to let them down. Besides, they have a lot of luggage. They bought many gifts for their grand­children.
W：OK. So when do you think you can come to my office?
M：What about the same time the day after tomorrow?
W：Sorry. But I won't have time the day after tomorrow. What about 10 am tomorrow?
M：OK. That works for me. See you then.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
M：I am sorry to have kept all of you waiting. I had something important to deal with just now.
W：So what was so important?
M：My boss called me just now. He asked me about my plan for our new project. We talked for about twenty minutes. Where is Mr. Jackson?
W：He just called to say that he would be here in fifteen minutes.
M：Why?
W：He said that there was a traffic jam and that he would be here soon.
M：He shouldn't have driven his car. If he took the subway every day, he wouldn't get stuck in traffic.
W：Well, Mr. Jackson loves driving. He goes everywhere in his car.
M：I don't like driving. I love using the public transport. I think it is good for the environment.
W：I agree. Actually, I cycled here. I love cycling. It is not only good for the environment but also good for my health.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W：Hey, David. Have you had your TV fixed?
M：No, not yet.
W：Didn't you say you'd call the TV repair shop three days ago? Did you forget to do that?
M：Actually, I called the repair shop three days ago and a repairman came this morning.
W：Then why didn't he fix it?
M：He was actually looking for Mrs. Brown's apartment. Mrs. Brown called four days ago to have her TV fixed, so he had to fix hers first.
W：So will the repairman come to your apartment tomorrow?
M：No. I told him not to come.
W：Why? Is your TV working again?
M：No. But I've changed my mind. I surfed the Internet this noon and came across a TV that I really like. It's a smart TV. It can even be connected to the Internet.
W：Well, that's a good idea. I mean you've had yours for quite some time. You bought your TV when you were just twenty­five. You're already thirty­eight now.
M：Yes. I need a new one.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
M：To begin today's class, I'd like to tell you how to protect the environment in some easy ways.
First, stop buying single­use plastic bottles and bags. Instead, use a glass or bottle that you can use again and again.
Second, you can buy local fruits and vegetables. This not only supports farmers in your area but helps the environment.
Third, remember to turn lights off. You don't need those lights to be on when you're not in the room. I believe your parents have been telling you this for years.And the heating doesn't need to be on for months.
Fourth, save water. Keep an eye on how long your showers last. A lot of water is wasted just by one person. So take a quick shower instead of wasting water.
Fifth, if you have some extra money, you can give it to Cool Earth and protect trees.
Now please turn to page 183. Read the text and get ready to answer my questions.


第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)
第一节(共10小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
Many children are interested in dinosaurs (恐龙). If you have a child who loves dinosaurs, then here is some good news for you. There is an exhibition about dinosaurs at the Philip J. Currie Dinosaur Museum in Wembley, Alberta. You can plan a family road trip there. Give your child a surprise and you'll enjoy your time there as a family.
Sitting just 9 kilometers west of Grande Prairie, the Philip J. Currie Dinosaur Museum opened in 2015 and has collections that include fossils (化石) of sea animals, art works from different dinosaurs, a large family theatre, as well as an outdoor discovery fossil walk, a large outdoor playground, and the onsite Dine­O­Saur restaurant. Experience the dinosaurs' world like never before as you watch dinosaurs come alive in movies. Learn about how these animals lived and breathed.
You can check out Dinosaurs Unearthed and all of the other exciting exhibitions at the Philip J. Currie Dinosaur Museum on the following days/time periods：
September 1st～May 31st：
Tuesday～Sunday 10：00 a．m.～6：00 p．m.
Closed on Mondays
June 1st～August 31st：
Saturday～Monday 10：00 a．m.～6：00 p．m.
Tuesday～Friday 10：00 a．m.～8：00 p．m.
Admission (门票)：
Adults: $14 each
Seniors (65＋): $11 each
Students (with ID) and children (5～17): $7 each
Children under 5: free
Family (2 adults and up to 4 children): $40
If you want to see a National Geographic film or a full­length film during your visit, it is an extra $2～$4.
For more information, please visit the museum's website at www.dinomuseum.ca.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇应用文。在the Philip J. Currie Dinosaur Museum有一个关于恐龙的展览，本文主要是在宣传这个展览。
21．What can people do at the Philip J. Currie Dinosaur Museum?
A．Watch a full­length film for free.
B．Learn about dinosaurs' disappearance.
C．Have fun on a large outdoor playground.
D．Buy some souvenirs of sea animals' fossils.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第二段介绍这家博物馆的“a large outdoor playground”可知答案。
22．In October, you should avoid going to the museum ________.
A．on Tuesdays B．after 6：00 p．m.
C．at the weekend D．before 11：00 a．m.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第三段的博物馆开放时间“September 1st～May 31st: Tuesday～Sunday 10：00 a．m.～6：00 p．m.”可知，在十月份，这家博物馆下午六点就关门了。
23．What's the author's purpose in writing the passage?
A．To introduce a museum.
B．To encourage family time.
C．To advertise an exhibition.
D．To tell readers about dinosaurs.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文主要在为the Philip J. Currie Dinosaur Museum的一个关于恐龙的展览做宣传。
B
Physical education, or gym class, isn't required for all high school students. In some schools, it isn't offered for some different reasons. But should high school students have physical education? The answer is certainly “yes”．
Today many people don't do sports.But as is known to all, doing sports is very important for an adult. Teaching teens the importance of a healthy lifestyle and making fitness plans now can help teens put exercise in the first place as an adult.
High school isn't that easy. Many students are under a lot of stress. Stress can be harmful to a student's studies and life. Doing sports can help them deal with stress better, helping them live a happier life at school.
The American Heart Association says that 10 million kids and teens suffer from obesity (肥胖症). Teens should get 60 minutes of physical activity per day to control their weight and to help their bones get stronger. The increase in activities that don't get teens to move around, such as video games and computer activities, means many teens don't get their required exercise. Physical education classes act as a public health measure to encourage activity and help teens have healthy weights.
Inactivity increases teens' risk of developing many diseases. An active lifestyle offers a good way of protection from these health problems. As much as 75 percent of health­care spending goes toward treating medical conditions that can be hindered by lifestyle changes, according to the American College of Sports Medicine.
According to the President's Council on Fitness, Sports and Nutrition (PCFSN), students who performed five hours of physical activity each week improved their academic (学业的) performance. Students from programs with no physical activity, who used the extra time for classroom study, did not perform better on tests than those who gave up some study time in support of physical education.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇议论文。高中生参加体育运动有很多益处，应该多参加体育运动。
24．According to Paragraph 2, what does physical education in high school mean?
A．Helping teens learn to make good plans.
B．Removing the stress faced by teens at school.
C．Making teens attach importance to exercise later.
D．Getting teens to encourage adults to exercise.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第二段的“Teaching teens the importance of a healthy lifestyle and making fitness plans now can help teens put exercise in the first place as an adult.”可知，高中生参加体育运动可以让他们意识到锻炼身体的重要性。
25．What does the underlined word “hindered” in paragraph 5 mean?
A．Measured. B．Prevented.
C．Shown. D．Caused.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。根据第五段的“An active lifestyle offers a good way of protection from these health problems.”可推测，这些疾病是可以被“阻止”的。
26．What is the text mainly about?
A．How high school students can live a better life.
B．How schools can help students love doing sports.
C．Why some schools consider physical education important.
D．Why high school students should receive physical education.
答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文主要通过几个方面表明高中生为什么要上体育课。
C
Shakespeare has rightly said, “A light heart lives long.” There is no greater thing than cheerfulness in the daily life and our cheer can be expressed through a smile or a laugh. The saying “Laughter is the best medicine” has deep meanings. Many scientists have stressed the importance of laughter, which can lead a healthy life.
In ancient times, most Emperors and Kings had a clown to make them laugh. This improved the atmosphere (气氛) and helped people to come closer. Almost every comedy has a character to make people laugh. Funny TV plays use recorded sounds of laughter at the proper place.
It is a well­known fact that health and cheerfulness influence each other. Doctors and psychologists all agree that patients can actually benefit from laughter. Those who see the bright side of life and remain happy are unlikely to go down with stress­related problems.
A good laugh is also a useful tool in the workplace. Nervousness is unavoidable in business, but humor (幽默) is an unexpected surprise that can help people better deal with the nervousness. Researchers have found that the more stress people are under, the more they are ready to laugh. A good laugh is looked upon as an encouraging tool. After laughing, you can begin a new thought process; it helps to set the mind in a different way.
Many cities in India have laughter clubs where people get together in the morning for laughing. There are over 200 such clubs in India, which were started in Mumbai. All kinds of fitness exercise, along with laughter skills, are combined into the program. This has become known as the laughter treatment (治疗). Until now, many sick people have benefited from it.
Making people laugh is an art and can be cultivated. Collect jokes, funny stories and humorous sayings and use them properly. Build a humor collection — buy books by P．G Wodehouse or anyone else who makes you keep laughing. Watch comedy plays when you are down in life.
【语篇解读】　俗话说：笑一笑，十年少，微笑是保持我们身心健康最有效的方法。
27．How does a good laugh help people in the workplace?
A．It keeps people healthy.
B．It helps people have creative ideas.
C．It helps people make more money.
D．It frees people from their worries.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第四段中的“After laughing, you can begin a new thought process; it helps to set the mind in a different way.” 可知，人们笑过后能够开始新的思维过程，这有助于人们另辟蹊径，找到富有创意的想法来解决问题。
28．What can laughter clubs do for people?
A．They can make people confident.
B．They can offer people suitable jobs.
C．They can help people recover from illness.
D．They can provide opportunities for people to make friends.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据倒数第二段“This has become known as the laughter treatment. Until now, many sick people have benefited from it.”可知，微笑俱乐部将各种健身练习与微笑技能训练相结合，称之为微笑治疗法，用于辅助治疗其成员的疾病，已经有很多人从中受益。
29．What does the underlined word “cultivated” in the last paragraph probably mean?
A．Developed. B．Enjoyed.
C．Realized D．Taught
答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。文章最后一段论述使人发笑是一种可以培养的艺术，并列举了培养这种能力的几种方法，因此可猜测cultivate是“培养”的意思，develop意为“发展、培养”。
30．What's the author's purpose of writing the text?
A．To state laughter leads to health.
B．To show the importance of laughter.
C．To prove laughter helps us work better.
D．To introduce some ways to make us laugh.
答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。根据文章主题句“Many scientists have stressed on the importance of laughter, which can lead a healthy life.”并结合全文内容可知，作者主要是为了论述微笑的重要性。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Be at your best!
What does your brain need to work well? Here are some things it needs.
Good food
Experts say that breakfast is much more important than any other meal. __31__. So don't miss breakfast — especially before an exam! But you need to eat a good breakfast — junk food won't work.
A regular supply energy
Your brain needs a regular supply of energy, so you need to eat carbohydrates. They're found in bread, rice, pasta and beans. __32__. They work more quickly than bread and rice, so they give you a short burst (爆发) of energy, but afterwards you feel more tired.
A continuous supply of oxygen (氧气)
Your brain needs oxygen, which it gets from exercise. __33__. You also need a good supply of iron because iron helps your blood to carry oxygen round your body.
Water
__34__. Not getting enough water will stop your brain from working well. And remember, water isn't as expensive as sweet drinks!
__35__.
Your brain needs several hours' sleep, so it can ‘update’ itself, just like a computer. Experts say that when you study for a test or an exam, you should get some sleep as quickly as possible after you've finished studying. This helps you to remember what you've learnt.
A．A short break
B．A good night's sleep
C．It works best in the morning
D．Exercise improves your memory too
E．Water is much better than sweet drinks
F．Your brain works better when you have eaten
G．Chocolate, biscuits and sweets are not good for your brain
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章主要介绍了几种促进大脑良好运转的方法。
31．答案与解析：F　F选项中的“when you have eaten”和该空后的“So don't miss breakfast”相呼应。
32．答案与解析：G　G项中的“not good for your brain”和下一句中的“but afterwards you feel more tired”相呼应。
33．答案与解析：D　根据该空前的“it gets from exercise”可知，D项内容承接上一句说明锻炼还可以提高记忆力。
34．答案与解析：E　根据该段谈论的中心词water以及该段末尾的“water isn't as expensive as sweet drinks”可知，E项内容符合此处语境。
35．答案与解析：B　根据该段中的“several hours' sleep”和“get some sleep”可知，该段主要说明大脑需要充足的睡眠，故选B项。
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
“I was born for soccer, just as Beethoven was born for music.” These words are exactly from Pelé.He is considered the greatest soccer player who has had a huge influence on the __36__ world.His great __37__ are not the only reason why he is my hero, though.He is also very kind.When I play soccer, I often think of Pelé， and then I will become very __38__.I like __39__ videos of his games because I can learn from all his moves.I __40__ his skills and want to be like him one day.He started playing soccer when he was very young and __41__ his professional career at age 14.He had surprising speed and skills in ball __42__ and seemed to be able to make the ball do as he wanted.
I dream of breaking Pelé's records one day.He __43__the record of scoring (得分) the most goals in a career: 1, 283.When he has 17, he was the __44__ scorer in a World Cup Final.Pelé is the only __45__ to have been in three World Cup winning teams (1958, 1962 and 1970) and was named “South American Player of the Year” in 1973, Every time the ball was at his feet, some surprising, record­breaking feat (壮举) was __46__ to be made by Pelé.
Pelé is also famous for his __47__ for others.He is a __48__ person and gives money to organizations that __49__ children around the world and social services in Brazil.__50__， he is also a member of many charity fund raisers.When he travels, he __51__goes out of his way to help children.
Heroes are people we admire and want to __52__.Ney Blanco de Oliveira, Pelé 's personal friend for more than 40 years, __53__Pelé：“My friend Pelé is not only the __54__ soccer player in the world, but also one of the kindest human beings that I have ever known.” These are also the reasons why Pelé is my __55__.
【语篇解读】　本文主要讲述了作者崇拜足球传奇贝利的原因。
36．A.soccer B．basketball
C．swimming D．shooting
答案与解析：A　贝利被认为是最伟大的足球运动员，他应该是对足球(soccer)世界有很大的影响。
37．A.skills B．grades
C．qualities D．experiences
答案与解析：A　根据下文中的“... his skills and want to be like him one day.”可知，贝利拥有出色的技术(skills)。
38．A.polite B．lonely
C．strange D．energetic
答案与解析：D　根据上文可知，“我”想成为贝利那样优秀的球员。因此“我”踢球时想起贝利，应该是“精力充沛的”。
39．A.selling B．designing
C．making D．watching
答案与解析：D　根据本空后的“I can learn from all his moves.”可知，“我”很喜欢看(watching)贝利的视频，因为“我”可以学习他的动作。
40．A.improve B．have
C．admire D．share
答案与解析：C　根据本空后的“want to be like him one day”可知，“我”崇拜(admire)贝利的技术。
41．A.began B．continued
C．stopped D．changed
答案与解析：A　根据本空前的“He started playing soccer when he was very young”可知，贝利很早就开始了(began)足球生涯。
42．A.control B．sense
C．study D．advertisement
答案与解析：A　根据本空后的“seemed to be able to make the ball do as he wanted.”可知，贝利有着出色的控球(control)技术，能够随心所欲地带球。
43．A.checks B．holds
C．breaks D．wishes
答案与解析：B　根据本空前的“I dream of breaking Pelé's records one day.”可知，贝利保持着(holds)职业生涯进球最多的纪录。
44．A.cleverest B．fastest
C．youngest D．strongest
答案与解析：C　根据本空前的“When he was 17”可知，17岁时，贝利成为了世界杯决赛圈最年轻的(youngest)进球者。
45．A.coach B．partner
C．player D．assistant
答案与解析：C　根据第一段的“the greatest soccer player”可知，贝利是唯一一个三届世界杯冠军球队的球员(player)。
46．A.forced B．expected
C．allowed D．forbidden
答案与解析：B　根据本空前的“Every time the ball was at his feet, some surprising, record­breaking...”可知，每次球在贝利脚下的时候，他都有望(expected)创造惊人的壮举。
47．A.thanking B．caring
C．looking D．fighting
答案与解析：B　根据后文的内容可知，贝利经常帮助他人，活跃于各种慈善事业，因此，贝利也因关怀(caring)他人而出名。
48．A.brave B．patient
C．kind D．careful
答案与解析：C　根据本空后的“gives money to organizations”可知，贝利是一个仁慈的(kind)人。
49．A.organize B．train
C．find D．help
答案与解析：D　根据本空后的“social services in Brazil”可知，这些组织是帮助(help)世界各地的儿童的。
50．A.Besides B．However
C．Instead D．Therefore
答案与解析：A　根据本空后的“he is also a member of many charity fund raisers.”可知，除此之外(Besides)，贝利还参与很多慈善基金的筹集。
51．A.seldom B．just
C．never D．always
答案与解析：D　根据本空后的“goes out of his way to help children.”可知，旅行的时候，贝利总是(always)以他的方式去帮助儿童。
52．A.educate B．follow
C．beat D．aid
答案与解析：B　根据本空前的“Heroes are people we admire”可知，英雄是那些我们崇拜又想追随(follow)的人。
53．A.advises B．describes
C．judges D．encourages
答案与解析：B　根据本空后的内容可知，这是贝利的好友描述(describes)他的话语。
54．A.most positive B．friendliest
C．richest D．greatest
答案与解析：D　根据上文中的“the greatest soccer player”可知，好友说贝利是他所知道的最伟大的(greatest)球员。
55．A.relative B．teacher
C．hero D．pride
答案与解析：C　这些也是贝利成为“我”心目中的英雄(hero)的原因。
非选择题部分
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
You may have already experienced the effects of an 56.________(ill) and you know it's not fun. You may have felt tired, painful and 57.________ (sleep). But did you know, if you don't eat the proper foods each day, you can still feel all these symptoms (症状)? Getting the proper nutrition is one of the important things we need to do 58.________ (stay) active.
Breakfast is the most important meal of a day. It 59.________(give) you the “fuel” you need to be active and productive. Take a close look at 60.________ word “breakfast”. If you divide it 61.________ two separate words, it spells “break” and “fast”. This literally (字面上) means in the morning we are to break the the fast, or start out our day by 62.________(eat)．
You may think the vegetables 63.________ are dark green in color are kind of unpleasant, but they are actually very good for you. Everyone likes sweet stuff, 64.________ too much sugar can not only make you gain weight but also do harm to your teeth. However, fruit is 65.________ (natural) sweet and contains many health benefits. Eating a certain amount of fruit each day will give you lots of energy and help your mind stay sharp.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章就如何正确地通过饮食摄取营养提供了几条建议。
56．答案与解析：illness　考查名词。根据前面的an 可知，此处用ill的名词形式，所以填illness。
57．答案与解析：sleepy　考查形容词。根据空格前的“You may have felt tired, painful and”可知，and 前后词性一致，所以此处填sleep的形容词形式sleepy。
58．答案与解析：to stay　考查非谓语动词。此处用动词不定式作目的状语，所以填to stay。句意为：为了保持活力，得到正确的营养是我们需要做的一件很重要的事。
59．答案与解析：gives　考查主谓一致。主语是It，所以此处用动词give的三单形式gives。
60．答案与解析：the　考查冠词。此处表特指，所以用定冠词the修饰。
61．答案与解析：into　考查介词。divide... into...是固定搭配，意为“把……分成……”。
62．答案与解析：eating　考查非谓语动词。介词by后接动名词作宾语。
63．答案与解析：that/which　考查定语从句引导词。根据语境可知，此处是一个限制性定语从句，先行词是the vegetables，所以用that 或者which引导。
64．答案与解析：but　考查连词。根据语境可知，空格前后存在逻辑上的转折关系，所以填连词but。
65．答案与解析：naturally　考查副词。此处用副词修饰形容词，所以填naturally。
第四部分　写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节　应用文写作(满分15分)
假定你是李华，你市将举办国际马拉松赛，请你给外教John发一封电子邮件，邀请他一起报名参加。内容主要包括：
1．告知马拉松比赛的具体信息；
2．说明邀请理由；
3．希望对方参加。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
参考词汇：马拉松 marathon
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Dear John，
I'm pleased to tell you that an international marathon will take place in our city. I know you love sport and I'd like to invite you to run with me.
The activity will be held on February 20 along the newly­built Binhe Road. It will start at 7：30 a．m. and end at 11：30 a．m., lasting for four hours. Over five hundred people will take part in it. How nice!
The marathon is not only an activity for exercising, but also for entertaining. I'm sure that we would have great fun. Besides, it's also a chance to make new friends with those who have the same interests as us.
It would be great if you could come. I'm looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours，
Li Hua
第二节　读后续写(满分25分)
阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。
We went to Darjelling during the summer holidays and booked a cottage (农舍) for our stay. Our cook Gopi came with us because we could not do without home­cooked meals.
Usually all the shopping was done by our home help — Bharat,_who had accompanied (陪伴) us to our holiday destination. However, one early evening, my_mother decided to do all the vegetable shopping by herself. She believed that Bharat did not wait to check the really fresh items and instead, bought randomly in a hurry. As a result, the vegetables he brought back were not fresh.
After getting ready, she took her favorite purse with quite an amount of money,_thinking she could go to other shops too after finishing at the vegetable market. my mother asked Bharat to get a rickshaw for her and on reaching the market,_she asked the_rickshaw_wallah (人力车车夫) to wait for her. She took a coolie and did her shopping happily, choosing some of the freshest green vegetables available there. At last, her shopping was done. She returned to the rickshaw and sat on it while the coolie put all the things my mother had bought onto the rickshaw.
On reaching home, Bharat took all the packets of vegetables inside and my mother quickly paid the rickshaw wallah and got off, forgetting to collect her purse from the_seat of the rickshaw. The rickshaw wallah left soon after saying goodbye to my mother. All of us greeted my mother and asked her about her evening of shopping with much delight.
Then we began to help my mother prepare our dinner. My father came to help chop the meat; I helped wash the vegetables; we were talking and laughing. When dinner was about to be announced, it was late in the evening, almost 9 p．m.
注意：
1．所续写短文的词数应为150左右；
2．应使用5个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语；
3．续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；
4．续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。
Paragraph 1：
Then my mom realized her purse was missing.________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Paragraph 2：
We were just about to begin eating when the door bell rang. ____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
Paragraph 1：
Then my mom realized her purse was missing. She looked everywhere for it and suddenly remembered that after paying the_rickshaw_wallah,_she kept the purse on the_seat before getting off. She had forgotten to pick up her purse which contained a lot of money. When my father came to know about this, he said that it was too late to look for the rickshaw wallah. We all decided that it was better to forget it. Mom felt sad and worried while sitting for dinner.
Paragraph 2：
We were just about to begin eating when the door bell rang. Bharat opened the door and called my_mother to see who it was. To our surprise, it was the poor rickshaw wallah standing at our entrance with a big smile on his weather­beaten face. He had the purse in his hand. He explained that he had returned to the market before he realized what had happened. When my mother opened her purse, she found all the cash in it. We wanted to reward the lovely man but he smiled and said，“Madam, I'm poor but not a thief”and went away quickly.

Section Ⅰ　Listening and speaking & Listening and Talking


Step One: Speaking
Speaking
As is well known to us, there are some signs before an earthquake happens. Discuss with your partners about what happens before an earthquake.
Signs before the earthquake

The water in the wells rose and fell. And some deep cracks could be seen in the well walls. A smelly gas came out of the cracks.

The chickens, the dogs and even the pigs were too nervous to eat.

Mice ran out of the fields looking_for places to hide.

Fish jumped out of their bowls and ponds. People could see bright lights in the sky.
Step Two: Listening
Ⅰ.Listen to the following news reports and choose the correct answers. (课文P48)
Ⅰ.Listen to the news reports and tick the disasters that you hear.
(√) earthquake　　(√) tornado　 (　) wildfire　 (　) drought　　(√) landslide　　 (　) tsunami　 (√) flood　
(　) volcanic eruption
听力材料：
NEWS REPORT 1
A＝Anchor A
A：Good morning, it's 17 April. A strong earthquake hit Ecuador yesterday. The 7.8­magnitude earthquake damaged many buildings, and early reports said that about 230 people were killed and more than 1,500 were injured. Volunteers and rescue workers are helping the survivors.
NEWS REPORT 2
B＝Anchor B
B：Good evening. Today is 27 March. More news about the floods in central China. The government is helping more than 12,000 people in Hunan and Jiangxi get away from the rising water. Homes and land have been destroyed, but no one has been killed. Rescue workers and soldiers are working day and night to make sure that people are safe. They are also bringing food and water to those whose homes were lost in the disaster.
NEWS REPORT 3
C＝Anchor C
C：Breaking news, Saturday 12 August. A tornado was just seen in southern Memphis, the USA. Eyewitnesses said that at 9：25 am, the tornado destroyed four homes. A police officer tells us that at least one person has died. More tornados are possible, and the police advise avoiding the area.
NEWS REPORT 4
D＝Anchor D
D：And is Seoul, a landslide damaged a library and a supermarket in a southern neighbourhood. The landslide was caused by the heavy rain that has fallen is Seoul over the past week. According to the police, no one was injured in the landslide but several cars were damaged. Those are the top news for today, Wednesday 21 July.
Ⅱ. Listen to the following conversations. Circle the key words in the questions below and write the kind of information they refer to. Then listen again and answer the questions.
1．What was the magnitude of the earthquake in Ecuador?
答案：7.8_magnitude_earthquake
2．How many people were killed or injured in Ecuador?
答案：230_people__were_killed_and_more_than_1500_people_were_injured.
3．Where was the floods?
答案：In_central_China
4．What are the rescue workers and soldiers doing in the flood­hit area?
答案：They_not_only_make_sure_people_are_safe_but_also_bring_food_and_water_to_those_whose_homes_were_lost_in_the_disaster.
5．When did people see the tornado in Memphis?
答案：Saturday_12_August
6．Which buildings were damaged in Seoul?
答案：A_library_and_a_supermarket.
7．What caused in landslide in Seoul?
答案：The_landslide_was_caused_by_the_heavy_rain.
Listening Tips
1．注意细节
Think about what you are listening for before you listen: numbers, dates, times, addresses, activities, people or places, reasons, etc.
2．巧辨连读
听力中有很多连读，如果不知道很容易听不清或者听错，所谓连读，指的是词与词之间交界的两个音会经常连在一起，发音时好像连成了一个较长的单词。听力中常见的连读形式：
(1)辅元连读：在一个句子或短语中，前一个单词以辅音结尾，后一个单词以元音开头时，需要将辅音和元音在一起连读。如：if I, for a walk, on a winter's day。
(2)元元连读：第一种，在一个句子或短语中，前一个单词的发音以/i/或/ai/结尾，后一个单词以元音开头时，中间加一个半元音/j/，如：I am...第二种，在一个句子或短语中，前一个单词的发音以/u/或/u：/结尾，后一个单词以元音开头时，加一个半元音/w/，如：you are, who are。
即时训练　听下面3段对话回答问题，并辨别对话中的连读。
1．What should Wendy do now?
A．Play. B．Exercise.
C．Study.
答案：C
2．How much change will the woman receive?
A．$4.50. B．$ 5.00.
C．$ 5.50.
答案：C
3．Where is the camera probably now?
A．In the car. B．In their home.
C．In the shop.
答案：B
听力材料：
Text 1
W：Look! Wendy's in the playground, doing sports with her classmates.
M：But it's time for her to finish her schoolwork now.
Text 2
W：Excuse me. How much is this hat?
M：It's fourteen dollars and fifty cents.
W：Good. I'll take it. Here is a twenty.
Text 3
W：The camera is not in the car! You must have left it somewhere while shopping.
M：Take it easy. I remember clearly that you put it on the sofa in our living room.




Step Three: Discussing
Ⅰ. 根据录音在空格处填入合适的内容
Grave news, it's 26 April. A strong earthquake 1.shook the east of at 1：25 a．m. on April 16,2019, at a depth of about 10 km, and another earthquake happened at 9：26 p．m. on April 27,2019, at a depth of about 11 km. The two earthquakes 2.killed at least 40 people and more than one thousand people 3.got_injured. With so many buildings falling down and 4.catching_fire,_a great number of people have moved out of their homes. Soldiers and rescue workers 5._are_sent_to_the_disaster areas immediately. We hope that people in the disaster area can lead a normal life and have their beautiful homes 6.rebuilt_ soon.
话题积累：
1．at a depth of 深度……
2．lead a normal life 过着正常的生活
Ⅱ.
Work in group and discuss the following questions：
1．What should you do when an earthquake happens?
(1)In_my_opinion,_we_should_drop_down_on_our_hands_and_knees;_cover_our_head_with_our_hands;_stay_away_from_glass,_windows;_hide_under_a_desk_or_table_and_so_on.
(2)In_my_view,_we_should_find_an_open_space_away_from_buildings,_trees_and_power_lines_as_soon_as_possible.
2．What should you do if you are trapped after an earthquake?
Keep_calm_and_use_a_cell_phone_to_call_for_help._You_can_also_tap_on_a_pipe_or_a_wall_or_whistle_for_help.



课时作业 13

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
There was an earthquake this morning. I was working in front of my computer when it hit the city. The quake started with a sudden loud noise. I thought that something heavy in a neighbor's house probably had fallen. However, the walls and the floor began to shake. I finally realized it was an earthquake.
My son Zac, a sixteen­year­old boy, was sleeping with his door locked. Being sixteen, he can sleep through any kind of noise. “Zac！” I shouted. “Are you OK？” But nobody replied. I was a little worried. I couldn't imagine that someone was able to get such a deep sleep. The house was dancing. There were waves in the swimming pool. I was afraid the house would come down. “Zac！” I yelled, knocking on his door with an open palm (手掌). “Zac! Wake up! It's an earthquake! We need to get out！”
My son finally emerged in his underpants. We looked around the room. I knew that we should hide under a table to stop things from falling on us and stay away from glass. Unfortunately, none of our furniture was designed for hiding under. “Should we go into the garden？” Zac asked. “No, trees could fall on us！” I said. Actually, Zac had done earthquake drills (训练) at school. He must have been told to hide under a desk and cover his head. But we had nothing to cover our heads in the house.
Luckily, before we took any action, the windows stopped moving and the pool calmed down. Everything went back to normal soon. But both my son and I knew what we should do, because we knew if there had been a really big earthquake this morning, we couldn't have escaped from it.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。一场地震让作者和她儿子知道要防患于未然。
1．When the earthquake started, the author ________.
A．didn't hear anything
B．was repairing her computer
C．didn't consider it an earthquake
D．was sleeping with her door locked
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第一段的“I thought that something heavy in a neighbor's house probably had fallen. However, the walls and the floor began to shake. I finally realized it was an earthquake.”可知，作者一开始没有意识到发生了地震。
2．According to Paragraph 2, why was the author worried?
A．Because her son seemed to be in pain.
B．Because she couldn't wake her son up.
C．Because her son was locked in his room.
D．Because she couldn't solve her son's sleep problem.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段的“But nobody replied. I was a little worried.”可知，作者担忧是因为她无法叫醒儿子。
3．What problem did the author and her son face?
A．They couldn't get out of the house.
B．They couldn't stop things from falling.
C．They couldn't find anything to hide under.
D．They couldn't remember what to do in an earthquake.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第三段的“Unfortunately, none of our furniture was designed for hiding under.”可知，她们家里没有任何可躲避的地方。
4．The author and her son most probably realized they should ________.
A．replace their furniture
B．build a stronger house
C．receive earthquake drills
D．watch the weather report often
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据全文内容以及最后一段的“But both my son and I knew what we should do, because we knew if there had been a really big earthquake this morning, we couldn't have escaped from it.”可推断，作者和她儿子在这次地震中意识到应该未雨绸缪，为地震做好准备，故很有可能换家具。
B
Making employees feel happy and healthy at work is good for many businesses. But it isn't always an easy thing. A research suggests that just 33% of the U．S. employees consider themselves fully engaged (投身于) at work, while 16% are actively disengaged, and 51% are just showing up.
But there is an exception. When it comes to employee engagement, it seems that employees in small companies are doing better. According to the same research, the largest U．S. companies have the lowest levels of engagement, while companies with fewer than 25 employees have the highest. And in one recent report, 75 percent of small business workers surveyed said they were “very” or “extremely” satisfied with their role as a small company employee.
Unlike big companies, small companies are often short of resources but the employees can get more surprises there. Small companies offer excellent career opportunities to their employees. The bosses often know their staff very well and understand their personal needs. Employees of small companies are more likely to receive free meals, paid leave, and they can even bring their pets to work.
But of course, there're many other draws in small businesses. One of the top draws is flexible scheduling (弹性工时). Another is being able to really see the fruits of one's labor. Besides, non­cash award is also a big draw. This could be something small that reflects employees' interests and lifestyles.
While a parental leave might lead to some financial problems, small companies may do something to improve it. “It may be impossible for a five­person team to be reduced to four for six months，” writes Camilla Velasquez, head of HR management platform Justworks. “But it could be possible to allow new parents to take on reduced hours in a work­from­home environment.” This kind of method has been realized in some small companies.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了小型企业的员工比大型企业员工的幸福感更强，并分析了原因。
5．What can we infer from Paragraph 2?
A．Employees can develop better in small companies.
B．Employees can earn more money in small companies.
C．Employees in big companies are hard to be satisfied.
D．Employees in small companies are more engaged at work.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第二段的“When it comes to employee engagement, it seems that employees in small companies are doing better.”可知，相对于大公司的员工来说，小公司的员工更能很好地投入到工作中。
6．What does Paragraph 3 mainly talk about?
A．The benefits of working for small companies.
B．The differences between small and big companies.
C．What challenges staff in small companies may face.
D．Why small companies are short of resources.
答案与解析：A　主旨大意题。根据第三段的“Small companies offer excellent career opportunities...”可知，这些都是在小公司工作的好处，所以可知答案。
7．What does the underlined word “draws” in Paragraph 4 mean?
A．Choices. B．Attractions.
C．Difficulties. D．Competitions.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。根据下文的“flexible scheduling”， “being able to really see the fruits of one's labor”及“non­cash award”等推测，该词义为“吸引人的东西”。
8．What can be most probably inferred from the passage?
A．Small companies may have more employees with much happiness.
B．Big companies should learn from some small companies.
C．Employees should have their own hobbies and lifestyles.
D．Employers should pay more attention to the staff's needs.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。本文主要讲了跟大型企业相比，小型企业的员工可以享受更多更好的待遇，因而他们的幸福感更强。再根据第二段的“And in one recent report, 75 percent of small business workers surveyed said they were ‘very’ or ‘extremely’ satisfied with their role as a small company employee.”所以可推测，小型企业的员工幸福感更强。
Ⅱ.完形填空
Luckily, I got four turkeys this holiday. I __1__ only one of them. I __2__ my neighbor was going through a hard time, so I decided to give one to them as a __3__.
That still __4__ me with two extra (额外的) turkeys. I __5__ to cook one of them, make sandwiches and __6__ them to an area of town where many people seem to be in need of food and a little __7__.
While I was waiting for the bus to get there, I saw two people that I thought might __8__ sandwiches. The moment they came near, I __9__ them each a sandwich, along with a smile card, and told them to have a good day. I received __10__ in return.
On the bus, a young mother got on with her little girl. I offered her a sandwich, and she __11__ accepted. Then I started giving them to other __12__， along with smile cards, and they also __13__ with smiles. By this point, I was __14__ happiness and couldn't help smiling. I felt __15__ because of that.
When we got to the bus terminal (终点), I had given away five sandwiches. The act of __16__， the care shared and the __17__ smiles just made my heart filled with so much __18__. I think what I have done is good for everyone, __19__ I will do this again soon.
Giving not only makes you feel wonderful but it also __20__ happiness to others.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是社会服务。作者向陌生人赠送火鸡三明治，陌生人投以微笑，彼此都感到快乐。
1．A.needed B．noticed
C．ordered D．saved
答案与解析：A　根据上文的“got four turkeys this holiday”及下文的“I decided to give one to them”和“two extra turkeys”可知，作者只需要一只火鸡。
2．A.meant B．showed
C．knew D．proved
答案与解析：C　由“neighbor”及“I decided to give one to them”可知，作者知道邻居家有困难。
3．A.prize B．gift
C．choice D．wish
答案与解析：B　根据上文的holiday及give可知，作者决定把一只火鸡作为礼物送给邻居家。
4．A.filled B．upset
C．provided D．left
答案与解析：D　根据上文作者需要一只，送给邻居一只及下文“two extra turkeys”可知，作者还有两只火鸡。
5．A.learned B．waited
C．helped D．decided
答案与解析：D　根据第二段第一句可知，作者决定把火鸡做成三明治带给其他人。
6．A.mail B．lend
C．sell D．take
答案与解析：D　参考上题解析。
7．A.time B．kindness
C．luck D．experience
答案与解析：B　根据“an area of town where many people seem to be in need of food”可知，作者决定把做好的三明治带到这个城镇最需要食物和善意的地方。
8．A.have B．make
C．like D．buy
答案与解析：C　根据下文作者送给这两个人三明治可知，作者认为这两个人也许喜欢三明治。
9．A.cooked B．offered
C．found D．paid
答案与解析：B　由下文“along with a smile card, and told them to have a good day”可知，作者主动赠给这两个人火鸡三明治。
10．A.money B．advice
C．smiles D．presents
答案与解析：C　从下文“they also __13__ with smiles”可知，这两个人用微笑回报作者。
11．A.gladly B．secretly
C．seriously D．suddenly
答案与解析：A　根据下文“they also __13__ with smiles”可知，这对母女高兴地接受了。
12．A.passengers B．shoppers
C．neighbors D．drivers
答案与解析：A　作者在公交车上，所以把三明治送给其他乘车的人。
13．A.refused B．tried
C．accepted D．explained
答案与解析：C　由下文“with smiles”可知，其他乘客也高兴地接受了。
14．A.expecting B．requesting
C．recording D．achieving
答案与解析：D　根据下文“and couldn't help smiling”可知，作者收获着幸福。
15．A.busy B．great
C．safe D．nervous
答案与解析：B　根据上文“I was __14__ happiness and couldn't help smiling”可知，给陌生人赠送三明治让作者觉得棒极了。
16．A.thinking B．love
C．giving D．bravery
答案与解析：C　由最后一段的Giving可知，这是一种给予行为。
17．A.surprised B．sad
C．forced D．weak
答案与解析：A　作者给陌生人火鸡三明治，当然会让他们感到惊讶，所以他们的笑容也是惊讶的。
18．A.joy B．calmness
C．courage D．worry
答案与解析：A　由上文“I was __14__ happiness and couldn't help smiling”可知，作者内心充满喜悦。
19．A.if B．though
C．but D．so
答案与解析：D　作者认为她所做的对每个人都有好处，所以她会不久再做一次。
20．A.returns B．brings
C．teaches D．serves
答案与解析：B　根据上文可知，给予也能给他人带来快乐。

Section Ⅱ　Reading and Thinking


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．disaster/dɪ'zɑːstə(r)/n.灾难；灾害
2．rescue/'reskjuː/n.& vt.营救；救援
3．damage/'dæmɪdʒ/vt.损害；破坏　n．损坏；损失
4．destroy/dɪ'strɔɪ/vt.摧毁；毁灭
5．affect/ə'fekt/vt.影响；(疾病)侵袭；深深打动
6．shelter_/'ʃeltɔ(r)/n.避难处；居所；庇护　vt.保护；掩蔽　
vi.躲避(风雨或危险)
7．ruin/'ruːɪn/n.& vt.破坏；毁坏
8．electricity/ɪˌlek'trɪsəti/n.电；电能
9．trap/træp/vt.使落入险境；使陷入圈套　n．险境；陷阱
10．bury/'beri/vt.埋葬；安葬
11．effort/'efə(r)t/n.努力；艰难的尝试；尽力
12．wisdom/'wɪzdəm/n.智慧；才智
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．survive/sə'vaɪv/vi.生存；存活； vt.幸存；艰难度过→survivor n．幸存者；生还者→survival n. 幸存
2．death/deθ/n.死；死亡→dead adj. 无生命的
3._shock/ʃɒk/n.震惊；令人震惊的事；休克
vt.(使)震惊→shocking adj.令人震惊的→shocked adj.感到震惊的
4．breathe/briːð/vi.& vt.呼吸→breath n. 呼吸
5．revive/rɪ'vaɪv/vt.& vi.复活；(使)苏醒→revival n．振兴；复苏
6．unify_/'juːnɪfaɪ/vi.& vt.统一；(使)成一体→unite vi.& vt.团结
7．suffer/'sʌfə/vt.遭受；蒙受
vi.(因疾病、痛苦、悲伤等)受苦→suffering n．折磨；苦难
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1._as_if 似乎；好像；仿佛
2．in_ruins 严重受损；破败不堪
3．in_shock 震惊；吃惊
4．set_up 建立
5．as_usual 像往常一样
6．come to an end 结束
7．the number of... ……的数量
8._instead_of 而不
9．dig_out 挖掘
10．a home to ……的家园
11．go through 经历
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．too＋adj.＋to...“太……不……”
Chickens and even pigs were too_nervous_to_eat,_and dogs refused to go inside buildings.
鸡甚至猪都紧张得吃不下东西，狗也不愿意进圈舍去。
2．It seems/seemed as if...　看起来似乎……
It_seemed_as_if the world were coming at an end!
好像世界末日到了！
3．everywhere引导让步状语从句
Everywhere_survivors_looked,_there was nothing but ruins.
幸存者无论往哪里看，看到的都是废墟。
4．with复合结构
With_strong_support_from_government_and the tireless efforts of the city's people, a new Tangshan was built upon the earthquake ruins.
在政府的大力支持和人民的不懈努力下，一座崭新的唐山在地震废墟上建成了。



►第一步|速读——了解教材课文(P50)主题和段落大意
1．What's the main idea of the text?
The passage is mainly about a_terrible_earthquake_of_Tangshan.
2．Find out the main idea of each paragraph.
Para.1 　 　A．The earthquake caused unbelievable destruction to Tangshan.
Para.2　 B．The earthquake happened and caused deaths or injuries in Tangshan.
Para.3　 C．Rescue and revival after the earthquakes.
Para.4～5 D．Warning signs before the earthquake.
答案：Part 1—D　Part 2—B　Part 3—A　Part 4～5—C
►第二步|细读——把握教材课文(P50)关键信息
1．All the following unusual things happened before the earthquake except that________.
A．the water in the village wells rose and fell
B．the chickens and even pigs were too nervous to eat
C．Mice ran out of the fields looking for hiding place
D．Fish swam in the water as usual
答案：D
2．Before the earthquake people were asleep as usual because ________.
A．they didn't notice anything strange happening
B．they knew well about earthquakes
C．something strange happened in many places
D．they didn't realize the arrival of an earthquake
答案：D
3．The title“A Night The Earth Didn't Sleep” means ________.
A．the earth was awake all night long
B．a terrible earthquake happened that night
C．people on the earth couldn't fall asleep that night
D．animals on the earth couldn't fall asleep that night
答案：B
4．What's the meaning of the last sentence “Slowly, the city began to breathe again.”？
A．People weren't sad any more.
B．The life in Tangshan began to return to normal.
C．The earthquake finally came to an end.
D．Those who were trapped were saved.
答案：B



►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．rescue n．& vt.营救；救援
(教材P48)What are the rescue workers and soldiers doing in the flood­hit area?
救援人员和士兵在洪水灾区做什么？
come to/go to sb.'s rescue＝rescue sb.　　　　 援救某人
rescue...from...　 把……从……营救出来
①When we were trapped in the ruins, the soldiers came to our rescue.
当我们被困在废墟中时，士兵们赶来救援。
②The firefighters rescued five children from the burning house yesterday.
昨天，消防人员把5个孩子从失火的房子中解救出来。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)At midnight we finally rescued (rescue) the tourists who were trapped in the valley.
(2)A large number of soldiers were sent there to_rescue (rescue) those trapped in the building.

巧学助记：
As soon as the accident happened, the rescue team came to the victims' rescue, and they didn't give up any hope of rescuing them from danger.
事故一发生，救援队就来营救受害者了，并且他们没有放弃使他们脱离危险的任何希望。
2.damage vt.损害；破坏　n．损坏；损失
(教材P48)Which buildings were damaged in Seoul?
首尔哪些建筑被毁？
(1)　　　　　　　　　　对……造成损害
(2) damage one's health　 损害某人的健康　
①This could cause serious damage to our environment.
这可能会对我们的环境造成严重的破坏。
②Damage caused by the earthquake disaster is very terrible.
地震灾害造成的破坏太严重了。
[即学即练]　单句写作
众所周知，抽烟会损害我们的健康。(一句多译)
(1)As we all know, smoking can do/cause_damage_to_our_health. (damage n．)
(2)It is well known that smoking can damage_our_health.(damage vt.)
巧学助记：
Mary was very angry because someone had done damage to her car. What's worse, when she arrived home, she found her house lay in ruins because a big fire completely destroyed the building. 玛丽非常生气，因为有人把她的汽车弄坏了。更糟的是，当她到家时，她发现她的房子沦为一片废墟，因为一场大火完全摧毁了建筑物。
3.survive vi.生存；存活　vt.幸存；艰难度过
(经典佳句) Unluckily, no one survived the terrible accident.
不幸的是，没有人从这个可怕的事故中幸存。
(1)survive sth.　　　　　 　　　　 　　　　　幸免于；从……中挺过来/活过来
A survive B (by...)　 A比B活得长……
survive on　 依靠……生存下来
survive from...　 从……存活下来，流传下来
(2)survivor n．　 幸存者
survival n．　 [U] 幸存；[C] 残存物
①Of the six people injured in the terrible accident, only two survived.
在这次可怕的事故受伤的六人中，只有两人活了下来。
②Some strange customs have survived from earlier times.
有些奇怪的风俗是从早年流传下来的。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The old lady has survived all her sisters and brothers by ten years.
(2)I don't know how you all manage to survive on such little money.
巧学助记：
After he survived the earthquake, the old man became one of the few survivors of the family. 那位老人在地震中幸存下来，成为这个家庭中为数不多的幸存者之一。
4.affect vt.影响；(疾病)侵袭；深深打动
(经典例句)As far as I'm concerned, following others' advice without thinking will affect our decision.
显而易见，不假思索地接受他人的意见将影响我们的决定。
affect sb./sth.　　　　　　　　　　 　 　　影响某人/某事
be deeply affected by　 被深深打动了
①As a matter of fact, your opinion will not affect my decision.
事实上，你的意见不会影响我的决定。
②The disease is beginning to affect his eyesight.
疾病开始侵袭他的视力。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Most people present at the meeting were deeply affected (affect) by his speech.
(2)With the government's help, those people affected (affect) by the earthquake have moved for the new settlements.
(3)Around 540 million people are_affected (affect) by second­hand smoke, which causes 100,000 deaths per year.

名师指津：“对……有很大影响”
affect sb. greatly.
have a great effect on sb.
have a great influence on sb.
5.ruin n．废墟；毁灭　vt.毁灭；使破产
(教材P50)In less than one minute, a large city lay in ruins.
不到一分钟，一座大城市就成了废墟。
(1)be/lie in ruins　　　　　　　　 　　　　　成为废墟；毁灭
fall into ruin　 成为废墟；破败不堪
(2)ruin one's hope/chance　 使某人的希望破灭/机会失去
ruin oneself　 自我毁灭
①The whole city lay in ruins after the earthquake, which made us awake all night.
地震之后整个城市成了一片废墟，这让我们彻夜未眠。
②A large number of buildings fell into ruin after the earthquake.
地震后，许多建筑都毁了。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)Heavy smoking ruins (ruin) your health, so you should give up smoking.
(2)It rained for two weeks on end, completely ruining (ruin) our holiday.
(3)Ever since the earthquake, this temple has been in ruins.
(4)In my opinion, his stubborn character and shortcomings in his work will ruin_his_future.
依我看来，他固执的性格和在工作中的缺点会毁掉他的前途的。
名师指津：in ruins“成为废墟”ruin一定要用复数形式哟！


6.shock n．震惊；令人震惊的事；休克　vt.(使)震惊
(教材P50) People were in shock — and then, later that afternoon, another big quake shook Tangshan again.
人们都很震惊——然后，那天下午晚些时候，唐山又发生了一次大地震。
(1)be a shock to...　　　　　　　　　　　　使……吃惊
(2)shocked adj.　 震惊的；惊讶的
be shocked at/by　 对……吃惊
be shocked to do sth.　 做某事很吃惊
(3)shocking adj.　 令人震惊的
①The news shocked the public, leading to great concern about students' safety at school.
这个消息使公众震惊，导致了对在校学生安全的担心。
②His situation was a great shock to us all.
他的处境使我们大家都大为震惊。
③We are shocked that so many people were injured or died in the earthquake.
我们感到震惊的是，如此多的人在地震中伤亡。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)I'm shocked (shock) at his determined attitude towards this matter.
(2)Her falling in love with the poor young man was a shock to us.
(3)I was shocked to_hear (hear) that our factory would have to close.
巧学助记：
The shocking news shocked all the people around, which was also a great shock to people all over the country.
这个让人震惊的消息震惊了周围的人们，也震惊了全国各地的人们。

7.trap vt.使落入险境；使陷入圈套　n．险境；陷阱
(教材P50)Soon after the quakes, the army sent 150,000 soldiers to Tangshan to dig out those who were trapped and to bury the dead.
地震发生后不久，军队派遣了15万名士兵前往唐山，搜救被困人员并埋葬遇难者。
(1)be trapped in　　　　　　　　　　　　　　困在……中； 陷在……中
trap sb. into (doing) sth.　 诱使某人做某事
(2) fall into a trap　 落入圈套/陷阱
①When travelling they were trapped in the mountain, waiting to be rescued.
旅行时，他们被困在山上，等待救援。
②If you choose this way, you're likely to fall into a trap.
如果你选择这条路，你很有可能会落入圈套。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)There was a power failure, they were_trapped (trap) in the lift.
(2)Trapped (trap) in the ruins, the girl still held a positive attitude.
(3) By clever questioning they trapped him into telling the truth.

名师指津：trap 过去式、过去分词、现在分词分别为：trapped; trapped; trapping

8.bury vt.埋藏；掩埋；隐藏
( 经典例句)Ever since he moved there, he has been buried in his research work.
自从搬到那里以后，他一直专注于研究工作。

(1)bury...in... 把……埋到……里
bury one's face in hands　 双手掩面
(2) 埋头于；专心于，沉浸于
①She buried her face in her hands and wept when she heard the bad news.
当她听到那个坏消息时，她掩面而泣。
②In the past three weeks, we have been burying ourselves in study because the exam is drawing near.
在过去的三个星期里，我们专心致志地学习，因为考试即将到来。
[即学即练]　单句写作
他埋头学习，不知道其他人都早已离开了。(一句多译)
(1)Buried (bury) in his study, he didn't know that all the others had left.
(2)Burying (bury) himself in his study, he didn't know that all the others had left.
(3)Because he was_buried_ (bury) in his study, he didn't know that all the others had left
图形助记：
一词多义的“bury”

9.effort n．努力；艰难的尝试；尽力
(教材P50)With strong support from the government and the tireless efforts of the city's people, a new Tangshan was built upon the earthquake ruins.
在政府的大力支持和市民的不懈努力下，一个新唐山在废墟上建立了起来。
spare no effort to do sth.　　　　　　 不遗余力
make an effort to do sth. 努力做某事
①I do believe that all your efforts will pay off sooner or later.
我的确相信你的努力迟早会有所回报。
②As far as I'm concerned, you should make a greater effort to study hard.
依我看来，你应该更加努力学习。
[即学即练]　词汇升级
(低频词汇)If I am lucky enough to be given such a good chance, I will try my best to finish the task.
(高频词汇)If I am lucky enough to be given such a good chance, I will spare_no_effort_to finish the task.(升级加黑词汇)
名师指津：学会高频词汇“spare no effort to do sth.”代替“try one's best to do sth.”哟！
10.suffer vt.遭受；蒙受　vi.(因疾病、痛苦、悲伤等)受苦
(教材P51)What kind of help do you think people who have suffered an earthquake need?
你认为地震灾民需要什么样的帮助？

(1)suffer from　　　　　　　　　　 患……病；因……而受苦
suffer from a bad cold 患重感冒
(2)suffer pains/hardship 遭受痛苦/困难
suffering n．　 苦难，痛苦
sufferer n．　 受难者
①As far as I know, he has ever suffered from a serious illness.
据我所知，他曾患有严重的疾病。
②The company suffered a great loss as a result of the accident.
由于那次事故，该公司才遭受了重大损失。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The people in this country have suffered (suffer) a lot because of the war.
(2)The old man is said to have gone through all kinds of sufferings (suffer) during the war.
巧学助记：
We all want to do something to help those sufferers out of their sufferings.
我们都想做些事去帮助那些受苦者摆脱痛苦。

►第二板块|重点句型解构
1．句型公式：too＋adj.＋to...“太……不……”
(教材P50)Chickens and even pigs were too nervous to eat, and dogs refused to go inside buildings.
鸡甚至猪都紧张得吃不下东西，狗也不愿意进圈舍里去。
too ＋ adj. (for sb.) to do sth. ...意为 “太……而不能……”，表示否定意义
①I was too young to understand the meaning of the film.我太年幼，不理解这部电影的含义。
②The problem is too difficult for me to settle.这个问题太难了，我解决不了。
[即学即练]　一句多译
小男孩太小了不能去上学。
(1)The little boy is so_young_that_he can't go to school.
(2)The little boy is_too_young_to_go_to school.

名师指津：牢记too... to...表示否定意义，可以与so... that...句型相互转换。

2.句型公式： as if ＝ as though“仿佛；好像”，可用来引导表语从句
(教材P50)It seemed as if the world were coming at an end！仿佛到了世界末日！
(1)as if从句用陈述语气：从句表示的情况是真实的或极有可能发生的
(2)as if从句用虚拟语气：
①从句用一般过去时(与现在的事实相反)
②从句用过去完成时(与过去的事实相反)
③从句用would/could/might do形式(与将来的事实相反)

①Look at the clouds in the sky！It looks as if it is going to rain. Let's hurry up.
看看天上的乌云！看起来要下雨，咱们快一点。
②He talks to them as if they were children.他同他们说话，就当他们是孩子一样。
[即学即练]　 单句语法填空
(1)The kids were very friendly with her and even looked up to her as if she were (be) their own mother.
(2)He opened his mouth as if he would_say (say) something.
名师指津：as if
解题的关键在于能明白是对现在、过去还是将来的虚拟；如果对现在的虚拟，系动词be不管是第几人称都用were。


Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．A great number of people suffered (遭受) a great deal in the earthquake.
2．In ancient times, people believed that they could be brought back to life after death (死亡)．
3．A great deal of money has been collected to help those suffering from the floods (洪水)．
4．Too much drinking will do damage (伤害) to your health; you should take the doctor's advice.
5．We should find a shelter (躲避处) from the wind.
6．Helicopters rescued (营救) nearly 20 people from the roof of the burning building.
7．I can't imagine a life without_electricity (电)．
8．All the listeners were greatly shocked (震惊的) when they heard the terrible news on radio.
9．His parents and his little brother lost their lives in the disaster_ (灾难)．
10．The well walls had deep cracks (裂缝) before the terrible earthquake happened.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．These old people have experienced all kinds of sufferings (suffer) in their difficult times.
2．He talks about Rome as if he had_been (be) there before.
3．Though suffering (suffer) such a heavy loss, the boss didn't lose the courage to go on with his business.
4．Trapped (trap) in the ruins, the girl still held a positive attitude.
5．I'm shocked (shock) at his determined attitude towards this matter.
6．It rained for two weeks on end, completely ruining (ruin) our holiday.
7．Around 540 million people are_affected (affect) by second­hand smoke, which causes 100,000 deaths per year.
8．Buried (bury) under the ruins, the little girl was rather frightened.
9．The earthquake was so big that most of the houses in the small village were completely destroyed (destroy)．
10．When it was my turn to express my opinion, I was too nervous to say a word.
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．我建议你应该待在这儿，好像什么事也没有发生过。
I suggest that you should stay here as_if_nothing_had_happened.
2．这顶帽子太大，没法戴。
The hat is_too_large_to_wear.
3．可怕的地震使整个城市在15秒内变成废墟。
The terrible earthquake_left_the_whole_city_in_ruins_in 15 seconds.
4．面对灾难，我们应该保持积极的心态，为更美好的未来重建家园。
In times of disaster, we should stay_positive_and_rebuild_for_a_brighter_future.
5．我很感激，你把我从困境中解救了出来。
I'm grateful that you have_rescued_me_from the difficult situation.
6．有这么多工作要做，我不能和你一起出去看电影。
With_so_much_work_to_do,_I can't go out to see a film with you.
Ⅳ.语法填空
Strange things happened before Tangshan Earthquake happened. The well walls had deep cracks. Some 1.smelly (smell) gas came out of them. Chickens and even pigs were too nervous 2.to_eat (eat). At 3：42 3.on the morning of July 28, 1976, everything began to shake. 4.It seemed as if the world was coming at an end. Steam burst from holes in the ground and hard hills of rock became rivers of dirt. In less than one minute, the whole city lay in 5.ruins (ruin). Two thirds of people died or were 6.injured (injure). Everything in the city was destroyed. People were 7.shocked (shock) at this and wondered how long the disaster would last. The army organized teams to dig out those 8.who were trapped and to bury the dead. Workers built shelters for 9.survivors (survive). Fresh water was taken to the city. Slowly the city began to breathe again. With strong support from the government and the tireless efforts of the city's people, a new Tangshan 10.was_built (build) upon the earthquake ruins.




课时作业 14

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Earthquakes strike suddenly at any time of the day or night, but there's no way to tell when. If an earthquake happens, it may cause many deaths, injuries and damage. So you need a good preparation ahead of time. Decide how and where your family will get together if separated. Choose an out­of­state friend or relative that the family members can call after the quake to report where they are and how they are. Know the safe places in each room: under the strong tables, desks, or against inside walls. Keep enough food, water and other things, including a flashlight, a radio, medicines and clothing.
During the earthquake, you should keep a clear head and never be too nervous to know what to do. Protect your head and neck with your arms. If possible, take a book, a pillow or any other things to protect yourself from falling glass and ruins. If you are indoors, you must immediately lie under any strong furniture. If outdoors, move to an open area away from trees, buildings, walls or powerpoles. If you are in a narrow valley, move to the centre of it and look up for falling stones. If you are in a car, move to the side of the road and stop the car. Do not stop near buildings, power lines or on or under bridges. Stay in your car until the shaking stops.
Do not move a badly injured person unless he is in great danger after the earthquake. Do not use the telephone immediately unless there is a serious injury or fire. Turn on your radio for instructions and news reports. Be prepared for aftershocks. If you want to leave your home, post a message inside your home telling your family members where you can be found.
【语篇解读】　本文主要讲述了人们在地震前、地震中和地震后应该做的事情。
1．To prepare for an earthquake, we should make sure of ________.
A．when an earthquake may happen
B．the place where we can find our family
C．how to receive instructions and news reports
D．the money with which we can buy food and water
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第一段第四句可知，要提前确定地震后家人会合的地点，故B项正确。
2．If we are driving when an earthquake happens, we should ________.
A．find a strong building to hide in
B．leave the car as soon as possible
C．go on driving quickly to leave the area
D．move to the side of the road and stop there
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第二段倒数第三句可知，如果发生地震时你在开车，要把车开到路边停下，所以D项正确。
3．From the passage, we know that during an earthquake ________.
A．we should keep calm and know what to do clearly
B．the trees and walls can protect us if we are outdoors
C．we should protect our necks with a pillow or a book
D．falling glass can be used to help us
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段第一句可知，地震时，要保持头脑冷静，不能因为太紧张而不知所措，故正确答案为A项。
4．After an earthquake, we should ________.
A．move an injured person quickly
B．use the telephone immediately
C．turn on the TV to get news reports
D．leave a message before leaving home
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据文章最后一句可知，地震后，在离开家之前，要留下信息告诉家人去哪里能找到你，故D项正确。
B
All of us spend a large part of our lives at home — eating, sleeping, relaxing and communicating with our family members. Our home is a shelter for us, away from the noisy, busy, and polluted world outside — a place where we can let down our hair and dress casually. Eco­friendliness (环保) is a hot word today and we all know we should make our environment as eco­friendly as possible. This is not only good for our health, but also good for the outward environment. Here are some easy and helpful tips to make your home eco­friendly.

Kitchen
Plan the kitchen to be bright and airy so that you don't have to turn on the lights at daytime. Don't make wasteful use of the gas. Keep all ingredients for cooking ready before lighting the gas. Turn it to low when not required — always using it on “high” burns a lot of gas.
Indoor plants
Plants are extremely eco­friendly and can be used to make your home look lively. Apart from adding life to home, they give out O2, thus making the air inside fresh. You can keep plants in your home, but be sure to show them some sunlight regularly. Also, if they are kept outside, clean their leaves with a wet cloth, as dust may be added to them. A home decorated (装饰) with plants looks attractive. Plants are a natural home decorating gift that shows concern about the environment. A green plant is a wonderful gift which will protect the earth and is sure to be appreciated.
Saving water
Most of the time, we_take_water_for_granted — we keep water running while brushing our teeth or washing clothes. Needless to say, this is a huge waste of natural resources (资源). Try to recycle water. For example, the water used for washing vegetables can be used for watering plants; the soapy water used for washing clothes can be used to clean the bathroom and kitchen.
【语篇解读】　本文主要介绍了如何营造环保的家园，从厨房节约能源、种植室内植物和节约用水三方面提出的建议。
5．Why is the importance of our home discussed in Paragraph 1?
A．To advise us to communicate more with our family members.
B．To show it's necessary to make our home eco­friendly.
C．To advise us to spend more time staying at home.
D．To show the outside world is noisy and polluted.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。文章主要介绍了如何营造环保的家园，因此可推断，第一段讨论家庭的重要性是为了表明创造环保家园是有必要的，从而引出下文。
6．What is advised to be done in the kitchen?
A．To open the window. B．To prepare simple meals.
C．To save energy. D．To turn down lights.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第二段的“Don't make wasteful use of the gas.”可知，作者建议节约使用天然气，即在厨房要节约能源。
7．What does the underlined part in Paragraph 4 mean?
A．We don't realize the importance of water.
B．We try our best not to waste water.
C．We don't use water frequently.
D．We make full use of water.
答案与解析：A　句意理解题。根据画线部分后的“we keep water running while brushing our teeth or washing clothes.”可知，我们在刷牙或洗衣服时让水一直流着，因此可推测，画线句的言下之意是我们并没有意识到水的重要性。
8．Which could be the best title for the text?
A．Live a relaxing life.
B．Create a clean and safe home.
C．Our home is a shelter for us.
D．Make your home eco­friendly.
答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。根据第一段尾句“Here are some easy and helpful tips to make your home eco­friendly.”可知，本文主要阐述如何营造环保的家园。
Ⅱ.七选五
Getting enough sleep can be difficult in today's world. __1__ If you have trouble going to sleep on time, there are a few things you can do.
Know how much sleep you need. __2__ Children need 9­11 hours of sleep per day. Teenagers require 8­10 hours of sleep each night. Adults generally need 7­9 hours of sleep per night. Knowing how much sleep you need each night will help you know when you need to set your bedtime.
Get ready for bed at the same time every night. Don't wait until you start to feel sleepy, as this may keep you up longer than you want to stay awake. __3__ Set a suitable bedtime goal that works for your schedule.
Have a bedtime tradition. Doing the same things every night before bed will help signal (发信号) to your body that it is time to start getting sleepy. Try to create a sleep time tradition that you can perform every night before bed so that you get into the habit. __4__ Your bedtime tradition could include things like brushing your teeth or washing your face.
__5__ In an effort to lower your stress at bedtime, it might be useful to spend a little time preparing yourself for what you have to do in the morning. Feeling ready for the next day will help you relax and fall asleep more quickly. You can do things like picking out your clothes for the next day or packing your lunch for work.
A．Prepare yourself for the next day.
B．Different people have different sleep needs.
C．This will help you go to bed at the expected time every night.
D．Stop working at least one hour before bed so that you can relax a bit.
E．Reading in bed is one of the best ways to relax yourself after a long day.
F．However, if you don't get enough sleep, you'll feel tired and unhappy all the day.
G．Besides, getting ready for bed may cost you much time and make you sleep later than your expected bedtime.
【语篇解读】　本文就如何按时睡觉提出了几点建议。
1．答案与解析：F　根据本空前的“Getting enough sleep can be difficult in today's world.”及本空后的“If you have trouble going to sleep on time, there are a few things you can do.”可知，此处需要填一个承上启下的句子，说的是如果你没有足够的睡眠，你整天都会感到疲惫且情绪低落。
2．答案与解析：B　根据本空后的“Children need 9­11 hours of sleep per day... Adults generally need 7­9 hours of sleep per night.”可知，此处是指不同的人有不同的睡眠需求。
3．答案与解析：G　根据本空前的“Don't wait until you start to feel sleepy, as this may keep you up longer than you want to stay awake.”可知，此处与前面是递进关系，说的是准备睡觉的过程也会花费你很多时间，使你睡得比预期的时间晚。
4．答案与解析：C　根据本空前的“Try to create a sleep time tradition that you can perform every night before bed so that you get into the habit.”可知，此处承接上文，说的是这样做的好处。
5．答案与解析：A　根据本段内容，特别是“Feeling ready for the next day will help you relax and fall asleep more quickly.”可知，本段讲的是睡前为第二天做好准备对睡眠的好处。

Section Ⅲ　Discovering Useful Structures
Grammar — 定语从句(Ⅰ)


[新知导引]
诵读下列例句并感知画线部分的共性
1．(教材P50)There were deep cracks that/which appeared in the well walls.
2．(教材P50)Two thirds of the people who lived there were dead or injured.
3．(教材P50)The number of people who were killed or badly injured in the quake was more than 400,000.
4．(教材P50)Soon after the quakes, the army sent 150,000 soldiers to Tangshan to dig out those who were trapped and to bury the dead.
5．(教材P50)Workers built shelters for survivors whose homes had been destroyed.
6．(教材P52) A doctor with whom James used to work died in the 2016 earthquake in Ecuador.
7．The boy whose father is a teacher is a new classmate of mine.
8. China is a country that/which has a long history.
[共性呈现]
1．第2、3、4句中的定语从句使用了关系代词who，在定语从句中作主语。
2．第1、8句中的定语从句使用了关系代词which/that，在定语从句中作主语。
3．第6句中的定语从句使用了关系代词whom，在定语从句中作宾语。
关系代词who/whom常用来指代人；关系代词that/which常用来指代物；关系代词that既可以指人也可以指物。
4．第5、7句中的定语从句使用了关系代词whose，在定语从句中作定语，它既可以指人也可以指物。
[语法精释]
who (whom)，which，that，whose引导的定语从句
在复合句中，修饰某一名词、代词或整个主句的从句叫作定语从句。
从句修饰的名词或代词叫作先行词，连接先行词和定语从句的词叫关系词。关系词的主要作用是连接主句和从句，同时指代先行词，并在从句中充当一定的句子成分。关系词分为关系代词和关系副词两种，关系代词有that，which，who，whom，whose等；关系副词有when，where，why。
一、关系代词的基本用法
1．who指人，在从句中作主语或宾语，作宾语时可省略。
The man who is talking with my father is a teacher.
正在和我父亲说话的那个人是个教师。
The girl (who) I met yesterday is his sister.
我昨天见到的那个女孩是他的妹妹。
2．whom指人，在从句中作宾语，常可省略，不能作主语。
The boy (whom) the teacher often praises is their monitor.
老师经常表扬的那个男孩是他们的班长。
注意：(1)关系代词whom在口语或非正式文体中常可用who来代替。
The boy(who/whom/that) we saw yesterday is John's brother.
昨天我们看到的那个男孩是约翰的哥哥。
(2)在从句中作介词的宾语且直接跟在介词后时，用whom，不用who。
He is a man from whom we are all ready to learn.
他是我们大家都愿意向他学习的人。
[即学即练1]　关系代词填空
(1)Do you know the man who is talking with your mother?
(2)Those who want to see the film set down your names, please.
(3)This is the person who/whom you should thank for helping your son.
3．which只指物，不指人，可作主语或宾语，作宾语时可省略。
Guilin is a city which has a history of 2,000 years.
桂林是一个有2 000年历史的城市。
The young man was very happy to get back the gold ring (which) he had lost on the train.
那个年轻人找回了在火车上丢失的金戒指，非常高兴。
4．whose既可指人，也可指物。其后接名词，与先行词构成从属关系，在从句中作定语。
This is the scientist whose name is known all over the country.
这就是那位闻名全国的科学家。
Nobody wants the house whose roof has fallen in.
没有人想要这个屋顶已坍塌的房子。
5．that指人时，相当于who或whom；指物时，相当于which。在定语从句中作主语或宾语，作宾语时可省略。
The woman (that) I read about in the newspaper has just won a gold medal.我在报纸上读过那位妇女的相关报道，她刚刚夺得一枚金牌。
The report (that) Mr.Turner handed in was about the motor race.
特纳先生递交的报告是关于摩托车比赛的。
[即学即练2]　关系代词填空
(1)Look, here are some people who/whom/that I want you to meet.
(2)Do you still remember the chicken farm that/which we visited three months ago?
(3)Any student whose family is too poor to go to school can get help from the government.
二、用that不用which的情况。
1．当先行词为all，everything，nothing，anything little，much等不定代词或先行词被这些词修饰时。
All that can be done has been done.
一切能做的都已经做了。
2．当先行词是序数词、形容词最高级或先行词被序数词或形容词最高级修饰时。
This is the most delicious food that I have ever had.
这是我吃过的最美味的食物。
3．当先行词被the only，the very，the last修饰时。
Chatting was the only thing that interested her most.
聊天是她唯一感兴趣的事。
4．当先行词既指人，又指物时。
She took photographs of the things and people that she was interested in.
她把她感兴趣的人和物都拍摄了下来。
5．当主语是以who或which开头的疑问句时，为避免重复而用that。
Who is the person that is standing at the gate?
站在门口的那个人是谁？
6．当先行词在定语从句中作表语时。
Shanghai is no longer the city that it used to be.
上海已不是过去那个样子了。
[即学即练3]　完成句子
(1)这是我参观过的最漂亮的公园。
This is the most beautiful park that_I_have_visited.
(2)我们常常谈起我们记得的那些人和事。
We often talk about the persons and things that_we_remember.
(3)我已找到昨天丢的钢笔。
I have found the very pen that_I_lost_yesterday.
三、用which不用that的情况
1．在定语从句中作介词的宾语，且介词位于关系代词前时。
This is the room in which he lives.
这是他住的房间。
2．引导非限制性定语从句时。
Tom came back, which made us very happy.
汤姆回来了，这使我们很高兴。
3．在限制性定语从句中，如果有两个定语从句，其中前一句的关系代词是that，那么后一句的关系代词就要用which。
Let me show you the novel that I borrowed from the library which was newly open.
我给你看这本从新开的图书馆里借来的小说。
[即学即练4]　用关系代词填空
(1)The house in which I used to live has become a shoe shop.
(2)Have you ever read the book, which was written by a young girl?
四、使用定语从句的注意事项
1．关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，定语从句的谓语动词要和先行词的数保持一致。“one of＋复数名词”作先行词，谓语动词用复数形式；“the only one of＋复数名词”作先行词，谓语动词用单数形式。
This is one of the books which were written by Charles Dickens.
这是查理斯·狄更斯所写的书中的其中一本。
He is the only one of the boys in our class who has learned French.
他是我们班里唯一一个学过法语的男孩。
注意：which引导非限制性定语从句时，往往代表前面所说的整个情况。这时which被看作单数，其后的谓语动词应用单数形式。
He said he was a Frenchman, which was not true.
他说他是一个法国人，这不是真的。
2．为避免关系词的重复，被关系代词所代替的成分不可在从句中重复出现。
This is the factory which we visited last Sunday.(visited后不可加it)
这就是我们上星期天参观过的工厂。
3．关系代词的省略。
(1)关系代词作主语时不能省略。
(2)作动词宾语的关系代词，可以省略；作介词宾语的关系代词，如果不直接位于介词后，可省略，如果直接作介词的宾语，不能省略。
(3)关系代词which在非限制性定语从句中不能省略。
[即学即练5]　单句语法填空
(1)All things can be done_has (have) been done.
(2)The student you should learn from is the one who works hard and studies hard.
(3)He is one of the students who know Spanish.



Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．He is the boy whose father is a professor.
2．This dictionary is the second one that I bought in the bookstore.
3．This is the girl who/whom he works with in the office.
4．His parents wouldn't marry her to anyone whose family was poor.
5．They talked about their classmates and things that they still remembered in middle school.
6．Finally the thief handed in everything that he had stolen to the police.
7．Anyone who has helped to save the drowning girl is worth praising.
8．The first thing that he did after arriving home was doing his homework.
9．The number of people that/who_come to visit this city each year reaches one million.
10．This is the room which/that my grandma used to live in.
11．The boy who/that broke the window is called Tom.
12．The picture which/that was about the accident was terrible.
13．The children who/that were injured in a car accident are being treated in the hospital now.
14．The woman who/that is shaking hands with my sister is a doctor.
15．This is the building_whose windows were all painted green.
16．That is one of the most interesting books_that_are sold in the bookshop.
Ⅱ.用定语从句合并句子
1．Do you know the man? The man spoke to the headmaster just now.
→Do you know the man who/that_spoke_to_the_headmaster_just_now?
2．I have seen the film. They're talking about the film.
→I have seen the film that/which_they're_talking_about.
3．The book was written by Mark Twain. He was a famous American writer.
→The book was written by Mark Twain who_was_a_famous_American_writer.
4．Last week Mary wore the dress. I gave it to her.
→Last week Mary wore the dress that/which_I_gave_to_her.
5．The girl is from America. Her father is a Chinese.
→The girl whose_father_is_a_Chinese is from America.
6．My grandparents live in a house. It is more than 100 years old.
→My grandparents live in a house which/that_is_more_than_100_years_old.
Ⅲ.语法与写作
1．This is the very hotel _(that)_I_stayed_at when I was travelling here.
这就是我在这儿旅行时住过的旅馆。
2．This is the very book that_I_am_looking_for.
这正是我要找的那本书。
3．The earthquake that/which_happened_in_Tangshan_in_1976 shocked the people all over the world.
发生在1976年的唐山地震使全世界人民感到震惊。
4．She is one of the girls who_have_passed_the_exam.
她是通过考试的女孩之一。

Section Ⅳ　Listening and Talking & Reading for Writing


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．supply/sə'plaɪ/n.[pl.]补给品；供应(量)；补给
vt.供应；供给
2．tap_/tæp/vi.& vt.轻叩；轻敲；轻拍
n．水龙头；轻叩；轻敲
3．pipe/paɪp/n.管子；管道
4．whistle/'wɪsl/vi.吹口哨；发出笛声
vt.吹口哨；n.哨子(声)；呼啸声
5．emergency/i'mɜːdʒənsi/n.突发事件；紧急情况
6．calm/kɑːm/adj.镇静的；沉着的
vt.使平静；使镇静
7．aid/eɪd/n.援助；帮助；救援物资
vi.& vt.(formal)帮助；援助
8．crash/kræʃ/vt.& vi.碰撞；撞击
n．撞车；碰撞
9．sweep/swiːp/vt.& vi.(swept, swept)打扫；清扫
10．wave/weɪv/n.海浪；波浪
vi.& vt.挥手；招手
11．strike/straɪk/vi.& vt.(struck, struck/stricken)侵袭；突击；击打
n．罢工；罢课；袭击
12．deliver/dɪ'lɪvə(r)/vt.& vi.递送；传达
vt.发表
13._summary/'sʌməri/n.总结；概括；概要


Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．erupt (vi.)(指火山)爆发；突然发生→eruption (n.)火山爆发；(战争等)爆发
2．power n．能力；力量；权力→powerful adj.强大的；有力的→powerless adj.无力的；没有能力的
3．effect/ɪ'fekt/n.影响；结果；效果→effective adj.有效果的
4．length/leθ/n.长；长度→long adj.长的


Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．in the open air 　　　　　　露天；在户外
2．on hand 现有(尤指帮助)
3．sweep_away 消灭；彻底消除
4．put up 搭建，举起，张贴
5．stay_calm 保持冷静
6．in danger 处境危险
7．first of_all 首先
8．as many as 多达


Ⅳ.重点句型
1．v.­ing结构作结果状语
The most powerful earthquake in the past 40 years caused a tsunami that crashed into coastlines across Asia yesterday, killing_more_than_6,500_people in Indonesia, India, Thailand, Malaysia at least four other countries.
最强大的地震在过去的40年里引起了海啸，昨天亚洲海岸线被毁，造成印尼、印度、泰国、马来西亚以及其他至少四个国家6 500多人死亡。
2．be doing sth. when...正在做某事……这时……
I was_having_breakfast with three children when water started filling my home.
我正在和三个孩子一起吃早餐这时家里开始充满了水。
3．make it＋adj.＋to do sth.中it为形式宾语，动词不定式是真正的宾语。
However, dangerous conditions and damaged roads will_make_it_difficult_to_deliver_food_and_supplies.
然而，危险的条件和受损的道路将使运送食物和物资变得困难。



Read the text on page 54 and then choose the best answer.
1．What's the main idea of the passage ?
A．Something about the most powerful tsunami in Asia.
B．The cause of the most powerful tsunami in Asia.
C．The loss of the most powerful tsunami in Asia.
D．How to rescue ourselves in times of disaster.
答案：A
2．What caused the tsunami?
A．Hurricane B．Typhoon
C．Flood D．Earthquake
答案：D
3．What is a magnitude of the earthquake that happened on December 27, 2004?
A．7.0 B．9.0
C．7.5 D．6
答案：B
4．Why was food and supplies hard to deliver?
A．Because there were not enough food and supplies.
B．Because rescue teams dared not go.
C．Because conditions were hard and roads were destroyed.
D．Because governments didn't organize rescue teams.
答案：C


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．supply n．[pl.]补给品；供应(量)；补给　vt.供应；供给
(教材P52)The supplies which were provided to the disaster area were collected from around the country.
向灾区提供的物资是从全国各地收集来的。
(1)school/medical supplies 　　　　　　　　　　学校用品/医疗用品
(2)supply sth. to sb. 为某人提供某物
supply sb. with sth. 为某人提供某物
①The water supply has been cut off because the workers are repairing the main pipes.
因工人们在修主要管道水资源供应被切断。
②The Internet supplies a lot of information to us every day.
因特网每天给我们提供很多信息。
[即学即练]　一句多译
没有必要担心，我们可以提供任何你需要的东西。
(1)There is no need to worry. We can supply/provide_you_with whatever you need.
(2)There is no need to worry. We can_supply whatever you need to you.
(3)There is no need to worry. We_can_provide whatever you need for you.
发散思维：
“给某人提供某物”表达种种：
provide sth. for sb.
provide sb. with sth.
supply sth. to sb.
supply sb. with sth.
2. power n．能力；力量；权力
(经典例句)As is known to us, knowledge is power.众所周知，知识就是力量。
(1)have the power to do sth.　　　　　　　具有做某事的能力
come to power　　　　　　　　 上台；执政(动作)
be in power　　　　　　　　　 执政；掌权(状态)
beyond one's power　　　　　　 力所不能及的
(2)powerful adj.　　　　 强有力的
①There was a time when the girl lost the power of speech.
曾经有一段时间，这个女孩不能说话。
②It is reported that the new president will settle a lot of problems the moment he comes to power.据报道，新总统一上台就要解决很多问题。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)It has been two years since he came into_power.
(2)I'm very sorry; it is beyond_my power to finish such a difficult task.
(3)I do believe that encouragement is so powerful (power) that it can change a person.
(4)据我所知，这个政党执政两年了。
①As far as I know, it is two years since the party came_to_power.
②As far as I know, the party has_been_in_power for two years.

发散思维：
加词缀­ful名词变形容词荟萃：
(1)power→ powerful adj.强大的；有力的
(2)use→ useful adj.有用的；有益的
(3) wonder →wonderful adj. 精彩的
(4)help→helpful adj.有帮助的

3.calm vt.&vi.(使)平静；(使)镇定　adj.平静的；镇静的；沉着的
(经典佳句)It is of great importance to keep calm when a fire breaks out.
当火灾发生时保持冷静很重要。
(1)calm down　　　　 　　　　　　　　　平静下来
calm sb. down 使某人平静下来；使某人镇定下来
(2)keep calm 保持镇静
①Calm down! There is nothing to worry about.
镇静下来！没有什么可担心的。
②Calm yourself down；there is no need to feel upset about it.
让你自己平静下来，没有必要为此事心烦。
[即学即练]　 单句写作
It is important to_keep_calm in face of danger.
在面临危险时，保持镇静是重要的。

图形助记：
意境巧记“安静”四兄弟

4.aid n. & vt.帮助；援助；资助
(经典佳句)I couldn't speak any French, but a nice man came to my aid and told me where to go.
我不会说法语，但是一位好心的男士来帮助我并告诉我怎么走。
(1)give first aid to sb.　　　　　　　　　　对某人急救
with the aid of　 在……的帮助下
(2)aid sb.in (doing) sth.　 帮助某人做某事
aid sb.with sth.　 以某事/物帮助某人
aid sb.to do sth.　 帮助某人做某事
①With the aid of our teachers, we learned how to perform first aid.
在老师的帮助下，我们学会了如何进行急救。
②I'd be very grateful if you can aid me with my English.
如果你能帮助我学习英语我将不胜感激。
[即学即练]　 单句语法填空
(1)Neighbours aided him with money when he almost lost everything in the fire.
(2)He is so kind a boy that he often aided his mother to_clean (clean) the house.
发散思维：with the aid of 的同义词：with the help of
5.wave n．波浪，波涛；挥手　v．波动；起伏；挥手
(教材P54)Fishermen, tourists, hotels, homes, and cars were swept away by huge waves caused by the strong earthquake that reached a magnitude of 9.0.
渔民、游客、旅馆、住宅和汽车都被9级地震引起的巨浪卷走了。

①She refused my suggestion with a wave of her hand.她摆摆手拒绝了我的建议。
②He waved to/at us as the bus drove off.
→He gave us a wave as the bus drove off.公共汽车开走时，他向我们挥了挥手。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The policeman waved the driver to_stop (stop)．
(2)At the railway station, the mother waved goodbye to her daughter until the train was out of sight.
图形助记：




6.strike vi.&vt.打； 撞击； 罢工； 突然想到；打动，迷住；(钟) 敲； 侵袭　n．罢工
一词多义——写出下列句中strike的含义
(1)The visitors were struck by the beauty of the West Lake.打动，迷住
(2)The clock struck twelve when I got home last night.钟(报时)
(3)A terrible earthquake struck Japan, making 30,000 people or so lose their lives.侵袭
(4)A good idea struck me when I was reading the newspaper.突然想到
(1)be struck by...　　　　　　　　　　　　　　被……打动
某人突然想起……
(2) be/go on strike 举行罢工[即学即练]　单句写作
我突然想到，我应该拜访我的老师。
It_suddenly_struck_me_that I should pay a visit to my teacher.
名师指津：
(1) strike 过去式、过去分词分别为：struck; struck/stricken
(2)“某人忽然想起”固定句式： It hit/struck sb. that…


7.deliver vt. 递送；生(小孩儿)；接生；发表(演说等)
(经典佳句)I feel highly honoured to be invited to deliver a speech at the meeting.
被邀请在会议上演讲我感到莫大的荣幸。
deliver sth.to　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　投递/运送某物给……
deliver a speech 发表演说
①It was very considerate of you to deliver milk to our door every morning.
你考虑得非常周到，每天早上把牛奶送到我们家门口。
②Hans was asked to deliver a speech on the graduation in Harvard University.
汉斯被邀请在哈佛大学毕业典礼上发表演讲。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The speech delivered (deliver) by the headmaster at the meeting yesterday left a deep impression on his students.
(2)I wonder why you refused to_deliver (deliver) my letters to my home last week.
图形助记：



8.effect n．结果；效力
(经典佳句) When I was young, I didn't know much about the harmful effects of smoking.
在我年轻的时候，关于吸烟的危害性我知道得并不多。
(1)have an effect on/upon　　　　　　　　　　对……产生影响
come into effect　 生效
side effect　 副作用
(2)effective adj. 有效的； 有影响的
①There is no doubt that reading books can have a good effect on the children.
不可否认，阅读书籍会对儿童有良好的影响。
②The measures taken by the local government will come into effect next month.
当地政府采取的措施将于下月生效。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)While online shopping has changed our life, not all of its effects_ (effect) have been positive.
(2)As we all know, smoking has a bad effect on our health.
发散思维：不同的“影响”：
affect vt.影响
influence n. 影响
effect n. 影响
impact n. 影响



►第二板块|重点句型解构
1．句型公式： v．­ing作结果状语
(教材P54)The most powerful earthquake in the past 40 years caused a tsunami that crashed into coastlines across Asia yesterday, killing more than 6,500 people in Indonesia, India, Thailand, Malaysia, and at least four other countries.
最强大的地震在过去的40年里引起了海啸，昨天亚洲海岸线被毁，造成印尼、印度、泰国、马来西亚以及其他至少四个国家6 500多人死亡。
现在分词作结果状语常表示意料、情理之中的结果。
不定式作结果状语常表示出乎意料的结果。
①Unfortunately his father died, leaving him a homeless boy.
不幸的是他的父亲去世了，使他成为一个无家可归的孩子。
②To begin with, a new stadium has been built up, becoming the most beautiful building in our school.
首先，一座新的体育馆被建立起来，成为我校最美的建筑物。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)He hurried to the theatre, only to_find (find) that the tickets had been sold out.
(2)He got up late in the morning, missing (miss) the early bus.,

名师指津：动词­ing作结果状语，可转化为定语从句，如：
(1)He is always late for class, making his teacher angry.
(2)He is always late for class, which made his teacher angry.
他总是上学迟到，这使老师很生气。
2.句型公式： be doing...when...　正在做……，就在这时……
(教材P54)I was having breakfast with my three children when water started filling my home.
我正在和三个孩子一起吃早餐，这时家里开始充满了水。
when在此处是并列连词，表示“正在那时，这时”，常用句型有：
be doing...when...　　　　　　　　　　　正在做……，就在这时……
be about to do... when... 正要做……，就在这时……
had just done...when... 刚做过……这时……
①We were having a meeting when someone broke in.当时我们正在开会，突然有人闯了进来。
②We were about to set out when it began to rain.我们正要动身，这时开始下雨了。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)I had just gone to bed when the telephone rang.
(2)I was about to give up when my best friend encouraged me to go on.
(3)I was_watching (watch) TV when my little brother burst in.
名师指津：牢记when的3种固定句型是解题的关键，when意味“正在这时”，而不是“当……时候”。


Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1．It is very important to keep calm_ (镇静的) when an earthquake breaks out.
2．Global warming is having a great_effect(影响)on hundreds of plant and animal species around the world.
3．They waved (挥手) to us to stay where we were.
4．You have the_power (能力) to live it well.
5．You are likely to sing or whistle_ (吹口哨) when you are happy.
6．It was said that the typhoon (台风)had caused a lot of damage.
7．In the city, the water_pipes (管道) in some buildings cracked and burst.
8．What I did was (to) turn off the_tap (水龙头).
9．Several hours later, the little boy was rescued with the aid/help (帮助) of the police.
10．I'm very glad that you can write me a summary (概要) of this report.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．To help students deal with their mental problems, we will hold a lecture delivered (deliver) by a professor from the UK.
2．What's more, it is another effective (effect) way to deal with the problem.
3．They felt it difficult to_finish (finish) the work in such a short time.
4．Today the number of people learning English in China is_increasing (increase) rapidly.
5．A wonderful idea struck (strike) me suddenly when I was walking on the street.
6．The dustman swept (sweep) up all the fallen leaves on this street yesterday.
7．The length (long) of the article should be about 800 words.
8．I was_having_ (have) a discussion with my friend about how to improve my English when my mother called me.
9．It was reported that as many as 157 people died at the air crash.
10．Several hours later, the little boy was rescued with the aid of the police.
Ⅲ.选词填空
go through； sweep away； in shock； in the open air； put up； on hand
1．They had to sleep in_the_open_air after the earthquake.
2．Always have your dictionary_on_hand_when you study.
3．I looked at my husband in_shock,_waiting for him to tell me that I had misunderstood everything.
4．We don't clean the house for a few days, because we don't want to sweep_away good luck.
5．A week before Earth Day, posters were_put_up around our school, calling on us to join in the actions for a greener earth.
6．He must have gone_through many difficulties before he succeeded.
Ⅳ.单句写作
1．我正要放弃的时候，我最好的朋友鼓励我继续。
I was_about_to_give_up_when my best friend encouraged me to go on.
2．我突然想到我应该给妈妈买一条项链作为生日礼物。
It_hit/struck_me_that_I should buy a necklace for my mother as a birthday gift.
3．我们发现在现代社会学习一门外语是很有必要的。
We find_it_necessary_to_learn a foreign language in modern society.




课时作业 15

阅读理解
A
As I stuck in the mud (泥), with my bike on top of me, I wondered what had forced me to come here. Madagascar is not a good place for a cycling holiday: one of the world's poorest countries, only 11 percent of roadway is paved (铺). South of the town of Antalaha, where I started, the road was in worse condition.
I appeared from a week in the wilderness and reached the start of the Route National 5 at Maroantsetra, but my dream of a smooth road and speed was suddenly destroyed by mud. The “worst road in the country” changed my bicycle into a burden (负担) for days. Finally, I_was_claimed_by_the_road. Tired. Alone.
As I wiped (擦) the mud from my face and looked upwards, I was greeted by a Malagasy man. He helped me stand up and smiled playfully while he pointed to my bike, which sat next to his. I started again. But I fell again in the mud. Angrily, I told him to go on, but if he understood he showed no sign of it. His smile forced me back onto the bike. We continued like this for hours. But I fell less. Studying my quick guide, slowly I learned. As we passed through a village, a group of children saw me and shouted loudly. His only words were: “Their parents tell them while people steal and eat them. Funny, no？”
I tried to ask why, but he had already set off. I tried to catch up; as I got closer, he took it as a challenge and sped up. We raced along the road. I rode a little faster and I was just behind, about to catch up with him. With a smile, he sped up and was away, leaving me breathless.


【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章主要介绍了作者在非洲马达加斯加骑行遇到困难的时候，一位当地人激励自己继续骑行的故事。
1．What was in the author's mind when he was in the mud?
A．He considered his experience a special pleasure.
B．He made up his mind to continue challenging himself.
C．He tried to think out a new road for cycling in Antalaha.
D．He regretted having the cycling holiday in Madagascar.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第一段中的“I wondered what had forced me to come here”及下文对马达加斯加当地路况的介绍可知，作者来到这里骑行发现路况很差，这让他后悔不已。
2．What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 2 mean?
A．The author chose another road.
B．The author decided to ask for help.
C．The author lay on the road for a rest.
D．The author had no confidence to ride on.
答案与解析：D　句意理解题。根据第二段中的“but my dream of a smooth road... for days”及Tired可知，泥泞的道路使作者疲惫不堪，让他失去了继续骑行的信心。
3．How did the Malagasy man help the author?
A．By showing him the right way.
B．By wiping the mud from his bike.
C．By riding in front of him all the way.
D．By teaching him how to ride in the mud.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第三段中的“Studying my quick guide”及第四段中的“I tried to catch up; as I got closer, he took it as a challenge and sped up”可知，那个马达加斯加男人一直在作者前面骑行来鼓励他。
4．What's the best title for the text?
A．A lonely trip B．A bicycle race
C．A lesson in cycling D．A road in Madagascar
答案与解析：C　标题归纳题。根据文中作者在马达加斯加骑行遇到困难时受到一位当地人的帮助可知，作者从中受益匪浅。
B
Raccoons are smaller relatives of bears. They are native to North America, but they can also be found in Asia and Europe. Raccoons live in wooded areas close to water, but they can be often found near urban areas. There are about 7 different species of raccoons. Pygmy raccoon is the only endangered species.
Raccoons usually reach 40 to 70cm in length and weigh between 5­26kg. Raccoons that live in colder climates are larger and heavier. They have grayish fur, black masks around eyes and long tails covered with black and brown bands. Because of their tails, they are also called “ringtail”．
Raccoons_are_omnivores. They like to eat insects, eggs, small mammals, fruit, berries, garbage, and so on. Raccoon's hands look like human's. They each have five fingers and are used to collect food, open shells, door or trash cans. Raccoons often place food in water before they start to eat it. They have highly sensitive sense of touch and water increases their sensitivity even more. By touching the food, they get better insight about things they will eat.
They are easily adaptable (适应的) to various environments. They can live in hollow (中空的) trees equally happily like they can in useless cars. Raccoons live on their own and hunt at night. They don't hibernate (冬眠), but they spend the coldest days of winters in their holes.
Mating (交配) season takes place from January to mid March. Two months later, female will give birth to 3­4 babies. Their tails don't have bands, and the mask around eyes is still missing. Mother is very protective and she will teach them how to survive and what to eat as they become­ready to leave the hole. Raccoons usually can live only 1.8 to 3.1 years in the wild, but they can live up to 20 years at a zoo.
Raccoons can pass rabies, a kind of disease, to home­raised animals and people, which is very dangerous. What's more, their waste often has roundworms.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。文章主要向我们介绍了与浣熊有关的一些知识。
5．What do we learn about raccoons?
A．They love living near water.
B．They are at risk of dying out.
C．They love getting close to humans.
D．They only live in areas far from urban areas.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据第一段的“Raccoons live in wooded areas close to water”以及第三段的“Raccoons often place food in water before they start to eat it.”可推断，浣熊喜欢住在水边。
6．What does the author most probably mean by saying “Raccoons are omnivores”？
A．They don't hibernate.
B．They are very large animals.
C．They are sensitive to foods' tastes.
D．They feed on many different types of food.
答案与解析：D　句意理解题。根据第三段的“They like to eat insects, eggs, small mammals, fruit, berries, garbage, and so on.”可推测，作者是指：浣熊是杂食动物。
7．What are raccoons good at?
A．Finding food in deep water.
B．Using their feet to open food.
C．Adapting to a new environment.
D．Telling differences among smells.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第四段的“They are easily adaptable to various environments.”可知，浣熊很擅长在新的环境里生活。
8．After reading the text, we can say that ________.
A．raccoons like attacking humans
B．people consider raccoons very lovely
C．raccoons and bears have a lot in common
D．it's better that humans keep away from raccoons
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据末段的“Raccoons can pass rabies, a kind of disease, to home­raised animals and people, which is very dangerous. What's more, their waste often has roundworms.”可推测，人还是不要接触浣熊比较好。
C
Angus, Doris, Gabriel and Kamil are some of the 21 names that have been chosen to be given to storms in the UK in the 2016/17 season.
The Met Office, the UK's national weather service, decided to give storms boys' and girls' names in 2015 in the same way as they did in America.
The Met Office hopes that naming big storms will mean people are more aware (意识到) of them and how dangerous they can be. Derrick Ryall, from the Met Office, said, “We have seen how naming storms elsewhere in the world raises people's awareness of storms before they break.”
In the past, the same UK storm could be given different names by different organisations. “We noticed that many organisations during the last couple of winters, when we have had bad storms, started giving names to them. Think back to the St Jude's Day storm in 2013, and the so­called Hurricane Bawbag in Scotland in 2011. But it led to confusion (混乱)，” a Met Office spokeswoman said.
According to the Met Office, there is a name for each letter of the whole alphabet (字母表), except for Q，U，X，Y and Z. That is the same as the naming tradition used in America. And not all storms will be big enough to get names — only those expected to cause great damage.
If there are more than 21 storms in a year, the Met Office will start again with another name beginning with “A”. However, according to Met Office spokeswoman Lindsay Mears, “It's unlikely we would get through the whole alphabet in one season. We had 14 storms in the very bad winter of 2013/14, and if the naming system had been in operation then we wouldn't have used the whole alphabet.”
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章主要介绍了英国为暴风雨命名的情况。
9．Why are storms in the UK named?
A．To increase public awareness of them.
B．To remind people of their short stay.
C．To follow what other countries did.
D．To meet the needs of its people.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由第三段中的“naming big storms will mean people are more aware of them and how dangerous they can be”和“how naming storms elsewhere in the world raises people's awareness of storms before they break”可推断，英国为暴风雨命名是为了增强人们对暴风雨的了解和防范意识。
10．Examples are given in Paragraph 4 to show ________.
A．there're many storms to name in a year
B．organisations named storms differently
C．some storms' names are similar to others'
D．some storms' names are hard to understand
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。本段的主题句是“In the past, the same UK storm could be given different names by different organisations，”下文通过举例说明该主题。
11．What do we know about the names given to storms?
A．Storms will be given names whatever their sizes.
B．Serious storms will be given boy's names.
C．21 letters will be used to begin the names.
D．21 names will be given at most in a year.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由倒数第二段中的“there is a name for each letter of the whole alphabet, except for Q, U, X, Y and Z”和最后一段中的“If there are more than 21 storms in a year”可知，在为暴风雨命名的时候，会以21个字母(字母表一共26个字母，除了Q，U，X，Y，Z之外还有21个)开头。
12．What can be learned from Lindsay Mears?
A．There are not too many big storms yearly.
B．Action will be taken to prevent storms.
C．There are usually 14 storms in a year.
D．The naming system will not change.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由最后一段中的“Lindsay Mears”所说的“It's unlikely we would get through the whole alphabet in one season. We had 14 storms in the very bad winter of 2013/14... we wouldn't have used the whole alphabet”可推断，她认为英国每年不会发生那么多暴风雨，因此不会使用完21个字母作为名字的开头来命名暴风雨。

Section Ⅴ　Writing — 如何写新闻报道

技法指导　　
新闻报道是记叙文的一种，其特点是以事实为依据，对人的经历或事件给予明确的、实事求是的报道。新闻报道和新闻评论有时候是结合在一起的，所以在讲述事实之后，可以发表作者的评论。
新闻报道的语言偏正式，要求具体、准确、精练。人称可以用第三人称或第一人称。在时态方面，叙述事件用过去时，评论常用一般现在时。
[谋篇布局]
新闻报道往往分四个部分来写。
第一部分：标题。
第二部分：导语。大体交代新闻事件，主要包含新闻事件发生的时间、地点、所涉及的人物及缘由等。
第三部分：主体。描述事件过程。
第四部分：结语。总结全文或发表评论。
[常用表达]
1．导语部分
①According to a recent survey, about 78.9% of the college students wanted to further their study after graduation.根据最近的一项调查，大约78.9%的大学生想毕业后继续深造。
②The weather was fine, and a large number of people went to climb the West Hill.
天气很好，很多人去爬西山。
③Great changes have taken place in China.
中国发生了巨大的变化。
④Thanks to Project Hope, great changes have taken place in this western country school.多亏了希望工程，西部的这所乡村学校发生了巨大的变化。
2．主体部分
①To solve the problem, some measures should be taken.为了解决这个问题，(我们)应该采取一些措施。
②As we all know, the Internet is playing an important part in our everyday life.众所周知，互联网在我们的日常生活中起着重要的作用。
③The number of the injured in the accident has reached more than 12.
这场事故中受伤的人已经超过12个。
3．结束语部分
①We should spare no effort to beautify our environment.
我们应该不遗余力地美化我们的环境。
②With the rapid development of society, our country will surely have a brighter future.
随着社会的快速发展，我们的国家一定会有更光明的未来。
③I suggest that the government should do something more to solve the serious problems.
我建议政府应该做更多的工作来解决这些严重的问题。
④We have every reason to believe that the development will be a great success.
我们完全有理由相信这次发展会很成功。

精品展示　　
5月25日，你校学生会组织了为西藏地震灾区捐款的活动。同学们踊跃参加，共筹得善款35 000元。假如你是校英语报的记者李华，请按以下要点用英语写一则新闻报道。
1．时间、地点、任务、活动；
2．同学们的反应。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．报道的标题和记者姓名已给出(不计入总词数)；
3．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
Students Donate Money to Disaster Area
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
By Li Hua，
School Newspaper
[审题谋篇]
第一步：明确要求
该写作属于应用文新闻报道，主要报道为西藏地震灾区捐款的活动，故应该用一般过去时；以第一、三人称为主。
第二步： 确定段落
第一段：活动简介
第二段：活动背景及活动过程
第三段：心得感受
第三步： 提炼要点
1．donate_money_to_the_disaster_area 　　向受灾地区捐款
2．hold 举办
3．hit/shake　 袭击
4．be_destroyed 被破坏
5．show_great_concern_about 非常关心
6．take_part_in_the_donation_activity 参加捐款活动
7．a_great_number_of 许多
第四步：句式升级
1．学生会在5月25日举办了一场为灾区捐款的活动。
(一般表达)The Students' Union held an activity on May 25. The activity was to donate money to the disaster area.
(高级表达)In_order_to_donate_money_to_the_disaster_area,_the Students' Union held an activity on May 25. (不定式作目的状语)
2．一些西藏地区靠近尼泊尔的房子在事故中受到破坏。(定语从句)
(一般表达)Some houses in Tibet were destroyed in the accident. The houses are close to Nepal.
(高级表达)Some houses in Tibet，which_are_close_to Nepal, were destroyed in the accident.
3．我们都知道尼泊尔发生了大地震。
(一般表达)We all know that a big earthquake hit Nepal.
(高级表达)As_is_known_to_us , a big earthquake hit Nepal.(升级为定语从句)
4．许多学生参加了在我们图书馆举行的捐赠活动。
(一般表达)Many students took part in the donation activity. The activity was held in our library.
(高级表达)Many students took part in the donation activity held_in_our_library. (过去分词作定语)
[连句成篇]
______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
参考范文：
Students Donate Money to Disaster Area
In order to donate money to the disaster area, the Students' Union held an activity on May 25.
As we know, a big earthquake hit Nepal on April 25.And some houses in Tibet, which are close to Nepal, were destroyed in the accident. Therefore, to show our concern about the victims, a great number of students in our school took part in the donation activity held in our library. It started from eight o'clock and lasted two hours. In the end, 35,000 yuan was collected and given to the Red Cross in our city.
We were very glad to give our pocket money away.
By Li Hua，
School Newspaper


单元检测卷(五)
选择题部分
第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


1．What does the man ask the woman to do?
A．Finish a report. B．Type a letter.
C．Type a report.
2．What do we know about the new English teacher?
A．He is strict. B．He is sick.
C．He is patient.
3．What is the woman going to do?
A．Post something. B．Look for friends.
C．Do some shopping.
4．What does the woman want to do?
A．Have a swim. B．Watch a game.
C．Look for someone.
5．What do we know from the dialogue?
A．There aren't many people in the street.
B．The weather is terrible today.
C．The traffic is heavy at the time.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6．What are the speakers going to do tonight?
A．See a movie. B．Have a meal together.
C．Chat on the Internet.
7．When do the speakers plan to meet?
A．At about 8：10 pm. B．At about 8：20 pm.
C．At about 8：30 pm.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8．What is wrong with the man?
A．He has a running nose and a fever.
B．He has a fever and a cough.
C．He has a cough and a running nose.
9．How long has the man been sick?
A．For one or two days.
B．For two or three days.
C．For three or four days.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．What does the man want to do?
A．Return some books.
B．Borrow some books.
C．Buy some books.
11．Where are cultural books?
A．On the 2nd floor. B．On the 3rd floor.
C．On the 4th floor.
12．What can we know about the woman?
A．She works there.
B．She lives there.
C．She studies there.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．Why did the woman buy the dress?
A．For a party. B．For a lecture.
C．For an interview.
14．How much was taken off the price of the dress?
A．10% B．20%
C．30%
15．What did the man think of the book?
A．Relaxing. B．Boring.
C．Helpful.
16．Where is probably Mike now?
A．At home. B．At school.
C．In hospital.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．What was Phillip?
A．A poet. B．A teacher.
C．A doctor.
18．Why did that old man dial that number the first time?
A．He wanted to talk to Phillip.
B．He dialed the wrong number.
C．He was interested in poems.
19．How old was John when he knew Phillip?
A．60 years old. B．63 years old.
C．73 years old.
20．What do the two men like doing?
A．Going out with friends.
B．Talking over the phone.
C．Drinking coffee together.
答案：
1～5　BCAAC　6～10　ABCBC　11～15　CABCB
16～20　CBBAB
听力材料
(Text 1)
M：Could you possibly type this letter?
W：I'm sorry, but I can't. I have to finish this report for the boss.
M：All right.
(Text 2)
M：How do you like your new English teacher?
W：I like him very much. He's really patient.
(Text 3)
W：Excuse me. Could you please tell me if there's a post office nearby?
M：Yes. There's a post office two blocks up the street.
(Text 4)
W：Are people allowed to swim here?
M：No, they aren't.
W：Thanks.
(Text 5)
W：Traffic is terrible today, isn't it?
M：Excuse me?
W：I was just saying traffic is terrible today.
M：Oh, yes. It is.
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
(Text 6)
M：Hey, Ann. Do you know when the movie starts tonight?
W：At half past eight. Where do you want to meet?
M：How about the KFC near my home? It'll be easier if we meet there.
W：OK. Let's meet about ten minutes before the movie begins.
M：OK. By the way, have you bought the tickets?
W：Yes. I've already bought them on the Internet. All we have to do is get them at the cinema.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
(Text 7)
W：Take a seat, young man. What's wrong with you?
M：Well, I have a terrible cough and a running nose.
W：I see. How long have you been feeling this way?
M：For about two or three days. It started the day after I went swimming with some friends on Monday.
W：I'm afraid you've got a cold. Do you have a temperature?
M：No. I don't think so.
W：OK. I'll just listen to your chest. Now breathe in and out slowly. And again. Good. That's it. Well, I don't think it's serious. You just need to take some medicine.
M：That's great. I was really worried.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W：Hi, can I help you?
M：Yes, please. I want to buy a book, but I don't know where it is.
W：What kind of book do you want? You know, different kinds of books are on different floors.
M：I'm look for a book on American culture.
W：In this case, you need to go upstairs. Cultural books are on the fourth floor.
M：Thanks. But I also need to find a math exercise book.
W：Exercise books are on the second floor. You need to go downstairs.
M：Thanks. It seems that you know the books here very well. Do you often buy books here?
W：No, I'm a volunteer here. It's my duty to put the books back in the right places.
M：No wonder. Well, thank you very much.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
W：I've just bought a new dress. What do you think of it?
M：You look really great in it. So are you going to a job interview or a party?
W：No. I was invited to give a talk in my school.
M：So how much did you pay for it?
W：I paid just 70 dollars for it. I saved 30 dollars.
M：That's really a bargain.
W：You're right. Well, what did you do while I was out shopping?
M：I watched TV for a while and then I did some reading. It wasn't a very interesting book, so I just read a few pages. Then I took a shower.
W：I thought you said you were going to see Mike.
M：I'll go and visit him at his home tomorrow. He'll return home tomorrow morning.
W：I'm glad he can finally return home after that accident.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
In February, 2005, my uncle Phillip was teaching his seventh­grade students a poem called Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening. He liked the poem very much, so he recorded it on his home answering machine. When Phillip and his family returned home from their vacation, he listened to his voice messages. One old man said he dialed the wrong number. But, he added, he'd really enjoyed the poem. A few days later, that old man called. He said that he wanted to hear the poem again. The two men talked. John, now 73, who used to be a doctor, lived in another state. It turned out that his brother's number was almost the same as my uncle's. That was 13 years ago. They've spoken on the phone a few times a month ever since. They haven't gone to a game together or had a cup of coffee together. Their friendship is just to pick up the phone. And to them their best friend is someone they've never met.


第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)
第一节(共10小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
My two daughters and I got into the car to spend our weekend in Florida. Autumn, the elder one, offered to drive. I sat next to her, and Amber sat in back. After setting off, the three of us sang to the radio at the top of our voice.
It was a great trip until the rain poured and the rain was too heavy. “I have to pull over，” Autumn said. She tried to enter the far right lane (车道) to find a place to stop, but trucks ran fast, making water onto our car. The car was out of control, then worse — it started to move left and right. Autumn fought to control it but it was too late. We ran into a truck. The girls jumped out of the car. My chest felt much pain.
“Get out, Mom. Come on！” Amber cried. “I can't，” I said. Autumn took out her cellphone, “There's been an accident. Send an ambulance (救护车)！” Amber and Autumn pulled me out of the car and helped me lie on my back in the grassy area by the roadside. I had to calm myself and looked up. A man held a large umbrella over me and other kind faces appeared above me. A woman helped to treat a cut over Amber's eye. Another woman came close to me and said, “No one in the truck was injured. Help was on the way.” The woman mentioned she was a nurse; the other woman who took care of Amber's cut was an eye specialist. We couldn't have asked for better care.
In the hospital the pain in my chest began to disappear. Later, the tests at the hospital made sure we had no serious injuries. We'd left all our troubles behind thanks to these kind people, who seemed to be angels (天使) in my eyes.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，主题语境是生活。瓢泼大雨中作者的车子出了车祸。她们被好心人救护。后来雨过天晴，经检查，她们的伤势都不太严重。她认为那些帮助她们的人是天使。
21．How did the author and her two daughters feel after setting out?
A．They were worried about the weather.
B．They enjoyed themselves greatly.
C．They thought it was a long journey.
D．They felt lucky to take the journey.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由第一段的“the three of us sang to the radio at the top of our voice”及第二段开头的“It was a great trip”可知，作者和她的两个女儿非常高兴。文中体现不出lucky，故D项错误。
22．What was Autumn going to do when the rain poured?
A．To stop by the roadside.
B．To follow the truck closely.
C．To get into the fast traffic lane.
D．To move the car left and right.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段的“She tried to enter the far right lane to find a place to stop”可知，雨下得非常大，Autumn想到路旁停车，所以她往最右边车道变道。
23．What can be the best title for the text?
A．Unexpected heavy rain
B．Leave our troubles behind
C．Kind angels saved the day
D．My two kind daughters
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。作者一家在雨中遭遇了一场车祸，但一些陌生人尽力帮助她们。在她看来这些人就像天使一样出现在她们面前。
B
Our street is a short, one­way street, four blocks from the Charles River. It's lined with three­family homes, built at the turn of the century for people who worked at factories and needed places to live.
There are families and single people, older couples and students in this street. There are Greeks and Chinese and white Americans.
If you head down the street and make a left turn, you may run across Billy Davis. He was born on that street and is now a retiree (退休人士). He'll tell you all about Cambridge in the old days. He'll tell you how he couldn't act_up because there were so many watching mamas on his street and they all had eyes on the naughty (顽皮的) kids in the neighbourhood. He might do something wrong, but the minute he walked in his own house, his mum would say “Hey, what were you doing down at the park？” and it was all over. His stories need telling and we are eager (渴望的) listeners.
Walk over a block and you reach our neighbourhood mechanic, Phil. He's the best mechanic in all Cambridge and will give you fair prices and honest statements of what's wrong with your car.
Walk the other way to Central Square and you'll come across the Village Grill, run by Theo and Helen. It's a small neighbourhood restaurant. Whatever you order, you will always find it is worth every penny (便士). You don't just pay for food, but you pay for conversation and it is always interesting. Theo and Helen are Greek, so the conversation turns Greek sometimes.
I walk out of the house on this Monday morning, and smile at my neighbourhood. It's going to be a hot day, and tonight will see many of us at our front door, observing (观察) each other through plants.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了作者所居住的街区，包括街区的基本情况、街坊邻居、餐馆等。
24．What do the underlined words “act up” in Paragraph 3 mean?
A．Behave badly. B．Play games.
C．Travel alone. D．Give performances.
答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。由下文中的“there were so many watching mamas... had eyes on the naughty kids”以及“He might do something wrong, but... it was all over”可知，邻居的女人们都会注意淘气孩子们的举动，一旦谁家的孩子做了错事，就会告诉他的家长；所以，Billy Davis小时候不敢做坏事，不然会被妈妈知道；因此，act up意为“举止不当”。
25．What does Billy Davis like to do?
A．Play jokes on people.
B．Walk around the street.
C．Tell stories about the old days.
D．Watch naughty kids in the street.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由第三段中的“He'll tell you all about Cambridge in the old days. He'll tell you how he couldn't act up”以及“His stories need telling and we are eager listeners”可知，Billy Davis喜欢讲旧日的故事。
26．What can we infer from Paragraph 5?
A．The author likes having meals in the Village Grill.
B．The restaurant owners have a good sense of humour.
C．The food in the Village Grill is expensive but delicious.
D．The restaurant owners usually talk with their customers.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。由第五段中的“You don't just pay for food, but you pay for conversation... turns Greek sometimes”可知，去该餐馆花钱吃饭的客人不仅能享受美食，还能享受有趣的聊天，而来自希腊的店主有时会让聊天变得颇具希腊特点；因此可推断，餐馆主人经常与食客聊天。
C
Sometimes people make history. George Washington became the first president of the United States and made history. Sometimes wars make history. The two World Wars are examples. Sometimes nature even becomes part of history. Shaking earthquakes are recorded in history books.
Thirteen years ago, nature caused just such a history­making event. In September 2005, Hurricane Katrina came ashore in New Orleans, Louisiana. The deadly storm flooded (淹没) New Orleans. Before Katrina, no other big American city had ever flooded in the history of the country. This natural disaster caused great harm and death.
New Orleans is located (位于) below sea level. This location places it at great risk. Levees were built to protect New Orleans from the ocean. (A levee is like a wall between the city and the ocean.) When Hurricane Katrina came ashore, water moved over the levees into the city. Flooding made it necessary for everyone to leave the city. Before Katrina, Creole food (a special kind of cooking only in Louisiana) filled the air with delicious smells. The sound of jazz music traveled through the streets. Now the city has to return to its former glory (辉煌)．
Before Katrina, the U．S. government had never made everyone leave a city. People in New Orleans had to find shelter quickly. Some had to stay at the Superdome Sports Center. Some rode on buses to other towns. Thousands drove their cars to get away from the storm. The roads and shelters filled up fast.
The lesson learned from Katrina was that cities must be better prepared for big storms and other terrible disasters caused by nature. Being prepared might have kept more people safe. Hurricane Katrina is one of the history­making events that will be remembered forever. Today, history is still being made that will shape the future.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了卡特里娜飓风给美国新奥尔良市所造成的改变。
27．What does the author tell us about New Orleans?
A．It was built above sea level.
B．It had few jazz musicians after Katrina.
C．It created a new way to cook after Katrina.
D．It was the first U．S. city that had been flooded.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第二段中的“Before Katrina, no other big American city had ever flooded in the history of the country”可知，新奥尔良市是美国第一个被洪水淹没的城市。
28．What can we say about the levees?
A．They were almost useless for fighting Katrina.
B．They helped people leave New Orleans quickly.
C．They made New Orleans a special American city.
D．They should be built to match the size of New Orleans.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由第三段中的“When Hurricane Katrina came ashore, water moved over the levees into the city”可知，在对抗卡特里娜飓风的时候，防洪堤几乎没有什么作用。
29．What might the author advise city governments to do?
A．Put up more shelters in the city.
B．Build more levees around the city.
C．Teach people how to avoid floods.
D．Try to get ready for natural disasters.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。由最后一段中的“The lesson learned from Katrina was that cities must be better prepared for big storms and other terrible disasters caused by nature”可知，作者实际上是建议市政府应该努力为预防自然灾害做好准备。
30．What is the best title for the text?
A．Katrina makes history
B．Floods shape Louisiana
C．Storms are dangerous
D．History must be remembered
答案与解析：A　标题归纳题。由文章首段的关键词“make history”以及下文介绍说明卡特里娜飓风给新奥尔良市所造成的巨大改变可知，A项作标题可以全面概括本文主旨。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Go green
Are you worried about our earth? Do you want to do what you can to save it? __31__ It may seem like the actions of one person won't make a difference, but there are actually many ways you can help. Here are some of them.
Turn it off.
Turn off anything that uses electricity when not in use. __32__ If you leave your television on or don't turn off lights, it's wasting electricity. Remember to turn things off when you don't need them.
Start recycling(回收利用)．
It's not just paper, plastic and glass that can be recycled — clothes can be, too. __33__ It's good for the environment and you'll get a new look for free!
__34__
You don't have to travel far to get what you need, and products don't have to travel far to get to you, either. Shop at farmers' markets and buy food that was produced as close to your home as possible. And when you're online shopping, try to find things that won't have to travel long distances.
Save water.
If you don't let the water run when you're brushing your teeth and take showers instead of baths, you will be using less water and less energy — but you'll still be just as clean! __35__ Use a method that requires less water to get the dishes clean.
A．Buy things nearby.
B．Think before you eat.
C．It's hard to know where to start.
D．Turn short jeans you've grown out of into shorts.
E．Also, don't wash dishes with the water running continuously.
F．This goes for lights, televisions, computers, printers, and so on.
G．Bring a reusable water bottle with you when travelling or at work.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了几种保护环境的方法。
31．答案与解析：C　C项“It's hard to know where to start”和下文中的“but there are actually many ways you can help”在语意上构成转折，符合语境。
32．答案与解析：F　F项中的“lights, televisions, computers, printers”呼应上文中的“electricity”和下文中的“television”和“lights”。
33．答案与解析：D　D项中的jeans和shorts呼应上文中的clothes。且D项表达的内容符合上文中提到的“can be recycled”。
34．答案与解析：A　A项中的nearby呼应下文中的“don't have to travel far”和“as close to your home as possible”。
35．答案与解析：E　E项中的wash dishes呼应下文中的“get the dishes clean”。且E项中的“don't wash dishes with the water running continuously”和上文中的“you don't let the water run when you're brushing your teeth and take showers”构成并列关系，E项中的Also承接上文。
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
After moving into my mother's home to look after her following an illness, I found myself thinking about my own __36__. It was clear that I __37__ to find something that would help me __38__ the house more often.
I found my __39__ while standing in line at the store checkout one sunny spring day. Red words on the cover of a magazine caught my __40__， “Walk Off Weight！”
After __41__ the advantages of walking, I knew I had found the perfect __42__ that would not only make me spend more time outdoors, but would also help me keep __43__.
I didn't start walking four miles right away; I began __44__. After a few weeks, I __45__ from walking two miles every day to between four and six miles every day. My __46__ increased from about three miles per hour to over four.
It wasn't long before I began to notice the many __47__ in both my physical and emotional (情绪的) health.
I lost __48__. The extra (额外的) fat I'd been carrying around my stomach disappeared. My body was __49__ and became more shapely. Even my back pain had __50__！
The advantages to my emotional health were also great. My spirits lifted with each passing day. I could hardly __51__ to get up each morning. With more self­confidence, I also found myself to be more sociable and that I began to __52__ meeting new people.
__53__ my mother became less of a tiring task. Feeling __54__， I was able to look after her with great enthusiasm (热情). I __55__ her to try to become as healthy and as happy as I felt.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。作者在照顾生病的母亲时开始关注自己的健康。偶然了解散步的好处后，作者开始坚持散步，不久就发现自己的身体和情绪方面有了很大的变化。
36．A.dream B．plan
C．health D．work
答案与解析：C　由本句中的“look after her following an illness”以及下文的描述可知，“我”发现“我”开始关注自己的“健康(health)”。
37．A.needed B．refused
C．failed D．forgot
答案：A
38．A.live in B．move into
C．get out of D．keep away from
答案与解析：C　由上文中的“I found myself thinking about”以及下文中的“make me spend more time outdoors”可知，“我”“需要(needed)”找一些能激励“我”“走出(get out of)”房间的事情来做。
39．A.purpose B．answer
C．job D．hobby
答案与解析：B　由上文中的“to find something... the house more often”以及下文中的“Walk Off Weight”可知，“我”找到了“解决办法(answer)”。
40．A.eye B．leg
C．hand D．arm
答案与解析：A　由上文中的“standing in line at the store checkout one sunny spring day”以及本句中的“Walk Off Weight”可知，一本杂志封面上红色的字“吸引了我的注意(caught my eye)”。
41．A.talking about B．reading about
C．hearing about D．writing about
答案：B
42．A.thought B．behavior
C．advice D．activity
答案：D
43．A.fit B．safe
C．quiet D．busy
答案与解析：A　由第二段以及下文的描述可知，“读了(reading about)”散步的种种好处后，“我”明白“我”找到了一项不仅能让自己多待在户外而且能帮助“我”保持“健康(fit)”的最佳“活动(activity)”。
44．A.suddenly B．quickly
C．slowly D．finally
答案：C
45．A.progressed B．left
C．followed D．ended
答案与解析：A　由上文中的“I didn't start walking four miles right away”可知，“我”开始很“慢(slowly)”。几周后，“我”从每天步行两英里“增加(progressed)”到每天四到六英里。
46．A.time B．speed
C．age D．size
答案与解析：B　由本句中的“three miles per hour to over four”可知，此处指的是“我”的步行“速度(speed)”。
47．A.changes B．differences
C．problems D．chances
答案与解析：A　由下文几段的描述可知，不久“我”开始注意到自己在身体和情绪方面的诸多“变化(changes)”。
48．A.touch B．interest
C．heart D．weight
答案与解析：D　由下文中的“The extra fat I'd been carrying around my stomach disappeared”可知，“我”“体重(weight)”减轻了。
49．A.held up B．brought up
C．given up D．built up
答案：D
50．A.appeared B．gone
C．returned D．increased
答案与解析：B　结合语境可知，“我”开始散步不久，就发现自己的身体有了积极的变化。因此，此处表示“我”的体质“增强了(built up)”，背部疼痛也“消失了(gone)”。
51．A.stop B．manage
C．wait D．promise
答案与解析：C　由上文中的“The advantages to... with each passing day”可知，“我”每天早上“迫不及待(could hardly wait)”地起床。
52．A.avoid B．enjoy
C．regret D．remember
答案与解析：B　由“With more... be more sociable”可知，“我”开始“喜欢(enjoy)”结识新朋友。
53．A.Waiting for B．Working for
C．Searching for D．Caring for
答案：D
54．A.lonely B．proud
C．lively D．worried
答案与解析：C　由第一段中的“After moving into my mother's home to look after her following an illness”以及最后一段中的“I was able to look after her with great enthusiasm”可知，“照顾(Caring for)”母亲不再是一件累人的工作。“我”感到“精力充沛(lively)”，因此能够以极大的热情照顾她。
55．A.encouraged B．forced
C．required D．allowed
答案与解析：A　由第一段的描述可知，“我”母亲生病了，因此，“我”“鼓励(encouraged)”母亲努力变得像“我”一样健康快乐。
非选择题部分
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
On September 19,2017, a deadly earthquake 56.________ (hit) Mexico, killing more than 300 people 57.________ destroying many buildings in the nation's capital, Mexico City. In the days that followed, rescue teams went out to search 58.________ people trapped by the earthquake. Among the humans digging through the ruins was a four­legged helper 59.________ (name) Frida.
Frida, a rescue dog, was named after Mexican painter Frida Kahlo. She is a sniffer dog (嗅探犬) with the Mexican Navy (海军). She is a 60.________ (value) member of her team, often getting into spaces that humans can't reach. According to the Navy, she has a “sixth sense” for 61.________ (find) humans, and that's unlike any other dog they've ever trained before. 62.________ is her job to sniff out people trapped by natural disasters. Frida has found 52 people after earthquakes and other disasters in Mexico, Haiti and Ecuador, and 12 of 63.________ (they) were found alive and 64.________ (successful) rescued.
Since the Mexican Navy shared a picture of the rescue dog on the Internet, Frida has been considered a hero. Like the rest of rescue 65.________ (worker), she is a hero to the victims (受害者) and their loved ones.
56．答案与解析：hit　考查一般过去时。由“On September 19,2017”可知，设空处表示的动作发生在过去，故填hit。hit在此意为“袭击，殃及”。
57．答案与解析：and　考查连词。设空处连接两个并列的动词­ing形式短语作结果状语，故填and。
58．答案与解析：for　考查介词。search for...意为“搜寻……，寻找……”。
59．答案与解析：named　考查过去分词作定语的用法。此处表示“一位叫Frida的帮手”，name与helper之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，故填named。
60．答案与解析：valuable　考查形容词作定语的用法。设空处作定语，修饰member，由“often getting into spaces that humans can't reach”可知，此处表示“宝贵的”，故填valuable。
61．答案与解析：finding　考查动词­ing形式作宾语的用法。设空处作介词for的宾语，故填finding。
62．答案与解析：It　考查it的用法。设空处作形式主语，真正的主语是to sniff out people trapped by natural disasters，故填It。
63．答案与解析：them　考查代词。设空处作宾语，表示“他们”，故填宾格them。
64．答案与解析：successfully　考查副词。设空处作状语修饰过去分词rescued，表示“成功地”，故填successfully。
65．答案与解析：workers　考查名词复数。设空处作宾语，worker是可数名词，由the rest of可知，此处应用名词复数，故填workers。
第四部分　写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节　应用文写作(满分15分)
假定你是你校英语杂志特约小记者，上周你校开展了“爱心包裹”(Loving Parcels)捐赠活动，给地震灾区的学生捐赠物品。请根据以下内容，写一篇新闻报道：
活动内容：
1．全校师生捐赠物品；
2．填写爱心祝福卡片；
3．将包裹寄送给灾区学生。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
答案：
Loving Parcels
In order to help the students in the earthquake­hit area, our school held a “Loving Parcels” donation activity last week.
All of the teachers and students took an active part in the activity. They donated their clothes, books, and schoolbags. All of them were badly needed in the earthquake­hit area. In addition, they also wrote down the best wishes to them on cards, which would be collected and sent to the schools that were affected by the earthquake.
The activity not only helped us express our care for the students and send our sincere wishes to them but it also taught us that we should cherish what we have.
第二节　读后续写(满分25分)
阅读下面短文，根据所给情节进行续写，使之构成一个完整的故事。
A big earthquake hit a small town. In the middle of the chaos, a father left his wife securely at home and rushed to the school where his_son was supposed to be, only to discover that the building was as flat as a pancake.
As he looked at the pile of debris (废墟) that once was the school, tears began to fill his eyes. After the initial sadness and shock, he remembered the promise he had made to his son, “No matter what happens, I'll always be there for you！” Remembering his son's classroom would be in the back right corner of the building, he rushed there and started digging through the stones.
As he was digging, other parents arrived, clapping hands to their chests, saying，“My son！”“My daughter！”Other well­meaning parents tried to pull him off what was left of the school, saying，“It's too late！”“They're dead！”“You're just going to make things worse！”
To each parent he answered with one line, “Are you going to help me now？”And then he kept digging for his son, stone by stone.
The fire chief (消防队长) showed_up and tried to pull him off the school's debris, saying, “Fires are breaking out. Explosions are happening everywhere. You're in danger. We'll take care of it. Go home.” This loving, caring father asked, “Are you going to help me now？”
The police came and said, “You're angry, mad and it's over. You put others in_danger. Go home. We'll handle it！” He replied, “Are you going to help me now？”No one helped. Courageously he dug alone because he needed to know for himself：“Is my boy alive or is he dead？”
注意：
1．所续写短文的词数应为150左右；
2．至少使用5个短文中标有下划线的关键词语；
3．续写部分分为两段，每段的开头语已为你写好；
4．续写完成后，请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。
Paragraph 1：
He dug for 8 hours... 12 hours... 24 hours... 36 hours... and then, in the 38th hour, he pulled back a big stone and heard some noise.____________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
Paragraph 2：
“How many of you are there below？” he shouted._________
____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
答案：
Paragraph 1：
He dug for 8 hours... 12 hours... 24 hours... 36 hours... and then, in the 38th hour, he pulled back a big stone and heard some noise. He called out his_son's name, “Armand！” He heard a voice, “Dad？！ It's me, Dad！” It was his son! He was still alive! He felt wild with joy and shouted, “Armand, are you OK？” His son shouted loud back. “Dad, I'm OK. I know you'll come! I told the other kids not to worry. I told them that if my father were alive, he would save me. When he saved me, they would be saved. You promised, ‘No_matter_what_happens,_I'll_always_be_there_for_you！’You did it, Dad！”
Paragraph 2：
“How many of you are there below？” he shouted. “There are 14 of us left out of 33. We're scared and hungry. When the building fell down in the earthquake,_it made a triangle area, and it saved us.” “Come on out, boy！”“No, Dad! Let the other kids out first, because I know you'll get me! No matter what happens, I know you'll be there for me！”
Section Ⅰ　Listening and speaking & Listening and Talking


Step One: Speaking
Look at the following pictures, would you like to visit them? Discuss with your partners which official languages are spoken in these countries.


Spain: Spanish
India: English
Germany: _German
France：French
America: English
Canada: English
Britain：English
Russia: Russian
Step Two: Listening
Ⅰ.Listen to a speech and tick the two languages with the most native speakers. Choose the official languages of the United Nations (UN)．　(教材P60)
(　) Russian　　 (　) Chinese　 (　) Korean　(　) Japanese　(　) Spanish　　(　) Arabic　 (　) English　 (　) French
The most native speakers: Chinese,_Spanish
The official languages of the United Nations (UN): Arabic;_Chinese;_English;_French;_Russian;_Spanish
听力材料：
Exploring languages around the world
To some students, it seems that the only foreign language to learn is English. There are, however, nearly 7,000 languages in the world. After Chinese, the language with the most native language speakers isn't English — it's Spanish! Learning English is very useful, but it is wise to learn at least one other foreign language, if possible.
There are many reasons why people learn a foreign language. Many students choose to study one of the languages that are spoken at the UN. As they think it means better job chances in the future. The UN has six official languages: Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian, and Spanish. They are spoken by around 2.8 billion people as their native or second languages.
Some students, though, choose to study a language because of family or friends. One American girl chose to learn Danish because her grandparents were from Denmark. When she was little, her grandpa used to read letters to her in Danish from their relatives in Denmark. Another young lady started learning French because she had several friends from African countries where French is spoken.
What do you think? Which other language would you choose to study and why?
Ⅱ.Listen to the speech again and answer the questions.
1．What is the main topic of this speech?
答案：It_is_mainly_languages_around_the_world.
2．How many languages are there in the world?
答案：Nearly_7,000.
3．How many billion people speak the UN's official as their native or second language?
答案：2.8_billion.
4．What is the attitude of the speaker towards foreign language learning?
答案：He_believes_learning_foreign_languages_is_very_useful.
Listening Tips
1．注意细节
Before listening to the text, look through the exercises quickly and find out the key points according to the exercises.
2．巧判人物关系，身份与职业
人物关系、职业、身份等相关方面的听力试题要求在某一特定环境下，对说话人的身份进行推理与判断。该项内容的考查多是以who或what开头的特殊疑问句，其常问方式有：
What is the man (woman)?
What's the man's (woman's) occupation (职业)?
Who is the man speaker?
What's the probable relationship between the two speakers?
另外，我们可根据以上内容所提供的称呼语并结合生活常识进行判断。同时，熟悉特定的场景用语和关键词，便于我们更好地解答有关人物关系、对话发生地点的题目。
即时训练　听下面一段对话，回答问题。
1．What is the possible relationship between the two speakers?
A．Friends.
B．Wife and husband.
C．Business partners.
答案：A
2．Where does the woman work now?
A．In a school.
B．In a restaurant.
C．In a travel agency.
答案：C
3．What are the two speakers going to do?
A．To take a trip.
B．To have a coffee.
C．To attend a meeting.
答案：B
听力材料：
W：Peter? Hi, how are you? I haven't seen you for ages!
M：Hello, Mary. Well, it must be at least five years. What are you doing here?
W：I came for a meeting. Business trip, you know. Anyway, how are you?
M：I'm good, thanks. I still work in a school. What about you?
W：I have a new job now, so I have to travel a lot.
M：What do you do?
W：I work for a travel agency. Working in a restaurant was just too boring.
M：Your new job sounds interesting! Have you got time for a coffee? So we could catch up.
W：Sure, why not?
M：Oh, there's a nice cafe about two minutes' walk from here.
W：Let's go then.
Step Three: Discussing
Ⅰ. 根据录音在空格处填入合适的内容
English is a language spoken all around the world. 1.It's_reported_that English is used by almost a billion people in the world and 83% of the world's emails 2.are_written_in_English.
Now the number of people who learn English 3.as_a_foreign_language is more than 750 million. Now, everywhere in the world children go to school to learn English. Most of them learn English for five or six years at high school.
Lee is studying English because he wants to be a scientist and he knows that 4.English_is_the_international_language_of science. Most scientists write in English. Wei Ling wants to work for an airline when she 5.leaves_school. She needs to learn English because English is the international language used on airlines and all pilots speak English. Her teacher told her to go on an English course this summer 6._to_improve_her_English.
I think with so many people 7.communicating_in_English every day, it will become more and more important to 8.have_a_good_knowledge_of_English.
话题积累：
1．the number of ……的数量
2．have a good knowledge of 精通……
Ⅱ. With the world becoming a global village, it is a must for us to have a good knowledge of English. So discuss with your partner about English.
1．How much do you know about English?
(1)It_is_the_official_language_of_many_countries,_such_as_America,_England,_Canada_and_so_on.
(2)It_has_a_long_history.
(3)There_are_mainly_two_kinds_of_English：American_English_and_British_English.
(4)Many_Chinese_are_learning_English.
2．Do you know that there is something about American English and British English?
There_are_some_differences_in_spelling_and_pronunciation_between_American_English_and_British_English.
For example：

3．Can you give us some advice on how to learn English well?
(1)My_suggestion_is_that_we_should_listen_to_English_every_day_and_practice_speaking_it_if_possible.
(2)We_should_memorize_more_words_and_expressions_to_have_your_vocabulary_enriched,_which_is_of_great_importance_to_English_learning.
(3)_It_is_a_good_idea_to_communicate_more_with_foreigners_in_English.
(4)_We_should_take_an_active_part_in_the_English_Corner,_which_broadens_our_view_and_improves_our_interest_in_English.
(5)We'd_like_to_attend_English_lectures,_from_which_we_can_get_more_information_on_British_and_American_culture.
(6)_We_should_hold_more_interesting_English_activities,_such_as_debates_and_speech_competitions.
(7)There_is_no_doubt_that_keeping_an_English_diary_helps_you_a_lot_with_my_written_English.
(8)We_should_do_more_reading_to_improve_our_reading_ability.



课时作业 16

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
I was so fortunate today to be able to offer my love and help to an older lady at my local supermarket. I saw her standing there. I felt quite strange about such a situation.
What was she looking at? As I looked, I found it was a “Shredded Pork Bun Meal Kit”， which is a service that sends customers food ingredients and recipes for them to prepare their own fresh meals. “That's new，” I thought. Then I watched as the lady began to dig into her handbag and tried to pull out one of the biggest magnifying glasses (放大镜) I had never seen in my whole life! “Oh, she can't read it，” I realized.
So I stood there and continued watching her. The voice in my mind often asks me to do the right thing. It told me to help her. But I argued back saying, “No. I won't offer help. It will only embarrass her and she is OK now anyway. She has the world's biggest magnifying glass to help her！”
And I stood there longer. But the voice came back, “Help her, Nicole. Don't be embarrassed. Just do it. Offer your help.” So I did it. I read and explained all the things that were included in that box. I read out the ingredients, the instructions on how to cook it and so on.
She didn't end up buying it, but she was still quite grateful. I walked away knowing that I had helped her and made the right choice. Mostly, I had reminded her that people in this world still care about the old.
She was seen. She was loved. And she mattered so much that a complete stranger took time to help her. And that stranger was me, a person who argued and didn't want to do so in the beginning.
So grateful I am when I choose to listen to the voice in my heart. It is because of love. Love is all that ever really matters. I also get happiness through helping her.
【语篇解读】　作者在超市碰到了一位老太太，她想买一种食物却看不清说明上的文字，作者想帮助她却内心矛盾，最后还是遵照自己内心的指引做出了善举。


1．What was the lady's problem?
A．She couldn't find her glasses.
B．She couldn't hear the writer clearly.
C．She couldn't see the instructions clearly.
D．She couldn't understand the instructions.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。从文章第二段对老太太拿老花眼镜的动作描述可知，她看不见要买的食物包装上的说明。从最后一句“‘Oh, she can't read it，’I realized.”可直接找到答案。
2．Why didn't the writer want to help the lady at first?
A．Because she had some other things to do.
B．Because she considered it a difficult thing.
C．Because she didn't want to make the lady embarrassed.
D．Because she had the same problem with the old lady.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第三段的“It will only embarrass her and she is OK now anyway.”可知，作者一开始不想帮助老太太是因为她不想让老太太尴尬。
3．How did the writer get happiness?
A．By following a stranger's voice.
B．By spending time talking with the lady.
C．By stopping the lady from buying the food.
D．By persuading herself to help the lady.
答案与解析：D　判断推理题。文章最后一句说到作者从帮助老太太中获得快乐，而第三段讲到刚开始时作者犹豫是否帮她，作者经历了说服自己的过程。
4．What is the best title for the passage?
A．An Unlucky Day B．The Leading Voice
C．A Scary Experience D．The Best Choice
答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。文章中作者帮助老人的一系列举动都是遵循自己内心的声音，在自己矛盾时，是这个声音指引着她做出了正确的选择。故选“The Leading Voice”。
B
Learning a second language
Some people learn a second language easily. Other people have trouble learning a new language. How can you help yourself learn a new language, such as English? There are several ways to make learning English a little easier and more interesting.
The first step is to feel confident about learning English. If you believe that you can learn, you will learn. Be patient. You don't have to understand everything all at once. It is natural to make mistakes when you learn something new. We can learn from our mistakes.
The second step is to practise your English. For example, write in a diary every day. You will get used to writing in English, and you will feel comfortable expressing your ideas in English. After several weeks, you will see that your writing is improving. Besides, you must speak English every day. You can practise with your classmates after class. You will all make mistakes, but gradually you will become comfortable communicating in English.
The third step is to keep a record of your language learning. You can write this in your diary. After each class, think about what you did. Did you answer a question correctly? Did you understand anything the teacher explained? Perhaps the lesson was difficult，but you tried to understand it. Write these achievements (成就) in your diary.
You must be active in learning English and believe that you can do it. It is important to practise every day and make a record of your achievements. You will enjoy learning English, and you will have more confidence in yourself.
【语篇解读】　有人学习一门外语很容易，但是有的人很难学好一门外语。本文就怎样学习英语，使它更有趣、更容易提出了几点建议。
5．When you learn English, you do not need to ________.
A．be patient
B．make mistakes
C．express your ideas in English
D．understand everything at once
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据文中第二段“You don't have to understand everything all at once.”可知，当你学习英语时，你不需要立即理解所有的东西。所以选D。
6．What is NOT helpful for you to enjoy learning English?
A．To communicate in English.
B．To worry about making mistakes.
C．To think about what you did after each class.
D．To make a record of the achievements.
答案与解析：B'细节理题解。根据文中第二段“It is natural to make mistakes when you learn something new. We can learn from our mistakes.”可知，学习英语不要担心犯错误，从错误中我们能学到知识，所以担心犯错是学不好英语的。所以选B。
7．What is the main idea of this passage?
A．It is very important to learn English.
B．Some people learn English easily while other people do not.
C．There are ways to help you learn English more easily.
D．Don't worry about making mistakes when learning English.
答案与解析：C'主旨大意题。文章第一段中的“There are several ways to make learning English a little easier and more interesting.”就写出了本文的主要内容，所以选C。
Ⅱ.完形填空
I took my son to a popular restaurant for a lunchtime treat. And it seems everyone else had the same __1__. The place was full of __2__！
I drove around the small parking lot (停车场) for 10 minutes __3__ a spot (位置). Finally I __4__ one. A lady was returning to her car so I __5__ her and waited patiently. As I did this I looked in my rear vision mirror (后视镜) and __6__ a young man quickly pull up behind me. As soon as he saw my indicator (转向灯) on for the spot, he seemed very __7__ and began hitting his steering wheel (方向盘). I knew this wasn't directed at me but at the disappointment that he had __8__ a spot. I felt his __9__. I too had been __10__ the place for ages.
As the lady left I __11__ something that surprised even me. I turned off my indicator and drove straight past. I let the man __12__ the spot.
The man behind me was __13__， unsure what to do. __14__ I lowered my window and gave him a(n) __15__ to take it, calling out at the same time “It's yours.”
I __16__ driving further down the road to another car park, where although I had to walk quite a bit further, I was __17__ I could. Perhaps the man couldn't walk easily as his __18__ wasn't as good as mine? I will __19__ know. But I knew the spot __20__ more to him than it did to me, when I saw him react the way he did.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。作者在停车场等待了很久终于找到了一个车位，然而当看到紧随其后的一名司机因为没抢到车位的失望表现时，作者决定将车位让给他。
1．A.experience B．dream
C．idea D．chance
答案与解析：C　由“the same”可知，设空处指“to a popular restaurant for a lunchtime treat”这一想法，故填idea。
2．A.people B．noise
C．pleasure D．peace
答案：A
3．A.calling for B．looking for
C．asking for D．paying for
答案：B
4．A.borrowed B．found
C．bought D．accepted
答案与解析：B　由上文中的“it seems everyone else had the same”以及文中的“I drove around the small parking lot for 10 minutes”可知，这个地方“人(people)”很多，“我”在停车场绕了十分钟想“找(looking for)”个车位，最后终于“找到(found)”一个。
5．A.followed B．helped
C．guided D．met
答案与解析：A　由本句中的“A lady was returning to her car”以及“waited patiently”可知，“我”“跟着(followed)”她，耐心地等待着。
6．A.suggested B．noticed
C．made D．required
答案与解析：B　由本句中的“I looked in my rear vision mirror”可知，“我”“注意到(noticed)”一名年轻的男子快速地在“我”后面停下车。
7．A.serious B．interested
C．angry D．careful
答案与解析：C　由本句中的“As soon as he saw my indicator on for the spot”以及“began hitting his steering wheel”可知，这名男子似乎很“生气(angry)”。
8．A.refused B．chosen
C．reached D．missed
答案与解析：D　由上文中的“As soon as he saw my indicator on for the spot”以及“I knew this wasn't directed at me”可知，这名男子之所以有这种表现是因为他“错过(missed)”了一个车位，感到很失望。
9．A.fear B．pain
C．courage D．wish
答案：B
10．A.circling B．protecting
C．keeping D．changing
答案与解析：A　由上文中的“I drove around the small parking lot for 10 minutes __3__ a spot”可知，“我”能感受到他的“痛苦(pain)”，因为“我”也在这个地方“绕了(circling)”许久才找到一个车位。
11．A.saw B．heard
C．did D．said
答案与解析：C　由下文中的“I turned off my indicator and drove straight past”可知，“我”“做了(did)”一件让自己都感到惊讶的事。
12．A.search B．pass
C．leave D．have
答案与解析：D　由上文中的“I turned off my indicator and drove straight past”以及下文中的“I lowered my window... calling out at the same time ‘It's yours.’”可知，“我”让这名男子“占用(have)”那个车位。
13．A.worried B．surprised
C．tired D．pleased
答案与解析：B　由本句中的“unsure what to do”可知，这名男子很“惊讶(surprised)”。
14．A.But B．So
C．Again D．Still
答案与解析：B　“The man behind me was __13__ unsure what to do”与“I lowered my window... calling out at the same time ‘It's yours.’”之间是因果关系，故填So。
15．A.sign B．order
C．reason D．promise
答案与解析：A　由上文中的“I let the man __12__ the spot”以及本句中的“I lowered my window and... calling out at the same time ‘It's yours.’”可知，“我”摇下车窗，“示意他(gave him a sign)”使用那个车位。
16．A.stopped B．minded
C．gave up D．ended up
答案与解析：D　由下文中的“although I had to walk quite a bit further”可知，“我”“后来(ended up)”开车到一个较远些的停车场。end up意为“最终成为，最后处于”。
17．A.hopeful B．sorry
C．thankful D．afraid
答案与解析：C　由本句中的“I had to walk quite a bit further”以及下文中的“Perhaps the man couldn't walk easily”可知，此处指虽然“我”得走一段路，但“我”很“感激(thankful)”自己可以走路。
18．A.job B．car
C．luck D．health
答案与解析：D　由“Perhaps the man couldn't”可知，“我”在猜想也许他的“身体状况(health)”不如“我”。
19．A.seldom B．never
C．surely D．often
答案与解析：B　由下文中的“But I knew”可知，此处表示“我”将“不会(never)”知道。
20．A.proved B．brought
C．showed D．meant
答案与解析：D　结合全文可知，“我”将自己等了许久找到的车位让给那名男子，因为“我”知道那个车位对他来说“更重要(meant more)”。

Section Ⅱ　Reading and Thinking


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．billion/'bɪljən/n.十亿
2．native/'neɪtɪv/adj.出生地的；本地的；土著的　n．本地人
3．attitude/'ætɪtjuːd/n.态度；看法
4．system/'sɪstəm/n.体系；制度；系统
5．despite/dɪ'spaɪt/prep.即使；尽管
6．factor/'fæktə(r)/n.因素；要素
7._symbol/'sɪmbl/n.符号；象征
8._carve/kɑːv/vt.& vi.雕刻
9．dynasty/'dɪnəsti/n.王朝；朝代
10._means/miːnz/n.方式；方法；途径
11._classic/'klæsɪk/adj.传统的；最优秀的；典型的　n．经典作品；名著
12．regard/rɪ'ɡɑːd/n.尊重；关注　vt.把……视为；看待
13．character/'kærəktə(r)/n.文字；符号；角色；品质；特点
14．calligraphy/kə'lɪɡrəfi/n.书法；书法艺术

Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1．refer vi.提到；参考；查阅　vt.查询；叫……　求助于→reference (n.)参考；参照；涉及
2．base_ vt.以……为据点；以……为基础　n．底部；根据→based adj.以(某事)为基础的；以……为重要部分(或特征)的
3．variety n．(植物、语言等的)变体；异体；多样化→various adj.不同的；各种各样的→vary vt.&vi.使多样化；变化
4．major adj.主要的；重要的；大的　n．主修课程；主修学生　vi.主修；专门研究→majority n．多数
5．global_ adj.全球的；全世界的→globe (n.)球体；地球仪；地球
6._appreciate vt.欣赏；重视；感激；领会→appreciation (n.)欣赏；感激；感谢

Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．refer to 　指的是；描述；提到；查阅
2．ups and downs 浮沉；兴衰；荣辱
3．date back (to...) 追溯到
4．the attitude_to/towards... 对……的态度
5．pay attention_to 注意
6．do business with sb. 与某人做生意
7．be known_for 因……而出名
8．lead to 导致
9．varieties of 各种各样的
10．be of_great importance 很重要
11．be connected with 和……有联系
12．play a．.. role in 起着……的作用

Ⅳ.重点句型
1．That was a time when...那是……的时期
Over the years, it developed into different forms because that was a time when the Chinese people were divided geographically, leading to many varieties of dialects and characters.
随着时间的推移，它发展成不同的形式，因为那时中国人民在地理上分裂，导致许多方言和文字出现。
2．No matter how/what/when...，引导让步状语从句
Even today, no_matter_where_Chinese_people_live or what dialect they speak, they can all still communicate in writing. 即使在今天，无论中国人住在哪里，说什么方言，他们仍然可以用书面交流。
3．as 引导状语从句，意为“随着”
As_China_plays_a_greater_role_in_global_affairs,_an increasing number of international students are beginning to appreciate China's culture and history through this amazing language.
随着中国在国际事务中发挥越来越大的作用，越来越多的国际学生开始通过这种令人惊叹的语言来欣赏中国的文化和历史。

►第一步|速读——了解教材课文(P62)主题和段落大意
1．What is the text mainly about ?
A．The development of Chinese writing system
B．The effect of Chinese writing system
C．The important role of Chinese writing system
D．The development and effect of Chinese writing system
答案：D
2．Please match the main idea of paragraphs.
Paragraphs 1～4：　A．China's present is connected with its past by written Chinese.
Paragraph 5：　　 B．Many foreigners learn Chinese culture and history through the Chinese written system.
Paragraph 6：　　 C．How did the Chinese writing system develop?
答案：Paragraphs 1～4：C　Paragraph 5：A　Paragraph 6：B
►第二步|细读——把握教材课文(P62)关键信息
1．What do you think is one of the main factors that has helped the Chinese language and culture survive?
A．Chinese writing system
B．Chinese wisdom
C．Chinese hard work
D．Chinese spoken language
答案：A
2．What is the main idea of paragraph 2?
A．How did people carve symbols on bones and shells?
B．What did the symbols on bones and shells mean?
C．When did the picture－based language begin?
D．A picture－based language, the earliest written Chinese.
答案：D
3．Why did the Chinese writing system begin to develop in one direction?
A．People wanted to live in peace.
B．Emperor Qinshihuang united the seven major states into one unified country.
C．People were willing to communicate in a language.
D．People were divided geographically.
答案：B
4．How does foreigners appreciate the China's culture and history?
A．Classic works B．Music
C．The Chinese language D．A picture­based language
答案：C


►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．native adj.本国的；本地的　n．本地人；本国人
(教材P60) How many billion people speak the UN's official languages as their native or second language? 有多少亿人把联合国的官方语言作为他们的母语或第二语言？
(1)be native to 原产于
one's native country/land/language 某人的祖国/故乡/母语
(2)be a native of... ……的人；原产于……的动物或植物　
①Native English speakers can understand each other even if they don't speak the same kind of English.
以英语作为母语的人，即使他们所讲的语言不尽相同，也可以相互理解。
②As a matter of fact, French is not my native language.事实上，法语不是我的母语。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Is her uncle a native of Shanghai, or just a visitor?
(2)The researcher says the tiger is native to India.,

发散思维：
one's native language 母语
official language 官方语言

2.attitude n．态度； 看法； 姿态
(教材P60)What is the attitude of the speaker towards foreign language learning?
说话者对外语学习的态度是什么？
attitude to/towards... 对……的态度/看法
have/take a(n)．..attitude to/towards... 对……持……的态度/采取……的态度
①We each should develop a positive attitude to life.
我们每个人都应该培养积极的人生态度。
②Try to have a positive attitude to/towards everything and stop complaining.
尽力对每件事情都持积极的态度，停止抱怨。
[即学即练]　 单句写作
是你对生活的不好态度使父母生气。
It was your_bad_attitude_towards/to your work that made your parents angry.

名师指津：attitude后常用介词“to/towards”哟！
3.despite prep.即使；尽管
(教材P62) China is widely known for its ancient civilisation which has continued all the way through into modern times, despite the many ups and downs in its history.
中国以其悠久的文明而闻名，尽管历史上有过许多起起落落，但中国一直延续到现代。
despite 即使；尽管， 为介词，后常跟名词或v.­ing
even if 即使；尽管，为连词，后跟从句
①My parents love me despite my shortcomings.
尽管我有很多缺点，但是父母还是喜欢我的。
②John is a good basketball player despite being short and thin.
尽管约翰身材矮小，他依然是个优秀的篮球运动员。
[即学即练]　even if 与despite对比填空
(1)Despite the fact that Mr.Li is very rich, he leads a simple life.
(2)Even_if I fail many times, I won't give up.
发散思维：
despite同义词为：in spite of
Despite/In spite of failure, he didn't lose heart.
尽管失败了，他没有灰心。
4.refer to　提及；查阅；参考；谈到；提交；把……称作……；指的是
(经典例句)He had been well prepared for his speech so that he didn't refer to his note book while delivering his speech.
他已经为他的演讲做了充分的准备，所以他在演讲时没有看笔记本。
一词多义——写出下列句中refer to的含义
(1)Since the boy has been punished, please don't refer to that matter again.提及
(2)If you don't know the exact meaning of the word, you may refer to the dictionary.参考
(3)When I said some people were stupid I wasn't referring to you.指的是
(4)As far as I know, he is referred to as a living Lei Feng.把……称作
　　　
(1)refer to...as...　　　　 把……称作……
(2) reference n．　 言及，提及；参考；查阅
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The textbooks and dictionaries can be used as reference (refer) books while the magazines serve as reading materials.
(2) What really surprised us was that the president spoke at the meeting for nearly two hours without referring (refer) to his notes.
名师指津：不一样的“查字典”：
look up the word in the dictionary
refer to the dictionary
consult the dictionary

5.based adj.以(某事)为基础的；以……为重要部分(或特征)的
(教材P62)At the beginning, written Chinese was a picture­based language.
最初，书面汉语是一种以象形文字为基础的语言。
(1)be based on/upon　　　 以……为基础/依据
(2) base vt. 以……为据点；以……为基础
n. 底部；根据
base...on... 以……为基础
(3)basic adj.　 基础的
①In my diary, I set down a series of things that are all based on facts.
在我的日记里，我记下了一系列有事实根据的事情。
②One should always base his opinion on facts.
一个人应该始终以事实为根据发表自己的观点。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Based (base) on a true story, the film is very popular.
(2)They have to have a basic (base) understanding of computers in order to use the technology.
(3) The restaurant is based on trust, and it is working all right.(升级句式)
→Based_on_trust,_the restaurant is working all right.(分词短语作状语)
名师指津：base 常用过去分词作状语哟！

6.date back (to...)追溯(到……)
(教材P62)It dates back to several thousand years to longgu.
它可以追溯到几千年前的龙骨。
(1)date back to＝date from　　　　 追溯到……
(2)out of date　 过时的，陈旧的
①As far as I know, the old town dates from/back to the early Tang Dynasty.
据我所知，这个古老的城镇可追溯到初唐时期。
②I'd like to buy a new coat, because this one is out of date.
我想买一个新外套，因为这个外套已经过时了。
[即学即练]　单句写作
每天有许多游客在这座可追溯到800年前的塔前拍照。
Every day a number of tourists take pictures in front of the tower, which_dates_back_to as early as 800 years ago.
名师指津：牢记 date back to只用一般现在时哟！
7.variety n．(植物、语言等的)变体；异体；多样化
(经典佳句) One of the advantages is that we can find varieties of topics, such as science, culture and history.其中优势之一是我们能够找到各种主题，如：科学、文化、历史等。
(1)a variety of＝varieties of　　　 种类繁多的
(2)various adj. 不同的；各种各样的
for various reasons　 由于种种原因
(3)vary vt.&vi. 改变；变化
vary from... to... 从……到……不等；在……到……之间变动
① In my free time, I'd like to take exercise, such as swimming, running and various/a variety of ball games.在业余时间，我喜欢锻炼，例如：游泳、跑步和各种球类运动。
②All languages change over time and vary from place to place because of the local accent.
所有的语言都会随着时间的推移而变化，并且由于地方口音的不同而有所不同。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)It is a pity that some people can't go back home at the Spring Festival for a variety (various) of reasons.
(2)The research team is made up of the pupils, whose ages vary_ (various) from 10 to 15.
(3)Our school has built a new stadium. It has all kinds of well­equipped facilities.
→Our school has built a new stadium, which_has_various/varieties_of/a_variety_of_ well­equipped facilities. (升级加黑词； 升级为定语从句)

名师指津：不一样的“各种各样”：
a variety of；
varieties of；
various；
all kinds of

8.major/'meɪdʒə(r)/adj.主要的；重要的；大的　n．主修课程；主修学生　vi.主修；专门研究
(教材P62)Emperor Qinshihuang united the seven major states into one unified country where the Chinese writing system began to develop in one direction.
秦始皇统一了七大诸侯国，形成了一个统一的郡，中国的文字系统开始朝一个方向发展。
(1) major in　　　　　　　 主修……；以……为专业
(2) majority n. 大多数；大半
the majority of　　　 大多数……
be in the majority　 构成大部分/大多数
①I guessed that there was probably a major misunderstanding.我猜想这里可能有个大的误会。
②When it comes to education, the majority of people believe that education is of great importance.当涉及教育，大部分人认为教育很重要。
[即学即练]　单句写作
随着中国在国际事务中扮演着越来越重要的角色，学好汉语对我们来说非常重要。因此，我的父母想让我在大学主修中文。
As China plays_a_more_and_more_important_role_in_global affairs, it is very important for us to have a good knowledge of Chinese. As a result, my parents wants me to_major_in_Chinese at college.
发散思维：
表示“主要的；首要的”的形容词一览
①major　主要的；重要的
②main 主要的
③chief 首要的
9.means n．方式；方法；途径
(教材P62)Written Chinese has also become an important means by which China's present is connected with its past.书面汉语也成为中国现在与过去联系的重要手段。
(1) a means of communication　 一种通讯/交流工具
(2)by this means 通过这种方法
by means of 用……办法；借助……
by no means 决不，一点也不(位于句首时，句子用部分倒装)
mean vi. 意味着
mean doing sth. 意味着做某事
①There is no doubt that Wechat is an important means of communication.
毫无疑问，微信是一种重要的交流工具。
②Students sometimes support themselves by means of doing part­time jobs.
学生有时借助兼职工作养活自己。
③By no means can you give up when you are in trouble.
处境困难时绝对不能放弃。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Every possible means has_been_tried (try), but none has worked.
(2)All possible means have_been_tried (try), but none has worked.
(3)Missing the bus means waiting (wait) for another two hours.
温馨提示：
means用作“方式；方法”时单复数同形。
10.regard n．尊重；关注　vt.把……视为；看待
(教材P62)The high regard for the Chinese writing system can be seen in the development of Chinese characters as an art form which has become an important part of Chinese culture: Chinese calligraphy.
汉字作为一种艺术形式的发展，已经成为中国文化的重要组成部分：书法。
(1)regard/consider... as... 认为……是……
(2)have high/no regard for... 高度关注/无视……
with/in regard to sth. 关于某事
①I regard this novel as one of the best novels I have ever read.
我认为这是我读过的最好的小说中的一部。
②She has no regard for other people's feelings. 她无视别人的感受。
③In regard to his suggestions, we shall discuss them fully.
关于你的建议，我们将充分讨论。
[即学即练]　一句多译
众所周知，李健被认为是最著名的音乐人之一。
(1)As we all know, Li Jian is_considered_as_one of the most famous musicians.
(2)It is known to us that Li Jian_is_regarded_as one of the most famous musicians.
名师指津：复数“regards”意为“问候，致意”
Please give my reagrds to your parents. 请向你父母转达我的致意。

11.appreciate vt.欣赏；重视；感激；领会　vi.增值
(教材P62)As China plays a greater role in global affairs, an increasing number of international students are beginning to appreciate China's culture and history through this amazing language.
随着中国在国际事务中发挥越来越大的作用，越来越多的国际学生开始通过这种令人惊叹的语言来欣赏中国的文化和历史。
(1)appreciate＋n./pron./v.­ing　　　　　 重视/感激……
I would appreciate it if... 假如……，我将不胜感激
(2)appreciation n．　 欣赏； 感激
express one's appreciation to sb. for sth. 表达对某人的感激之情
①Many people can't fully appreciate the importance of regular exercise.
许多人没有充分认识到定期锻炼的重要性。
②I'd appreciate your writing me back as soon as possible.你尽早回信我将感激不尽。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空/单句写作
(1)Here I sincerely express my appreciation (appreciate) if you could help find the lost suitcase.
(2)I appreciate being_given (give) the opportunity to work in your company two years ago.
(3)I'd_appreciate_it_if_you could take my suggestions into consideration.
如果你考虑我的建议我将感激不尽。
名师指津：“感谢某人”荟萃：
thank sb.
express one's thanks to sb.
express one's appreciation to sb.


►第二板块|重点句型解构
1．句型公式：That/This was a time when...这是……的时期
(教材P62) Over the years, it developed into different forms because that was a time when the Chinese people were divided geographically, leading to many varieties of dialects and characters.
随着时间的推移，它发展成不同的形式，因为那时中国人民在地理上分裂，导致许多方言和文字出现。
This/That is/was a time when...　 这是一个……的时期
There was a time when...　 曾有一段时间……
①That was a time when the girl lost the power of speech.
那是这个女孩不能说话的一段时间。
②There was a time when women were not allowed to go to school.
曾经有一段时间，女性不被允许去上学。
[即学即练]　单句写作
这是一段汤姆的妈妈很容易生气的时期。
This_was_a_time_when Tom's mother got angry very easily.
名师指津：牢记There was once a time when... 一定要用when 引导定语从句哟！

2.句型公式： No matter how/what/when…，引导让步状语从句
(教材P62) Even today, no matter where Chinese people live or what dialect they speak, they can all still communicate in writing. 即使在今天，无论中国人住在哪里，说什么方言，他们仍然可以用书面交流。
(1)no matter how意为“不管；无论如何”，引导让步状语从句，相当于however。
(2)“no matter＋特殊疑问词(如who/what/where/when等)”均可引导让步状语从句，可与特殊疑问词­ever等词互换。
①No matter how difficult it is, I'm going to finish the work ahead of time.
无论有多么困难，我打算提前完成工作。
②No matter what/Whatever you say, I won't believe you any longer.
无论你说什么，我再也不相信你了。
[即学即练]　一句多译
不管有多晚，他母亲总是等他。
(1)No_matter_how_late_it_is,_his mother is always waiting for him.
(2)However_late_it_is,_his mother is always waiting for him.
名师指津：分析句子成分是确定no matter what/when/how/who的关键。





Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．As a matter of fact, French is not my native(本国的)language.
2．As is known to us all, the valuable painting dates back to the Ming Dynasty (朝代)．
3．The film which is_based (以……为基础)on a true love story is very popular with young people.
4．The weather could be a major factor (因素) in tomorrow's game.
5．After three years of study, she knows the dialect (方言) here well.
6．As we all know, cars have become a popular means (途径，方法) of transport.
7．As you know, smoking is one of the major (主要的) causes of cancer, so you'd better give it up.
8．Practising Chinese Kungfu can not only build up your body but also can develop your character (品质，个性)．
9．As you get older, your attitude (态度) towards life changes.
10．Like many young people, he prefers pop music to classical (古典的) music.
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．You'd better learn some basic (base) Chinese before you come to our school. Only in this way can you get used to the life here soon.
2．Our school lies in Tianjin city, which is beautiful. In autumn, it is neither too hot nor too cold.
3．As a result, we often take part in varieties (various) of after­school activities.
4．As is known to us, China is widely known for its ancient civilization.
5．Henry told me that there was a time when_he stayed up every night going over his lessons.
6．My mother won't allow me to lie to her no matter what happens.
7．Sometimes I enjoy playing (play) the piano, but sometimes I find it is really boring.
8．All possible means have _been_tried_ (try) to find a way to settle the problem.
9．What is your attitude towards/to senior high students taking up a part­time job?
10．As is known to us, the panda is native_to China.
Ⅲ.完成句子
1．如果您能给我一些关于如何解决这些问题的建议，我将不胜感激。
I_would_appreciate_it_if you could give me some advice on how to solve these problems.
2．随着时间的推移，我逐渐适应了学校生活。
As_time_went_by,_I have been used to the school life.
3．不管他多忙，他总是乐意帮助别人。
No_matter_how_busy_he_is,_he is ready to help others.
4．如今，互联网在人们的日常生活中起着非常重要的作用。
Nowadays, the Internet plays_a_very_important_role_in people's daily life.
5．由于世界已成为一个地球村，掌握好英语对我们大家都很重要。
As the world has become a global village, learning English well is_of_great_importance_to us all.
Ⅳ.课文语法填空
The main reason 1.why China's ancient civilization has continued all the way through into modern times has been the Chinese writing system. At the beginning, written Chinese was a picture­based language, which 2.dates_ (date)back several thousand years to longgu.
Symbols 3.were_carved (carve)on animals bones and shells by ancient Chinese people. Over the years, there was 4.a time when the Chinese people were divided geographically, 5.leading (lead) to many varieties of dialects and characters. Emperor Qinshihuang united the seven major states into one unified country, making the Chinese writing system begin to develop 6.in one direction. It was of great 7.importance (important)in uniting the Chinese people and culture. People in modern times can read the classic 8.works (work) written by Chinese in ancient 9.times. Nowadays, Chinese calligraphy has become an important part of Chinese culture. As China plays a greater role in 10.global (globe) affairs, a large number of international students are beginning to appreciate China's culture and history through this 11.amazing_ (amaze)language.




课时作业 17

Ⅰ.阅读理解
A
Have you ever considered all the English expressions that include words about clothes? Let's have a look.
People wear pants to cover the lower part of their bodies. We sometimes say that people who are nervous have ants (蚂蚁) in their pants. Sometimes, people may get caught with their pants down. They are found doing something they should not be doing. And, in every family, one person takes control. Sometimes a wife tells her husband what to do. Then we say she wears the pants in the family.
Pants usually have pockets to hold things. Money that is likely to be spent quickly can burn a hole in your pocket. Sometimes you need a belt to hold up your pants. If you have less money than usual, you may have to tighten your belt.
I always praise people who can save their money and not spend too much. I really take my hat off to them. Yet, when it comes to my own money, I spend it at the drop of a hat, which means I instantly spend it.
Boots are a heavy or strong kind of shoes. People who are too big for their boots think they are more important than they really are. I dislike such people. My father is an important person. He runs a big company. He wears a suit and tie, and a shirt with sleeves (衣袖) that cover his arms. Some people who do not know him well think he is too serious and never shows his feelings openly. But I know that my father wears his heart on his sleeve.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，主要介绍了有关衣物类的英语谚语及其用法和含义。
1．Which of the following expressions can show someone is nervous?
A．Get caught with one's pants down.
B．Have ants in one's pants.
C．Wear the pants in the family.
D．Burn a hole in one's pocket.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据文章第二段中“We sometimes say that people who are nervous have ants (蚂蚁) in their pants.”可知，当一个人很紧张时，我们可以用“Have ants in one's pants.”来表述。故选B项。
2．If we say someone has to tighten his belt, we probably mean he ________.
A．has done something wrong
B．used to live a rich life
C．has put on the wrong pants
D．is short of money
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据文章第三段的最后一句“If you have less money than usual, you may have to tighten your belt.”可知，“... someone has to tighten his belt...”主要用来描述一个人钱不够花、很拮据的情景。故选D项。
3．Someone who spends his money at the drop of a hat most probably ________.
A．doesn't save money
B．earns much money
C．never wastes his money
D．spends more than he earns
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据文章第四段中“Yet, when it comes to my own money, I spend it at the drop of a hat, which means I instantly spend it.”可知，“Someone who spends his money at the drop of a hat...”意味着一个人花钱大手大脚，不节省。故选A项。
4．We can use the expression “wear one's heart on one's sleeve” to describe someone who ________.
A．gets angry easily
B．looks very serious
C．shows his feelings openly
D．often wears a suit and tie
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中“Some people who do not know him well think he is too serious and never shows his feelings openly. But I know that my father wears his heart on his sleeve.”可知，“wear one's heart on one's sleeve”用来指一个人敞开胸怀表达自己的情感。故选C项。
B
Schoolgirl Lorna O'Brien was in her kitchen when she looked out of the window and was terrified (惊恐的) at what she saw. “Help！” she shouted. “There's smoke and fire coming out of the kitchen window opposite.”
Her father, John, ran across to the house while her 15­year­old brother Paul called the fire service. Lorna, 16, rushed across and caught up with her dad, who had just kicked open the front door. They looked upstairs where they saw smoke coming out of the top flat. Lorna followed her father into the flat, where they found a pan (平底锅) on fire in the kitchen and the young mother, Mane Linn, who had been asleep, passed out (失去意识) in the smoke­blackened sitting room. Lorna's dad threw a wet cloth over the pan and then turned off the stove (炉子) before starting to help Mane through the smoke down the stairs to safety.
Suddenly Mane started crying, “My baby, my baby！”“Where's the baby？”asked Lorna. “In the bedroom，” Mane shouted back. While John pulled the crying mother from the house, Lorna, without a thought for her own safety, turned back to search for the baby. She found the little girl, 14­month­old Ann, lying with her eyes closed.
Lorna quickly took the baby, rushed downstairs through the fire and smoke. “It didn't cross my mind at the time that I was near to dying when I rushed through the smoke，” said Lorna. “I was just thinking of the baby. Even after I came out of the house, I wasn't frightened.”
When help arrived, baby Ann and her mum were taken to hospital for treatment. It was only when Lorna got back into the safety of her own house that she realised the danger she had faced. “I started shaking all over and thought of what could have happened to me，” she said.
【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。女孩儿偶然间发现邻居家里着火，她不顾自身安危，与父亲一起将邻居母女救出失火房屋。
5．What did Lorna's dad choose to do first when he entered the flat?


A．Put out the fire. B．Turn off the stove.
C．Open the windows. D．Help Mane downstairs.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由第二段中的“They looked upstairs... down the stairs to safety”可知，Lorna的父亲进入失火公寓之后，首先扑灭了火源。
6．What was the cause of the fire?
A．Mane fell asleep while cooking.
B．Ann was careless when playing with fire.
C．Mane suddenly passed out while cooking.
D．There was something wrong with the stove.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由第二段中的“they found a pan... smoke­blackened sitting room”可知，厨房的平底锅着火，而Mane在客厅睡着，并因浓烟失去意识。因此可推断，Mane在做饭时睡着导致平底锅着火。
7．Which of the following can best describe Lorna when she saved the baby?
A．Careful. B．Patient.
C．Brave. D．Clever.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第三段中的“Lorna, without a thought for her own safety, turned back to search for the baby”和第四段中的“It didn't cross my mind at the time that I was near to dying when I rushed through the smoke”可知，Lorna救孩子时非常勇敢，一刻也没有想到自己的安危。
8．How did Lorna feel after returning to her house?
A．Worried. B．Frightened.
C．Proud. D．Relaxed.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由最后一段中的“It was only when... she had faced”以及Lorna所说的话可知，Lorna安全回到自己家之后才意识到救人时她面临了很大的危险，并对可能出现的严重后果感到害怕，全身颤抖。
Ⅱ.七选五
Simple ways to improve your written English
Many people think it is really difficult to improve (提高) their writing in English. Don't worry, though. Here are some simple steps that you can take to improve your written English.
•Increase your vocabulary.
To express yourself clearly, you need a good active vocabulary. That's not just being able to know lots of words — it means actually being able to use them correctly. __1__
Tip: When you learn a new word, try to learn all the forms of that word.
•__2__
People often say that we learn to write best by reading. Reading in English is useful in many ways. It is a great way to get an idea of the different styles of writing and see how to use words properly.
Tip: __3__ Learning shouldn't be boring. Read each text several times to make sure you understand how to use new words and expressions in the text.
•Improve your grammar.
Grammar is very important because it improves the quality (质量) of your writing.
Tip: __4__ The first time, look for general mistakes and the second time look for mistakes with the grammar point you are studying at the moment.
•Just do it!
The best way to improve your writing is to get a pen and paper and write. Be prepared to write several versions (版本) of each text.__5__
A．Know your readers.
B．Read widely and often.
C．Always check your writing twice.
D．Remember, practice makes perfect!
E．Choose books or articles that interest you.
F．Use simpler language and shorter sentences to show your ideas.
G．Do this by learning new words with example sentences, not just word lists.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了几种提高英文写作的简单方法。
1．答案与解析：G　G项中的“learning new words with example sentences”与该空前的“it means actually being able to use them correctly”相呼应。本段是说增加词汇量并不仅仅是知道单词的意思，而是要懂其用法。
2．答案与解析：B　由下文解释的“get an idea of the different styles of writing and see how to use words properly”可知，本段讲阅读对写作的帮助。故选B项。
3．答案与解析：E　由上文的“learn to write best by reading”和该空后的“Learning shouldn't be boring”可知，阅读有助于写作，但要选择那些让你感兴趣的书籍或文章。故选E项。
4．答案与解析：C　C项中的“check your writing twice”与该空后的“The first time... general mistakes”和“the second time... mistakes with the grammar point”相呼应。
5．答案与解析：D　由本段小标题“Just do it！”和下文中的“get a pen and paper and write. Be prepared to write several versions of each text”可知，想要提高写作就要多动笔写，俗话说得好，熟能生巧。

Section Ⅲ　Discovering Useful Structures
Grammar — 定语从句(Ⅱ)


[新知导引]
诵读下列例句并感知画线部分的共性
1．(教材P62)There are many reasons why this has been possible, but one of the main factors has been the Chinese writing system.
2．(教材P62)Emperor Qinshihuang united the seven major states into one unified country where Chinese writing system began to develop in one direction.
3．(教材P64)I told my mum that I wanted to give up, and that I would never live in a country where German was spoken.
4．(教材P64)I finally understood the reason why my mum had encouraged me not to give up.
5．(教材P68)Then I saw an advertisement that offered a wonderful summer course, and that was the day when I decided to take on a new language.
6．The time when I first met Nelson Mandela was a very difficult period of my life.
[共性呈现]
1．所有画线部分都是关系副词引导的定语从句。
2．关系副词when在定语从句中作时间状语(第5、6句)。
3．关系副词where在定语从句中作地点状语(第2、3句)。
4．关系副词why在定语从句中作原因状语(第1、4句)。
[语法精释]
一、关系副词引导的定语从句
关系副词的指代及功能
关系副词
先行词
功能
when
表示时间的名词
时间状语
where
表示地点的名词
地点状语
why
reason
原因状语
1.关系副词when引导定语从句时，先行词应是表示时间的名词，关系词在从句中作时间状语。
I still remember the day when I first went to the Great Wall.
我还记得我第一次去长城的那一天。
The day when we get together will come soon.
我们重聚的日子很快就会来的。
We will never forget the year when the 29th Olympic Games were held in Beijing.
我们将永远不会忘记第29届奥运会在北京举办的那一年。
[名师点津]　若时间名词后面的定语从句的引导词在从句中作主语或宾语，则改用which或that引导。
Do you remember the days that/which we spent together on the farm?
你还记得我们在农场一起度过的那些日子吗？(that或which作spent的宾语)
2．关系副词where引导定语从句时，先行词应是表示地点或抽象地点的名词，关系词在从句中作地点状语。
The house where I lived ten years ago has been pulled down.
我10年前居住的那所房子已经被拆了。
He is now working in the factory where his father worked.
现在他正在他父亲工作过的那家工厂工作。
[名师点津]　若地点名词后面的定语从句的引导词在从句中作主语或宾语，则改用which或that。
The school (which/that) we visited yesterday is newly built.
我们昨天参观的那所学校是新建的。
(关系代词which/that在从句中作宾语)
3．关系副词why引导定语从句时，先行词常常为reason，关系词在从句中作原因状语。
The reason why he succeeded in the exam is that he studied very hard.
他考试成功的原因是他学习很认真。
Can you tell me the reason why you didn't come to his birthday party?
你能告诉我你没参加他的生日宴会的原因吗？
[名师点津]　reason后的定语从句的引导词若在从句中作主语或宾语，则改用which或that。
I don't know the reason why he didn't turn to his good friend for help yesterday.
我不知道昨天他为什么没向他的好朋友求助。(why作原因状语)
I won't listen to the reason that/which you have given us.
我坚决不听你提供给我们的那个理由。(定语从句中缺少宾语，所以用which/that，不用why)
[即学即练1]　 对比填空：that, which, when, where, why
(1)I will never forget the days that/which we spent together.
(2)I will never forget the days when we stayed together.
(3)The reason that/which he explained at the meeting was not sound.
(4)The reason why he was late was that he missed his train.
(5)Keep the book in a place where you can find it easily.
(6)This is the house which/that was built by my grandfather forty years ago.
二、关系代词作介词的宾语
关系代词作介词的宾语时，为了使关系代词与先行词的关系更加紧凑，可以将从句中的介词提到关系代词前，形成“介词＋关系代词”结构。该结构中的关系代词可用which，whom或whose。
1．介词的选用
“介词＋关系代词”结构中的介词可以依据与从句中谓语动词的搭配、与先行词的搭配或句子意义来确定。
This is the camera with which he often takes photos.
这就是他经常用来拍照的相机。(根据与先行词的搭配确定)
This is the pilot with whom my father has worked for ten years.
这就是和我爸爸一起工作了10年的那位飞行员。(根据意义搭配确定)
[名师点津]　(1)某些在从句中充当时间、地点或原因状语的“介词＋关系代词”可以同关系副词when、where和why互换。
I still remember the time when (＝in which) I was in college.我仍然记得我上大学的那段时光。
This is the hotel where (＝in which) they stayed.
这就是他们待过的旅馆。
This is the reason why (＝for which) he left in a hurry.
这就是他匆匆离去的原因。
(2)有些“动词＋介词”短语，如look for，look after，send for，call on，come across，long for等，不可拆开把介词置于关系代词之前。
The doctor that you sent for has not come.
你派人去请的那个医生还没有来。
2．关系代词的选择
“介词＋关系代词”既可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。在此结构中，先行词指人时关系代词用whom，不可用who/that；先行词指物时关系代词用which，不能用that。
This is the student for whom I bought a book.
这就是我给其买书的那个学生。
This is the ship by which I went to Shanghai.
这就是我去上海所乘的船。
3．“名词/数词/代词等＋介词of＋关系代词”结构。有时“介词＋关系代词”前还会有名词、数词、代词等，表示部分、整体、数量等概念。
The river, the banks of which are covered with trees, flows to the sea.
这条河流入大海，河的两岸种满了树。
He has three sons, two of whom are teachers.
他有三个儿子，其中有两个是老师。
Maria has written two novels, both of which have been made into television series.
玛丽亚已经写了两部小说，这两部都被拍成了电视剧。
[即学即练2]　单句语法填空
(1)Scientists have advanced many theories about why human beings cry tears, none of which_has been proved.
(2)My computer, without which_I can't surf the Internet, broke down yesterday.
(3)The girl to whom you talked just now is our English teacher.
(4) I have about 10 books, half of which were written by Mo Yan.


Ⅰ.单句语法填空
1．The reason why/for_which she changed her mind is quite clear.
2．The days when they travelled together meant a lot to him.
3．I saw a house, the windows of which were broken.
4．She has two sons, both of whom graduated from Harvard University.
5．Nobody knows the reason for which she didn't attend the meeting.
6．We went through a period when communications were very difficult in the rural areas.
7．The children, all of whom had played the whole day long, were worn out.
8．We visited the car factory where my uncle once worked three years ago.
9．This is the factory that/which I visited last year.
10．The old man has two sons, and both of them are lawyers.
Ⅱ.句型转换
1．We settled down in a small village.In front of the village ran a winding river.
→We settled down in a small village in_front_of_which ran a winding river.
2．She has three sons.All of her sons are abroad now.
→She has three sons and all_of_them are abroad now.
→She has three sons, all_of_whom are abroad now.
3．There are sixty students in our class.Thirty of the students in our class are girls.
→There are sixty students in our class, thirty_of_whom are girls.
4．The school lies in the east of the town.He once studied in the school.
→The school where he once studied lies in the east of the town.
5．Do you remember the days？On those days we played together.
→Do you remember the days when we played together?
Ⅲ.补全句子
1．The reason why_he_could_not_go_there was that he was ill in bed.
他不能到那里去的原因是他卧病在床。
2．We are living in an age when_many_things_are_done on computer.
我们生活在许多事情可以在电脑上做的时代。
3．After graduation he returned to the small town where/in_which_he_grew_up.
毕业以后，他回到那个他长大的小镇上。
4．I don't like the way _(that/in_which)_you_speak_to_your_parents.
我不喜欢你跟你父母讲话的方式。
5．The house which_was_destroyed in the terrible fire has been repaired.
那间在大火中被毁坏的屋子已经被重新修好了。
6．I'll never forget the days when_I_worked_together_with_you.
我永远也不会忘记和你一起工作的日子。
7．We made a survey among the students, 78%_of_whom_vote Lee their monitor.
我们在学生中进行了一次调查，78%的学生投票支持Lee来当班长。
8．He is one of my old schoolmates, who_I_came_across the other day in the street.
他是我的一个老同学，我前几天在街上偶然遇见了(come across)他。

Section Ⅳ　Listening and Talking & Reading for Writing


Ⅰ.核心单词
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词
1．specific/spə'sɪfɪk/adj.特定的；明确的；具体的
2．struggle/'strʌɡl/n.& vi.斗争；奋斗；搏斗
3._tongue/tʌ/n.舌头；语言
4．semester/sɪ'mestə(r)/n.学期
5．gas/ɡæs/n.汽油；气体；燃气
6．petrol/'petrəl/n.(gas)汽油
7．subway/'sʌbweɪ/n.(underground)地铁
8．apartment/ə'paːtmənt/n.公寓套房
9．gap/ɡæp/n.间隔；开口；差距
10._demand/dɪ'mɑːnd/n.要求；需求　vt.强烈要求；需要　
vi.查问
11．vocabulary/və'kæbjələri/n.词汇
Ⅱ.拓展词汇
根据音标及词义写出正确的单词，并牢记拓展词汇
1._equal/'iːkwəl/n.同等的人；相等物
adj.相同的；同样的→equality n．平等；相等→equally adv.同样地；相等地；公平地
2．description/dɪ'skrɪpʃn/n.描写(文字)；形容→describe (vt.)描述；形容；描绘
3．relate/rɪ'leɪt/vt.联系；讲述→relation n. 关系
Ⅲ.重点短语
根据汉语意思补全短语
1．point_of view 　　　观点；看法
2．relate to 与……相关；涉及；谈到
3．give_up 放弃
4._feel like 感觉像
5．used to 过去常常
6．get/be used to 适应，习惯于
7．compare... with ……与……相比较
8．depend on 依靠，取决于
9．be senior to 比……年长
10．aside from 除了……之外
Ⅳ.重点句型
1．“the＋比较级．.., the＋比较级．..”意为“越……，就越……”
It was exercise for the brain: the_more_I learnt of a language, the_more my brain would grow.
这是对大脑的锻炼：我对一门语言学得越多，我的大脑就会增长得越多。
2．have trouble with sth./in doing sth.做某事有困难
I used to get high marks in English, but now I'm having_a_lot_of_trouble_with my listening. 我以前英语成绩很好，但是现在我的听力有很多问题。
3．动词＋疑问词＋to do 结构
I can't keep all the new vocabulary straight in my head, and I certainly can't remember_how_to_use_them all properly.
我不能把所有的新词汇都记在脑子里，当然我也记不得如何正确地使用它们。



Read the text on page 66 and then choose the best answer.
1．What is Liu Wen's biggest problem of learning English?
A．Speaking B．Listening
C．Reading D．Writing
答案：B
2．To get used to how fast native speakers talk, Jia Xin does except________.
A．Listening to English radio programmes.
B．Repeating what he hears.
C．Recording his voice.
D．Asking the radio host for help.
答案：D
3．What does the word “ bridge” in the sentence “..., so I only need a few words to bridge the gap between us.”
A．消除，填补 B．架桥
C．桥梁 D．减少
答案：A



►第一板块|核心词汇诠释
1．struggle n．& vi.斗争；奋斗；搏斗
( 教材P64)When I started studying German, it was a struggle.
当我开始学习德语时，这是一场奋斗。
struggle for　　努力争取……；为……而斗争
struggle against/with 与……作斗争
struggle to do sth. 努力做某事
struggle to one's feet 挣扎着站起来
①We have to struggle with all kinds of difficulties from home and abroad.
我们必须和来自国内外的各种各样的困难作斗争。
②After the accident, Tom struggled to his feet and dialed 119.
出事后，汤姆挣扎着站起来并拨打了119。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)Workers are struggling for a clean canteen and healthy food.
(2)She never gave up and struggled to_live (live) an active life.
(3)It was in 1862 that the American slaves won their struggle for freedom.,

名师指津： struggle 记住可用作n. 奋斗；难事”
It was a struggle for her to make him understand.让他理解对她来说真是难事。
2.point of view 观点；看法
( 教材P64)I had finally come to a place where I could think in this foreign language, and I could see the world from a different point of view.
我终于来到了一个可以用外语思考的地方，我可以从一个不同的角度看世界。
　　　　　
依某人看来
①From my point of view, you should turn to your teacher for help.
依我看来，你应该向老师求助。
②I respect your point of view, but I'm not sure I agree with you. 我尊重你的观点，但我还是不敢苟同。
[即学即练]　一句多译
在我看来，通过这些活动你可以更好地了解春节。
(1)In_my_opinion/view,_you can have a better understanding of the Spring Festival through the activities.
(2)As_far_as_I'm_concerned,_you can have a better understanding of the Spring Festival through the activities.
(3)From_my_point_of_view,_you can have a better understanding of the Spring Festival through the activities.
名师指津：一定记住写作时“from my point of view; as far as I'm concerned”比in my opinion 高频哟！
3.equal n．同等的人；相等物； adj.相同的；同样的
( 教材P66)Our relationship is close and we're equals, so I only need a few words to bridge the gap between us. 我们的关系很亲密，我们是平等的，所以我只需要几句话来弥补我们之间的差距。
　　　　　
(1)be equal to　　　　　　　　 等于
be equal to sth./doing sth.　 胜任(做)某事
(2)A equals B in sth.　 A在某方面比得上B
(3) without equal　 无人可比，无敌
equally adv.　 同样地；平等地
①I knew it would help us achieve our dream of making black and white people equal.
我知道，这会帮我们实现黑人和白人平等的梦想。
②Little joy can equal that of a surprising ending when you read stories.
曲折离奇的故事结尾给阅读者的喜悦是无与伦比的。
③Beethoven was a world­famous musician, who had no equal in music.
贝多芬是世界著名的音乐家，在音乐方面无人能比。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)As far as I know, he is quite equal to the job.
(2)As far as I'm concerned, men and women must be treated equally_ (equal) in education.
(3)I don't think he is equal to doing (do) this kind of work.
发散思维：“适合做某事”大团圆：
be fit for sth.
be suitable for sth.
be equal to doing sth.
4.demand n．要求；需求　vt.强烈要求；需要　vi.查问
( 教材P66)But if I'm talking to someone who isn't very close to me, I must make my request longer — and I must make it a question, not a demand, e．g...
但是如果我和一个不是很亲近的人谈话，我必须使请求更长些——我必须是一个问题，而不是要求，比如……
　　　　　
(1)be in (great) demand　　　　　 (迫切)需求
meet one's demands　 满足某人的需求
(2)demand to do sth.　 要求做某事
demand that...(should) do...　 要求……
(3)demanding adj.　 高要求的；要求严格的
①First, science graduates are in greater demand than art ones in China.
首先，在中国，对理科毕业生的需求比对文科生的更大。
②The manager promised that they would try to meet their customers' demands.
经理许诺他们会尽力满足顾客的需求。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)They think learning English well is one of the demands (demand) of modern society and will do good to us.
(2)The teacher demanded that the students should_be (be)on time to every class.
[链接写作]　词汇升级
普通表达The manager asked the workers to work hard to finish the task ahead of time.
高级表达The manager demanded_that the workers (should) work hard to finish the task ahead of time.
名师指津
牢记”meet one's demands” demands一定要用复数形式哟！
demand that …should ＋do 形式， should 可省略。

5.description n．描写(文字)；形容
( 教材P67)Does the writer give a clear description of the problem?
作者是否清楚地描述了这个问题？
　　　　　
(1)beyond description　　　　　　 无法形容；难以描述
(2)describe vt. 描述；形容；描绘
①He gave us a short description of the city.
他给我们简短地介绍了这个城市。
②It is difficult to describe how I feel now.很难形容我现在的感受。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The beautiful sight of Mount Huangshan is beyond description.
(2)He gave us a clear description (describe) of the accident.
名师指津：give a．.. description of...描绘……要牢记该用法哟！
He gave us a short description of the accident.
他给我们简短地描述了这次事故。
6.relate vt.联系；讲述
( 教材P67)Does each sentence relate to the main idea? 每句话都与主旨有关吗？
(1)relate sth. to sb. 　 向某人讲述
relate to 与……相关；涉及；谈到
(2)be related to 与……有关
(3)relation n. 关系；联系
in relation to　 关于
①He later related the whole story to me. 他后来给我讲了整件事的来龙去脉。
②I have a lot to say in relation to this affair.关于这件事，我有很多话要说。
[即学即练]　单句写作
据说这部英文短片主要与我们学校发展有关。
It is said that the short English film is_mainly_related_to the development of our school.
名师指津： “relate”一大家族：
relate　vt. 联系；讲述
related adj. 与……有关
unrelated adj. 不相关的
relation n. 关系
relationship n. 关系；联系
►第二板块|重点句型解构
1．句型公式： the＋比较级， the＋比较级　越……，就越……
(教材P64) It was exercise for the brain; the more I learnt of a language, the more my brain would grow.
这是对大脑的锻炼；我对一门语言学得越多，我的大脑就越灵活。
(1)the＋比较级， the＋比较级　　　　　　　　　　　越……，就越……
(2)the more..., the less... 越……，越不……　
the more...the better... ……越多，……就越好
①The more he explained, the more confused I became.
他越解释我就越迷惑。
②As is known to us, the lazier a person is, the more things he needs to do tomorrow.
众所周知，一个人越懒，他明天要做的事情越多。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)The harder you work, the greater (great) progress you will make.
(2)The more careful you are, the fewer (few) mistakes you will make.

名师指津：看到”the＋比较级，the＋比较级　越……，就越……”句式，要注意特殊比较级的形容词。
good, well→better; best
bad; badly→worse; worst
many; much →more, most
little→less; least
far→farther; farthest

2.句型公式： have trouble with sth./in doing sth.做某事有困难
(教材P66) I used to get high marks in English, but now I'm having a lot of trouble with my listening. 我以前英语成绩很好，但是现在我的听力有很多问题。
have trouble/difficulty with sth.　　　　　　　　 　做某事有困难
have trouble/difficulty (in) doing sth. 做某事有麻烦/困难
①I am having some trouble with my classmates at the moment.
眼下我和班上的同学有点儿麻烦。
②If you have some trouble in getting along with your friends，you can write to them.
如果你在与朋友的相处上有问题，你可以给他们写信。
[即学即练]　单句语法填空
(1)With the guide leading the way, we had no trouble finding (find) your house.
(2)He knows little about Russian, so he has some difficulty communicating (communicate) with the natives.
名师指津：要注意have trouble/difficulty in doing sth. 的变形哟！
You can't imagine what difficulty in getting used to the new school life.
你无法想象适应新的学校生活有多难。


Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1．His demand_(要求)was that we (should) go to the training centre at once.
2．My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol_ (汽油)．
3．We must finish all these courses in this semester (学期)．
4．I'd appreciate it if you can give us some specific (确切的) examples.
5．We all have equal_ (平等的) chances of working and living in this country.
6．It is a good idea to read English novels to enlarge your vocabulary_ (词汇)．
7．As is known to us, there is a generation gap (间隔，差距) between the young and the old.
8．It was when I got back to my apartment_(公寓) that I first came across my new neighbours.
9．In our daily life, we must struggle (斗争) against natural disasters and lead a miserable life for lack of nutrition.
10．I'd like to go to work every day by subway (地铁)．
Ⅱ.单句语法填空
1．Compared (compare) with my deskmate, I am proud of what I did.
2．Having a good knowledge of English means (mean) we can see the world through a new window.
3．Faced with so many new things to learn, I was at a loss what to_do (do) next.
4．In my opinion, nobody but him is equal to the job, for he has good skills in it.
5．They had to struggle for their lives against weather and wild animals.
6．There is no doubt that the earth is becoming warmer and that it is human activities that have caused this global_(globe) warming.
7．He has got used to living (live) in the quiet village.
8．When I listen to native English speakers _talking (talk) in a video, I can understand only a few words.
9．Reading (read) classic books opened a window for me to another world.
10．I really appreciate having (have) time to relax with you on this nice island.
Ⅲ.选词填空
date back to； ups and downs； pay attention to； lead to； be known for； be related to； aside from； give up
1．Once you have made up your mind to do something, you'd better not give_up.
2．Generally speaking, lung cancer is_related_to smoking.
3．Aside_from improving creativity, learning music will be useful to children throughout their lives.
4．Generally speaking, we will experience ups_and_downs before we succeed.
5．As far as I know, most of the Great Wall dates_back_to the Ming Dynasty.
6．We should pay_attention_to his culture and customs when visiting a friend.
7．As we all know, all roads lead_to Rome.
8．It is well known that the West Lake is_known_for_its beautiful scenery.
Ⅳ.单句写作
1．环境状况正在恶化，那是因为我们人类违反了自然规律。
We humans go against nature, that's_why the environment is getting worse and worse.
2．这辆新车给他们添了很多麻烦，这使他们很生气。
They are having_a_lot_of_trouble_with the new car, which makes them angry.
3．事实上，一个学生越受鼓励，他越努力学习。
As a matter of fact, the_more_a student is encouraged, the_harder he will learn.
4．书店有那么多的书，我不知道选择哪一个。
There are so many books in the bookstore, I don't know which one_to_choose.
5．对我来说很难适应新学校的生活。
It is difficult for me to get_used_to_the_new_school_life.
6．我很荣幸和大家交流在高中要学习什么的看法。
It is a great honor for me to share my opinions with you on what_to_learn in senior high school.




课时作业 18

阅读理解
A
It's 11 p．m., and I'm still sitting here writing this article for the school magazine! I've had two weeks to write it, and my teacher, Julia, wants it tomorrow. She's always complaining (抱怨) that I leave things till the last minute. Maybe she's right.
A month ago I made a decision to be more efficient (有效率的) this year. Well, I've clearly failed. I've also been trying to get fitter for four weeks now. I've started going to the health club. I've even been going to bed earlier. But I'm not feeling any fitter, just a little unhappier. I miss my bad habits. Why is leading a better life so hard?
I've just read an article on a website, and I've discovered that it isn't my fault (过错)! In fact, it isn't anyone's fault. It's our brain's. It's programmed to make it difficult to break bad habits. There's nothing we can do. Scientists have done experiments that show we use one part of our brain when we think about ourselves and another when we think about other people. However, when we think about ourselves in the future, we use the same part of the brain that we usually use to think about other people. In other words, the brain sees the “future you” as a different person than your “present you.” That's why we don't always find it easy to make good decisions for ourselves in the future.
But that's not all. Scientists have also discovered that it takes around ten weeks to form a good habit. That's the amount (数量) of time the brain needs to accept new behavioral patterns (形式). The good news is that once you make it to ten weeks, everything becomes a lot easier. The bad news is that ten weeks is a really long time, so it's easy to give up what you want to do before then.
So even when we want to change our ways and become better people, our brains won't let us. Or is this just an excuse? Look — I've finished my article on time! Anything is possible!
【语篇解读】　本文是议论文。作者分析了为何习惯不容易被改变。
1．In Julia's eyes, what kind of person is the author?
A．A bit lazy. B．Quite smart.
C．Very healthy. D．Truly honest.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由第一段中的“Julia... always complaining that I leave things till the last minute”可知，作者总是把事情拖到最后时刻才做，故在老师Julia眼里，他有点懒散。
2．What does Paragraph 3 mainly tell us?
A．Why we can't have a better life.
B．How our brain sees ourselves in the future.
C．How our brain helps us make good decisions.
D．Why it is not easy for us to change our habits.
答案与解析：D　段落大意题。由第二段可知，作者想改掉以前的习惯却发现很难。第三段承接上段内容，由其中的“It's our brain's. It's programmed to make it difficult to break bad habits”可知，作者在本段介绍他看到的一篇关于大脑在人们做决定时如何运转的文章，旨在告诉读者为何改变旧的习惯是如此之难。
3．According to scientists, in order to form the habit of taking exercise, the author needs to take about ________.
A．another two weeks B．another four weeks
C．another six weeks D．another ten weeks
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第二段中的“I've also been trying to get fitter for four weeks now”和倒数第二段中的“Scientists have also discovered that it takes around ten weeks to form a good habit”可知，根据科学家的研究，已锻炼四周的作者，再需要大约六周的时间就能养成锻炼的好习惯。
B
Australia was first used as an island prison by Britain to solve their problem of having a fast growing prison population. These early settlers were those who were sent from all over Great Britain, including Ireland, Wales, and Scotland. Later events, such as the gold rush, caused several waves of immigration (移居) from Europe, Asia and other parts of the world. It is commonly thought that Australians are offspring (后代) of those criminals (罪犯)! In fact, only a part of Australians are those criminals' offspring. Also, in those days, people could be put into prison or sent to Australia for small crimes, like stealing a loaf of bread. Today Australia is home to the largest Greek and Italian communities in the world, outside Greece and Italy. This has helped the Australian accent develop.
Australian English was created by the first generation of children born in the new area. Since they talked with people who have different accents, they began to speak a distinct dialect of English that was to become the language of the nation. These differences were first noted by late arrivals in the early 1800s, and the language sounds like Cockney English, spoken by the working­class in London.
Soon, words from native languages were to become part of the Australian English. Here are some words you may consider them to be Standard English. In fact, they are from native Australian languages!
△The names of many places and animals, including Canberra (the Australian capital, meaning “meeting place” in a local language)．
△Hard yakka — meaning “hard work”， coming from the language of the Brisbane area.
△Cooee — a call used traditionally by native Australians to attract attention, because the sound can travel long distances.
△Bung — meaning “dead”， but also used to mean broken or useless, for example, “He has a bung eye”．
【语篇解读】　澳大利亚英语是怎么发展而来的呢？有哪些词是从土著语转变过来的呢？本文简单介绍了其历史和一些土著词汇。
4．What is commonly believed according to Paragraph 1?
A．Australians are offspring of those criminals.
B．Some Australians are children of those criminals.
C．Small crimes meant going to prison in Australia.
D．Australians are offspring of the British people.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据第一段的“It is commonly thought that Australians are offspring of those criminals！”可知，人们普遍认为澳大利亚人是那些罪犯的后代。
5．What does the underlined word “distinct” in Paragraph 2 mean?
A．Interesting. B．Different.
C．Beautiful. D．Difficult.
答案与解析：B　词义猜测题。根据第二段的“These differences were first noted by late arrivals in the early 1800s...”可知，画线词在这里意为“不同的”。
6．What do the words mentioned in the last paragraph have in common?
A．They are all Standard English.
B．They all mean places and animals.
C．They are only used by Australians.
D．They are all from native Australian languages.
答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第三段的“... words from native languages were to become part of the Australian English.”可知，这些词都是来自澳大利亚的土著语言。
C
I traveled to London, England in the spring of 2016. Actually, I traveled with CAPA International Education on a study program. At that time, I did a full three­month program but I traveled on weekends and during breaks.
I used to live in a small town outside New York. The idea of big cities has always excited me and I wanted to take advantage of that once­in­a­lifetime opportunity. It was a great opportunity for me to see how independent I could be in another country, because I hope to travel a lot more in the future.
I lived in a flat in Ealing Broadway with several other students from different American schools. The biggest surprise I found there was the culture shock I experienced. I had expected traveling to London to be an easy transition (转变) for me because I thought their culture was close to that of America. But you know the language and the people were greatly different from what I had expected. They had different accents. In fact, they were noisy and more free­thinking than most Americans I knew.
However, I tried to take part in their giant Chinese New Year celebration in Trafalgar Square. I went to several Jewish society holiday celebrations and actively participated in any cultural activities I knew at that time. It was great to be able to truly put myself in their culture. These are experiences I couldn't get anywhere else.
I would suggest people hoping to follow in my footsteps not let anything hold them back from exploring the foreign cultures presented to them. Yes, you are there for school, but your number one priority (优先) is yourself. So make sure you go home with no regrets. Do not miss anything!
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者在去英国参加学习项目期间，利用周末和假期旅游，努力融入当地文化，并且感受到了将学习与探索外国文化融为一体的重要意义。
7．What was the author's main purpose in going to London?
A．To go sightseeing.
B．To visit some relatives.
C．To join in a study program.
D．To experience the life in a big city.
答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第一段“I traveled to London, England in the spring of 2016. Actually, I traveled with CAPA International Education on a study program.”可知，作者去伦敦的主要目的是参加一个学习项目。
8．What did the author think of the opportunity of traveling to London?
A．It would change his life.
B．It would test his independence.
C．It would make his dream come true.
D．It would help improve his communication ability.
答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段“It was a great opportunity for me to see how independent I could be in another country...”可知，我把赴英国学习的机会看作对自己独立能力的一次检验。
9．What was beyond the author's expectation after arriving in London?
A．Culture differences. B．Unfriendly students.
C．His living conditions. D．Some strange accents.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第三段“The biggest surprise I found there was the culture shock I experienced.”可知，作者在英国经历的文化冲击是作者意料之外的。
10．In the last paragraph, the author mainly advises people studying abroad to ________.
A．explore more interesting places for traveling
B．try to receive more international education
C．combine study with exploring foreign cultures
D．look for more ways to deal with the culture shock
答案与解析：C　写作意图题。在最后一段，作者建议那些希望像他一样赴英国学习的人们不要让任何事情阻止他们探索呈现在他们面前的外国文化。

Section Ⅴ　Writing — 海报
技法指导　　　
英文海报通常含有通知性，所以主题应该明确，一目了然。它还包含广告的某些特点，要求内容简明扼要，形式新颖美观。
1．明确海报的类型
明确你要写的海报是活动宣传、招聘广告还是人物介绍。
2．把握海报的语言特点
海报要求用最少的文字包含最多的信息，以达到醒目的效果，因此海报多用省略句、缩略语、短语表达。
3．突出海报的重要信息
为进一步增强海报的醒目性，一些重要信息常常被分行突出，并且在其前面用粗点、星号等特殊符号加以强调，有时还配有图片以增加吸引力。
[亮点句式]
(1)开头语：第一句话用来交代活动的内容和时间
①Professor Wang will deliver a speech on how to learn English this weekend.
王教授这个周末将作如何学好英语的报告。
②There is a piece of news that we'll hold an English speech contest on July 16th.
有消息说我们将于七月十六日举行一次英语演讲比赛。
③Our school is holding an English party at seven in the concert hall this evening.
我们学校将于今晚七点在校音乐厅举行英语晚会。
(2)正文：交代活动的地点及其他相关内容
①The match will be wonderful.
比赛会非常精彩。
②You can buy tickets online, and the price is 2 yuan for each.
可以网上订票，每人两元。
③Call Lily at 51542636 or email...
请致电莉莉51542636或发电邮……
(3)结束语：用一些鼓励性语言激发读者的兴趣
①Please come and cheer for them.
快来给他们加油吧。
②All are warmly welcome.
热烈欢迎各位。
③Take the chance, or you will regret.
抓住机会，不会后悔。

精品展示　　
为提高我校学生的英语口语水平，我们将举办英语演讲比赛(English­speaking contest)，请你根据下面的信息，以学生会(the Students' Union)的名义写一份海报，欢迎全校同学参加，届时特邀本校美籍教师史密斯先生颁奖。

报名时间
9月30日以前(报名：sign up)
报名地点
学生会办公室
比赛时间
10月9日晚7：00～9：00
比赛地点
学校大会议室
奖励
前8名
[审题谋篇]
第一步：明确要求
该写作属于应用文海报写作，有提示将举办英语演讲比赛，故用一般将来时和一般现在时为主；人称为第一人称。
第二步： 确定段落
第一段：介绍将要举行英语演讲比赛及举行的时间、地点。
第二段：介绍可参赛的人员，比赛报名的时间、地点。
第三段：介绍比赛的颁奖人及奖励情况。
第三步： 提炼要点
1．improve_spoken_English　　　　　提高英语口语
2．have_an_English­speaking_contest　 举行英语演讲比赛
3．take_part_in　 参加
4．sign_up　 报名
5．the_Students'_Union　 学生会
6．sb._is_welcome_to_do_sth.　 欢迎某人做某事
7．be_invited_to_do_sth.　 被邀请做某事
8．be_awarded_by　 由……颁奖
第四步：句式升级
1．我们想提高我们的英语口语。我们要举行全校英语演讲比赛。
(一般表达)We want to improve our spoken English.
We are going to have an English­speaking contest for all the students of our school.
I often stayed up late and took little physical exercise. I became too fat and often fell ill.
(高级表达)In_order_to_improve_our_spoken_English,_we_are_going_to_have_an_English­speaking_contest_for_all_the_students_of_our_school. (in order to do sth.作目的状语)
2．比赛将于十月九日晚七点至九点在学校大会议室举行。
(一般表达)We will hold the contest from 7：00 p．m. to 9：00 p．m. on Oct. 9 in our school meeting hall.
(高级表达)The_contest_will_be_held_from_7：00_p．m._to_9：00_p．m._on_Oct._9_in_our_school_meeting_hall. (一般将来时的被动语态)
3．想参加比赛的学生在九月三十日之前到学生会办公室报名。
(一般表达)The students should come to sign up at the office of the Students' Union before Sept. 30. The students want to take part in the contest.
(高级表达)The_students_who_want_to_take_part_in_the_contest_should_come_to_sign_up_at_the_office_of_the_Students'_Union_before_Sept._30. (定语从句)
[连句成篇]
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
参考范文：
English­speaking Contest
In order to improve our spoken English, we are going to have an English­speaking contest for all the students of our school. It will be held from 7：00 p．m. to 9：00 p．m. on Oct. 9 in our school meeting hall. The students who want to take part in the contest should come to sign up at the office of the Students' Union before Sept. 30. All the students are welcome to attend it. At the appointed time, Mr Smith who works in our school will be invited to attend the contest, and the first eight winners will be awarded by Mr Smith.
The Students' Union
Sept. 10



单元检测卷(六)
选择题部分
第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


1．Who washed the vegetables?
A．The man. B．The woman.
C．The man's mother.
2．How much cheaper is the blue one than the white one?
A．$10. B．$20.
C．$30.
3．What does the man suggest the woman do?
A．Go back home. B．Bring an umbrella.
C．Check the weather report.
4．What are the speakers talking about?
A．A museum's paintings. B．A famous painter.
C．A museum.
5．What does the man want to eat today?
A．Fish and cabbage. B．Chicken and fish.
C．Chicken and a salad.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6．How old is the man?
A．16. B．17.
C．18.
7．How does the man improve his English now?
A．By seeing the movies.
B．By watching TV shows.
C．By reading English books.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8．What does the man think of Frank Jones?
A．Humorous. B．Serious.
C．Smart.
9．What kind of questions is the woman good at?
A．Ones about music or stars.
B．Ones about math or science.
C．Ones about history or geography.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10．What did the club send to each member last month?
A．A magazine. B．A pen.
C．A video.
11．How often does the club hold a competition?
A．Once a week. B．Once a month.
C．Once a year.
12．How much should a member pay half a year?
A．Five pounds. B．Four pounds.
C．Three pounds.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13．How did Robert go on holiday?
A．By train. B．By car.
C．By bike.
14．Who spent the summer on an island?
A．Michael. B．Helen.
C．Katy.
15．Where did Harry spend his holiday?
A．On the beach. B．In the mountains.
C．On the farm.
16．What does the woman think of Emma's holiday plan?
A．Strange. B．Interesting.
C．Boring.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17．What can people find on Main Street?
A．A bookstore. B．A bank.
C．A cinema.
18．Where can people buy a used CD?
A．In Market Square. B．In The Palisade.
C．In Bohemia.
19．What does the speaker say about The Show­ground?
A．People can see a film there.
B．It's mainly for children.
C．It covers three floors.
20．How long will the sale last?
A．Five days. B．Six days.
C．Seven days.
答案：
1～5　ABBAC　6～10　CCACB　11～15　CCACC
16～20　BACAC
听力材料
(Text 1)
W：These dishes taste very good. Did you make them?
M：No. My mother was here this morning. She cooked all of them. I just washed the vegetables.
W：You should learn cooking from her.
(Text 2)
W：What about this white bike? It's very cheap. It is 100 dollars.
M：But the blue one is even cheaper. It is only 80 dollars.
W：But it is not as nice as the white one.
(Text 3)
M：Jane, don't forget your umbrella! The weather report said it is supposed to be rainy this afternoon.
W：But I left my umbrella at my room. I will go back upstairs. Wait here, please.
M：Alright.
(Text 4)
M：How did you like the paintings in the museum?
W：Most of them were amazing. But some of them were so difficult that I didn't quite understand them well. And they looked very strange.
M：I totally agree.
(Text 5)
W：Sir, would you like some fish? It is very fresh.
M：Thanks, but I just had some fish yesterday. And today I want to try something else. I would like fried chicken and a cabbage salad.
W：Certainly, Sir. Would you like anything to drink?
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
(Text 6)
W：Sam, your English is very good. How long have you learned it?
M：I began to learn it when I was fifteen years old.
W：That's hard to believe. You've learned it for only three years and you can speak it so well now. So how do you usually learn it?
M：I have an old video recorder and I used to record movies and other TV shows. Then I watched them later. But now I like reading Harry. Potter books. It's a very successful method for me.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
(Text 7)
M：Sophie! Did you see that show last night, the one presented by Frank Jones?
W：No. Was it any good?
M：It was great. Frank Jones always makes me laugh.
W：I think he should be more serious. All the questions are really easy, and just about pop music or movie stars I'm not interested in.
M：Actually, they start off a bit easy but they get harder and harder as the show goes on.
W：Usually I'm not bad at general knowledge questions — especially ones about history or geography.
M：Yeah, you're good at those subjects, but I'm better at math and science.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
(Text 8)
W：Hello, Children's Fun Club.
M：Oh, hello! My name's Paul. Could you tell me where your offices are?
W：Our offices are in England, but we have members in other countries.
M：What's the club about?
W：We want to help children get better at school, mainly in reading and writing.
M：What do you send to the members?
W：This month, it's a magazine about films and videos. A month ago everyone got a red pen. It's always something different.
M：How nice. Are there any competitions?
W：Yes.
M：Are they every month too?
W：Just once a year, and this year's competition is next week!
M：Great! And how much does it cost?
W：For twelve months it's six pounds. So for six months it's half­price.
M：OK, thanks.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
(Text 9)
M：Jane, most of our classmates had a very good holiday this year. Robert went with his family to the beach.
W：Did he go by car with his family?
M：No, his father was too tired after work, so they went by train.
W：Did Michael go on holiday in the summer?
M：Yes, he cycled to the mountains.
W：And what about Helen?
M：No, she stayed at home this year.
W：Did Katy do anything interesting this year?
M：Yes, she always does. She spent the summer on a small island.
W：I think Harry visited his grandma in the summer, didn't he?
M：Yes. His grandma lives on a farm. He likes to go and help look after the farm.
W：And what about Emma?
M：She wants to be a pilot when she grows up, and she told me that in the holidays she was going to travel in space! It's strange.
W：But it sounds really funny.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
(Text 10)
Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. Our new Merry Center is opening this September. It has 2,000 car parking spaces, so it is convenient. The center has five areas. The first is Main Street. It's a shopping area on three floors. Here, you can buy all the big names. There is also a large bookstore. Then, located on two levels, Market Square is where you can find traditional stores. Next, we have Bohemia. Here, you'll find some shops selling everything from second­hand music to clothes.
The fourth part is The Palisade. There is a children's playground. You'll find two banks and a post office just along The Palisade.
Last, we have The Showground. Here, you'll find different food from around the world. There is also an eight­screen cinema.
And if that is not enough, we are offering you ￡10 off if you do some shopping in the Merry Center between 10th and 16th September. You can't afford to miss it!


第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分35分)
第一节(共10小题；每小题2.5分，满分25分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A
When I was in college, one of my professors told me, “Kids don't care about how much you know until they know how much you care.” This has always been with me, and the longer I teach, the more I agree with him.
I've learned that many times what my students need most is to know that they are loved, and that someone cares about them and believes in them. When this happens, they feel safe to take risks and make mistakes. I always tell my students, “It's OK to make mistakes. That's how we learn.” Then, progress starts to happen, their confidence begins to grow, and they start believing in themselves.
Over the years, I have received many gifts from my students and their families. Most of them are handwritten “thank­you” notes. These simple notes are so meaningful. I have saved these notes over the years and have often taken them out to reread them, especially on those challenging days when I need some encouragement.
My most unforgettable gift came from a student four years ago. She came in one morning with a huge smile on her face and gave me an apple and a pen (that didn't work) with a hair tie wrapped (包裹) around it. That was my most memorable gift, because it broke my heart and encouraged me at the same time. Why? Because she didn't have much, but she gave me what she had, and she did it happily! She knew that I cared about her, and in return, she wanted to find a way to show that she cared about me.
This gift reminded (提醒) me that the most important part of teaching is not found in any lesson plan, but it's helping our students understand that they are loved. Our lessons become meaningful when students realize their lives have meaning. And that is why teaching can be so challenging and so meaningful.
【语篇解读】　作者通过自己当老师的经历告诉读者：老师应该让学生感觉到他们是被老师关爱的。
21．What does the author most probably think of what his professor once said?
A．Interesting. B．Unimportant.
C．Easy to do. D．Helpful in teaching.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第一段的“This has always been with me, and the longer I teach, the more I agree with him.”可推断，作者认为这个观点在教学中很有用。
22．According to Paragraph 2, what should teachers make students believe?
A．It doesn't matter to make mistakes.
B．Teachers all like good students.
C．Students shouldn't make mistakes.
D．Their progress mainly depends on their confidence.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段的“When this happens, they feel safe to take risks and make mistakes. I always tell my students, ‘It's OK to make mistakes. That's how we learn.’”可知，老师应该让学生明白犯错误是很正常的行为。
23．What does the author mainly want to tell us?
A．Being thankful is really important.
B．Teaching can be very challenging.
C．Teachers should make their students feel loved.
D．Developing students' confidence requires patience.
答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文主要讲老师们应该让学生感觉到他们是被关爱的。
B
If you were to travel back in time to the tenth century, you probably wouldn't be able to understand a sentence that anyone said to you. They'd be speaking Old English. Talking to a tenth­century Englishman, you'd probably only be able to understand a few words like “a” or “the”. Only about one­sixth of today's English words have an Old English root (词根), with the rest having foreign influences.
Gradually Old English turned into the Middle English that Chaucer wrote in — but still the official language of England was French! It was only in 1362, during Chaucer's lifetime, that English was used at the opening of Parliament (议会) for the first time. During the same year a law called the “Statute of Pleading” was passed, making English the official language in Parliament. In 1399, King Henry IV became the first king of England after the Norman Conquest whose mother tongue was English.
English was still a language of low status (地位)— especially when it came to writing poetry (诗歌). During the 14th century, the Italians and French were creative. Great poets like Dante were writing in totally new ways. But English had no such great writers. This was where Chaucer made a difference. He took the language of the man in the street and turned it into many famous works, such as The Canterbury Tales. Chaucer proved poetry written in English could be every bit as good as books in French.
Of course, the English language has continued to change since Chaucer's day. For example, Shakespeare's English is quite different from Chaucer's. And it is still changing now. Until just a few years ago, “C U L8R”(see you later) was just a set of letters and numbers, but now most people know what it means!
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章主要讲述了英语语言从古英语到现代英语的变迁。
24．What happened during Chaucer's lifetime?
A．Old English began to turn into the Middle English.
B．English's status was greatly improved.
C．English was used only in Parliament.
D．English kings usually spoke English.
答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据第二段中的“It was only in 1362... making English the official language in Parliament”可知，在乔叟时代，英语的地位得到显著提高。
25．Why did the author give the example of Shakespeare's English?
A．To explain English is always changing.
B．To explain how the Middle English changed.
C．To show Shakespeare's English is unusual.
D．To show how people respond to new words.
答案与解析：A　推理判断题。最后一段主题句是首句“the English language has continued to change”，作者举这个例子是为了说明英语一直在变化。
26．How is the text developed?
A．By space. B．By comparison (比较)．
C．By importance. D．By time.
答案与解析：D　推理判断题。分析全文结构及文中的1362、1399、now可知，本文是按照时间顺序展开的。
C
Should high school students do volunteer work? If your answer is “no”， then think again. Here are some reasons why doing volunteer work is worth your time and effort.
In college, you will have to work on a group project. If you're lucky, most of the students in your group will care about what they are doing and actually work as a team, but that's not always the case. This is where volunteer experience can pay off. When you volunteer for an event, you don't always know who you will be working with, but you know that the job needs to be completed on time. Working with strangers will actually teach you how to play to your strengths (发挥强项) in order to get the best results.
If you are not confident, volunteering will likely change that very quickly. Since many organizations depend on their volunteers to get things done, it's not uncommon for you to work as a leader when working on a project. When you work on a project, your confidence will grow and others will look to you for advice. The volunteering experience will surely serve you well in college and your future employment.
In high school, we are with people who share the same values and cultural backgrounds. When you head off to college, you may find yourself living with someone from another country or someone who has completely different values. You may feel confused. One important thing you can learn from volunteering is never to judge (判断) someone by the way he or she looks — get to know the person first.
Volunteering will increase your ability to_think_outside_the_box. You will need to come up with creative solutions for many problems. Volunteering before college can take the word “cannot” out of your vocabulary.
【语篇解读】　本文是议论文。作为高中生，参加志愿者活动有很多益处，本文介绍了其中的一些。
27．According to Paragraph 2, what does doing volunteer work mean?
A．Learning to work as a team.
B．Creating a team of your own.
C．Knowing your own strengths.
D．Getting paid off in the long run.
答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段的内容可知，做志愿者工作可以让你学会团队协作。
28．What can we learn from Paragraph 3?
A．Many organizations have hard­working volunteers.
B．A good leader is a person who likes volunteering.
C．Our confidence may get improved when we do volunteer work.
D．We'd better do volunteer work as a leader.
答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第三段的“If you are not confident, volunteering will likely change that very quickly.”可知，参加志愿者活动可以增强自信心。
29．What does the underlined part in the last paragraph probably mean?
A．Thinking very carefully
B．Thinking in creative ways.
C．Thinking about many different things.
D．Thinking as if you had great abilities.
答案与解析：B　句意猜测题。根据末段的“You will need to come up with creative solutions for many problems.”可知，画线部分的意思是指创新思维。
30．What is the passage mainly about?
A．How students can perform better at college.
B．Why high school students should do volunteer work.
C．Why high school students like doing volunteer work.
D．How students can make their school life better.
答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文主要是讲高中生为什么要做志愿者工作。
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
When you learn a new subject, you may always consider how much time you need to truly understand it all. Here we give you some advice about how to study, so you'll be able to take on more information with shorter study sessions (时段)．
•Study in small sessions. Our ability to store the information we take reduces (降低) after around 30 minutes, so you'd better cut your studying sessions into smaller parts. __31__
•Find a study area. Don't study in a place where you sleep! Don't study in your bed, where you play games, or in front of the TV. Why? __32__ You need to program your mind to study in a place where you always study and nowhere else.
•Take good notes. __33__ And review them after class to increase your understanding.
•__34__ To be a good student, you should be a good teacher. You cannot teach something you do not know.
•Read your textbook effectively(有效地). Always use the SQ3R method. You need to survey, question, read, recite (背诵), review to actively remember the information. __35__
A．Train your mind.
B．Just reading it is not enough.
C．Be ready to teach what you've learned.
D．It's a good idea to study in a familiar place.
E．You can do some fun activities during your breaks.
F．Find a note­taking method that works best for you.
G．Doing so will only mix up your mind as to what to do.
【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了几种有效学习的方法。
31．答案与解析：E　E项中的“do some fun activities during your breaks”与该空前的“Our ability... reduces after around 30 minutes... cut your studying sessions into smaller parts”相呼应，此处作者建议读者在休息时做一些有趣的事来调整自己。
32．答案与解析：G　由该空后的“need to program your mind”可知，G项中的“mix up your mind as to what to do”是对前文不能在床上或电视机前学习的解释。
33．答案与解析：F　F项中的“Find a note­taking method”和本段小标题Take good notes相呼应。
34．答案与解析：C　C项中的“teach what you've learned”和下一句中的“You cannot teach something you do not know”相呼应。
35．答案与解析：B　由本段小标题Read your textbook effectively和下一句的“Always use the SQ3R method”可知，读书只读是不够的，还需要用方法有效率地读，故选B项。
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
If you put all of your books on the street outside your house, you might think they will disappear very quickly. But one man in Manila tried it and was __36__ to find that the number of the books had increased. That man is called Hernando Nanie Guanlao whose __37__ is reading books. Hernando set up a(n) __38__ outside his home to share his __39__ of reading with his local community.
In 2000, his parents died. Hernando was very __40__. But soon he decided to turn his home into a library __41__ his parents, because he had inherited (继承) their love of reading. He put less than 100 books outside his home for anyone who wanted to __42__ them. Readers can take as many books as they want, for as long as they want. There are no __43__ for borrowing and returning. “I saw my old books upstairs and then decided to have the __44__ use them，” Hernando says. However, he found they not only __45__ the books they had taken away, but also __46__ his collection.
You'd think the books would disappear soon, because no one was __47__ them. In Manila, books are __48__ to get, because the price of a book is about 300 pesos and children's books are even more __49__. Besides, libraries are not __50__ in Manila. Even the national library there does not __51__ people to borrow books.
Since Hernando's library was __52__， a lot of people have __53__ Hernando by adding their own books to his collection. These days, there are __54__ everywhere in and around Hernando's house. His car has been forced out of the garage to make more __55__ for those books.
【语篇解读】　在马尼拉，Hernando Nanie Guanlao拿出自己的书放在门外供人们借阅，由此引发其他人的积极参与，图书馆的规模因此越来越大。
36．A.embarrassed B．upset
C．surprised D．lucky
答案与解析：C　根据文章首句以及“But... to find that the number of the books had increased.”可知，Hernando Nanie Guanlao“惊讶地”发现书的数量竟然增长了。
37．A.task B．job
C．homework D．hobby
答案与解析：D　根据下文的“... he had inherited their love of reading.”可知，他的“爱好”就是读书。
38．A.company B．library
C．organization D．system
答案与解析：B　根据下文的内容可知，Hernando Nanie Guanlao建了这个“图书馆”。
39．A.method B．dream
C．joy D．art
答案与解析：C　根据上文他的爱好就是读书以及下文的“... he had inherited their love of reading.”可知，joy是最佳选项。他在他家外面建这个图书馆的目的就是为了与周围的人分享读书的“乐趣”。
40．A.sad B．angry
C．bored D．nervous
答案与解析：A　根据上文的“In 2000, his parents died.”可知，Hernando Nanie Guanlao当时很“伤心”。
41．A.thanks to B．in place of
C．instead of D．in memory of
答案与解析：D　根据语境可知，但是不久后，他决定将他的家改造成一家图书馆，以此来“纪念”他的父母。
42．A.buy B．borrow
C．sell D．throw
答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，他在家外面放了不超过100本书供任何想“借阅”的人使用。
43．A.tips B．advantages
C．rules D．problems
答案与解析：C　根据上文的“Readers can take as many books as they want, for as long as they want.”可知，这里对于借书和还书没有任何“规则”。
44．A.public B．poor
C．friends D．farmers
答案与解析：A　Hernando Nanie Guanlao说：“我看到楼上的旧书，然后决定让‘公众’使用它们。”
45．A.translated B．reviewed
C．destroyed D．returned
答案与解析：D　根据However可知，他发现人们不仅仅“归还”了书，而且还为他的收藏中添加了书。
46．A.looked into B．gave away
C．added to D．made up
答案与解析：C　根据下文的“... by adding their own books to his collection.”可知，这里选added to。
47．A.watching over B．thinking over
C．looking for D．learning from
答案与解析：A　你会认为这些书很快就会消失，因为没有人“看管”它们。
48．A.possible B．hard
C．important D．necessary
答案与解析：B　根据下文的“... because the price of a book is about 300 pesos...”可知，在马尼拉，书是很“难”得到的，因为一本书的价格大约300比索。
49．A.interesting B．popular
C．useful D．expensive
答案与解析：D　而且儿童书会更“贵”。
50．A.strange B．common
C．new D．famous
答案与解析：B　另外，在马尼拉，图书馆并不是“常见的”。
51．A.advise B．force
C．allow D．expect
答案与解析：C　甚至那儿的国家图书馆也不“允许”人们借书。
52．A.born B．lost
C．designed D．marked
答案与解析：A　自从Hernando Nanie Guanlao的图书馆建成后，故选born。
53．A.forgotten B．supported
C．refused D．recognized
答案与解析：B　根据上下文可知，许多人通过将自己的书免费赠送给图书馆的方式“支持”Hernando Nanie Guanlao。
54．A.books B．cars
C．neighbors D．children
答案与解析：A　根据上下文可知，他房子周围和房子里到处都是“书”。
55．A.land B．furniture
C．money D．room
答案与解析：D　为了给书腾出“空间”Hernando Nanie Guanlao把车都移出了车库。
非选择题部分
第三部分　语言运用(共两节，满分45分)
第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。
My heart is full of love. 56.________ (recent), I am so grateful for the support and friendship of a very dear friend of 57.________ (my). With his help, I can realize my dream of 58.________ (make) a kind acts project.
We live in Johannesburg, South Africa, where, as you all know, poverty (贫穷) and unemployment are huge 59.________ (problem). I have been looking forward to opening a soup kitchen for many years. I want to try my best to help those people in need.
We have created a Facebook page 60.________ (call) Shadows and we usually share our kind acts activities with our friends on it. These days, I am making hearty soup while my friend is handing out blankets to 61.________ homeless. There are so many people 62.________ (live) on the street, which shocks me a lot.
We are calling on more people to join us. The act of love by giving has touched my heart greatly. Sometimes I'm 63.________ (exhaust) at the end of the day, 64.________ I still love the journey I'm on. Because 65.________ the project, my life becomes so beautiful. I just know what I'm doing now may make a difference to some people's life.
【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者和她的一个朋友为无家可归的人提供食物和毛毯的善举。
56．答案与解析：Recently　考查副词。此处用副词作状语。
57．mine　考查代词。根据of可知，此处应用名词性的物主代词，所以填mine。a friend of mine表示“我的一个朋友”。
58．making　考查非谓语动词。of是介词，所以后面应该接动名词。
59．problems　考查名词复数形式。problem是可数名词，所以此处用其复数形式。
60．called　考查非谓语动词。Facebook page是call的承受者，此处用过去分词作后置定语修饰Facebook page，意为“一个叫……的脸书主页”。
61．the　考查冠词。“the＋形容词”表示一类人。该句表达的意思为：这些天，我负责做汤而我朋友为那些无家可归的人分发毛毯。
62．living　考查非谓语动词。people与live是逻辑主动关系，所以用现在分词作定语。
63．exhausted　考查形容词。根据上下文语境可知，此处想表达有时候一天下来会很累，结合句意该句中系动词后面应该接形容词，所以填exhausted。
64．but　考查连词。空格前后两句存在逻辑上的转折关系，所以用连词but。
65．of　考查介词。because of是固定搭配，意为“因为，由于……”。
第四部分　写作(共两节，满分40分)
第一节　应用文写作(满分15分)
假定你是李华，对自己的英语学习感到很苦恼，你感到生词难记，而且你的英语听力又差。请你给伦敦好友Eric写一封电子邮件，希望得到他的帮助。
注意：
1．词数100左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
答案：
Dear Eric，
I'm writing the letter to ask for your help with my English study.
Recently I have met two problems. One is memorizing new words. There are too many new words and expressions for me to memorize. Even though I memorized some of them, I would forget them after a few days. The other is listening. I don't know how to catch the important information from the texts and can't understand what the speakers are saying. Those two problems make me upset. Would you like to give me some advice on how to deal with them?
I'm looking forward to your early reply.
Yours，
Li Hua
第二节　概要写作(满分25分)
阅读下面短文，根据其内容写一篇60词左右的内容概要。
When you are learning English, listening, speaking and writing are important, but reading can also be very helpful. When you read, you can not only learn some new words, but also you can learn how to use these English words. When you read, it gives you a good example for writing.
Read something that you can (more or less) understand. If you need to stop every three words to use a dictionary, it is not interesting. Reading books with a reasonable number of new words is very important. If there are four or five new words on a page, write them in your notebook. But you don't have to write them while you read. Instead, try to guess their meaning as you read, and mark them with a pen. Then come back when you have finished reading to look them up in a dictionary and write them in your own vocabulary book. Then try to remember them.
You should develop a good habit of reading. For example, read for a short time once a day. Fifteen minutes every day is better than two hours every Sunday. Fix (固定) a time to read and keep to it. You could read for fifteen minutes when you go to bed, or when you get up or at lunchtime.
There are a variety of books in the bookstore, so what kinds of books should you choose? Choose a book or a magazine about a subject that you like, because you are going to spend time and money reading it. So, choose an interesting book. You can also read newspapers. There are many English newspapers in China, for example, 21st Century Teens. It is easy enough for you to understand it. There is something interesting in it.
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
答案：
Reading is an important way to help you learn English well. Here are a few tips on reading books. Firstly, while reading books at the right level, you should try to increase the number of your new words. Besides, it's very important for you to read regularly and form a good reading habit. Lastly, you should choose the books and newspapers that interest you most.